Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 356

Compact: presentation

an international reference
053100

Compact NS circuit breaker 1 terminals 2 cover 3 toggle and position indicator 4 push-to-trip button 5 trip unit 6 test kit connector

With the Compact system, Merlin Gerin is today Europes leading manufacturer of moulded-case circuit breakers. The Compact range covers all ratings from 15 to 1250 A: c Compact NS, from 15 to 630 A; c Compact C, from 800 to 1250 A. A number of versions: c 1, 2, 3 or 4 poles; c fixed, plug-in or withdrawable; c a comprehensive range of trip units. Circuit breakers designed for all applications: c 1000 V AC models; c models for DC systems; c source changeover systems.

4 5 6

applications
E26988 E20999 E44356 E44357
push to trip

push to trip

push to trip

push to trip

M G

push to trip

push to trip

c protection of low-voltage distribution networks v installation in power distribution switchboards v installation on symmetrical rails
E32454

c protection of motor starters


E21272

c protection of incoming devices of industrial control panel

c earth fault protection

push to trip

push to trip

push to trip

push to trip

push to trip

c source changeover

c switch-disconnectors

Merlin Gerin

E27836

E27837

ratings and breaking capacities


The rating plates on the front face of the circuit breakers indicate the breaking capacity: N: normal H: high L: very high.

compact

compact

E27838

compact

NS 250 N
Ui750V Uimp8kV

NS 250 H
Ui750V Uimp8kV

NS 250 L
Ui750V Uimp8kV

Ue (V)
220/240 380/415 440 500 525 660/690 250

Icu (kA)
85 36 35 30 22 8 50

Ue (V)
220/240 380/415 440 500 525 660/690 250

Icu (kA)
100 70 65 50 35 10 85

Ue (V)
220/240 380/415 440 500 525 660/690 250

Icu (kA)
150 150 130 70 50 20 100

Ics = 100 % Icu

Ics = 100 % Icu


cat A

Ics = 100 % Icu


cat A

IEC 947-2

IEC 947-2

UTE VDE BS CEI UNE NEMA

UTE VDE BS CEI UNE NEMA

IEC 947-2

cat A

UTE VDE BS CEI UNE NEMA

rated current (A)


E32456

ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA rms) at 380/415 V (IEC 947-2)

E22051

discrimination

push to trip

Even when equipped with standard trip units, Compact circuit breakers offer the best guarantee of electrical power availability when faults occur. In most cases, discrimination between protective devices is ensured for all types of faults (overloads, low and high short-circuit currents).

push to trip

push to trip

push to trip

push to trip

push to trip

Merlin Gerin

Compact: presentation

modular system
E24603

16 15

12

A wider range of add-on modules makes it possible to adapt the Compact system to a maximum number of configurations. Trip units, auxiliaries and installation and connection accessories are the same for all models within each of following ranges: c Compact NS80 and NSA125/160 c Compact NS100 to NS250, c Compact NS400 to NS630, c Compact C801 to C1251. The common modules for Compact NS100 to NS250 circuit breakers and switchdisconnectors are shown opposite. The same principle applies to Compact NS400 to NS630 and Compact C801 to C1251 circuit breakers. Fewer catalogue numbers means immediate availability of parts for all solutions. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Breaking unit. Trip unit. Vigi earth-fault protection module. Insulation monitoring module. Voltage presence indicator. Ammeter. Voltage releases MN or MX. Multifunction auxiliary switch. Direct rotary handle. Extended rotary handle. Motor mechanism. Plug-in base. Connection of plug-in and withdrawable configuration auxiliary circuits. Connection accessories. Short terminal shields. Long terminal shields.

1 7 9 10 13 8 11

14. 15. 16.

2 2 4 3 6 14

System of add-on modules for Compact NS100N/H/L to NS250N/H/L.

Merlin Gerin

simplified installation

Compact circuit breakers make it possible to standardise switchboards, meaning faster installation and fewer errors. All type L Compact circuit breakers (150 kA) are housed in the same frame as the type N and type H models with the same ratings.

Compact circuit breakers can be easily installed side-by-side in a minimum amount of space.

4 sizes from 80 to 1250 A


053100

046751

Compact

80 A

045345

100 to 250 A

046893

400 to 630 A

800 to 1250 A

041650

connection

Numerous connection possibilities, including front and rear connections for bare cables, cable lugs or bars, as well as plug-in or withdrawable versions, are available using a full set of accessories that can be rapidly added to the circuit breaker.

Connection parts for Compact NS.

042788

plug-in and withdrawable versions

Plug-in and withdrawable versions for: c fast removal or insertion of the circuit breaker without exposure to live parts; c standby outgoing circuits ready for wiring and circuit breaker installation at a later date; c for visible break disconnection.

Withdrawable Compact NS250N on a chassis.

E32455

prefabricated trunking

Compact NS circuit breakers can be installed in junction boxes of the Telemecanique Canalis range of prefabricated trunking (see corresponding catalogue).

Merlin Gerin

Compact: presentation

interchangeable trip units

Each Compact device provides different types of protection depending on the associated trip unit: c standard protection, c protection of networks supplied by generators, c protection of long cables, c protection of DC networks, c protection of motor-starters, c service connection circuit breaker (for special subscriber contracts).

041638

Compact NS100... 630


041625

Thermal-magnetic trip unit TM.


041641

On Compact NS100 to NS250 circuit breakers, the thermal-magnetic and electronic trip units are interchangeable and may be rapidly fitted to the circuit breakers. It is therefore easy to change the protection of a given circuit following a modification in an installation. On Compact NS400 and NS630 circuit breakers, the electronic trip units are interchangeable plug-in modules. Trip unit STR53UE offers a large number of protection settings.

Electronic trip unit STR22SE.

Compact NS250H.

046893

051166

Compact C801... 1251

Electronic trip unit STR35SE.

Electronic trip units allow perfect adaptation of the protection to each circuit in the electrical distribution network, and, at the same time, simplify the selection, installation and operation of the devices: c wider range of settings, so that a single trip unit can provide several types of protection, c easier checking during assembly or on site, c new functions offered by the trip unit, such as load monitoring and local indications.

Compact C1251H circuit breaker.

Merlin Gerin

other functions
045212

indication and measurement

Four indication and measurement functions may be mounted directly on Compact NS circuit breakers: c voltage presence indicator for the circuit breaker terminals, particularly useful on switchboard incoming units, c display of current readings, c remote transmission of current readings, c earth fault indication for earth fault detection on TNS systems or assistance in locating earth faults on TT systems.

Compact NS250L with ammeter module.

options for trip unit STR53UE

Compact NS trip unit STR53UE.

On Compact NS400/630 circuit breakers, trip unit STR53UE offers: c specific indications for different faults (overloads, short-circuits, etc.), ... and a number of optional functions: c built-in ammeter; c earth-fault protection; c zone selective interlocking; c transmission of all information concerning circuit-breaker operation to a monitoring, control or automated distribution centre, via Dialpact modules (see below).

Digipact: electrical installation management


E37615

053102

Modbus / JBus

DC150 data concentrator

management internal Digipact bus

Compact circuit breakers incorporate or may be equipped with Digipact communications modules. From a remote location (standard personal computer PC or programmable logic controller PLC), the operator can: c display the status of circuit breakers; c control the circuit breakers; c access information provided by the electronic trip units. It is also possible to check the status of the UA150 automatic source-changeover controllers. For more information: see Digipact catalogue.

PM150 power meter

CLS150 indication and local control module

circuit breaker or other power-circuit actuator

Multi 9 control device and ATB 1S interface

UA150 automatic source-changeover controller

Merlin Gerin

Compact: presentation

common accessories
044314

electrical auxiliaries

Auxiliary switch and MX release for Compact NS.

c auxiliary switches: v Compact NS: just one model, the same for all Compact NS80 to NS630 and NSA125/ 160 circuit breakers, provides four different functions (OF, SD, SDE and SDV) depending on where it is fitted in the circuit breaker, v Compact C: two models, the same for all Compact C801 to C1251 circuit breakers, provide remote indications of circuit breaker status and electrical faults (e.g. 30F + 1SD), c the MN or MX voltage releases are common for all models within each of following ranges: v NS80 and NSA125/160, v NS100 to NS630, v C801 to C1251. c auxiliary switches for Compact NS are also available in communicating version and can be installed in place of the standard switches (see Digipact catalogue).

044313

047313

motor mechanism

Compact NS250N with motor mechanism.

A motor mechanism can be fitted to the front face of Compact NS100 to C1251 circuit breakers. Remote control of the opening, closing and reset functions is then possible via 2 or 3 impulse or maintained signals. If necessary, the circuit breakers can still be operated locally via the controls on the front face. The motor mechanism modules for each range have a common size. The motor mechanism module for Compact NS is also available in communicating version (see Digipact catalogue).

Vigi earth-fault protection module

Vigi modules can be added to Compact NS circuit breakers to provide earth-fault protection. The Vigi modules fit directly on the circuit breaker terminals. The addition of a Vigi module has no effect on the other performance characteristics of the circuit breaker.

044333

Compact NS250H with Vigi earth-fault protection module.

Merlin Gerin

LV circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

Compact 80 to 1250 A functions and characteristics


page Compact range and its applications general characteristics circuit breakers for: low-voltage distribution circuit breaker C1251N 1000 V earth fault protection motor protection industrial control panels switch-disconnectors installation connection auxiliaries accessories source changeover systems 10 14 16 36 38 40 50 54 58 60 64 72 76

Compact: functions and characteristics

applications

circuit breakers for protection of low voltage distribution networks


rated current (A)
E20999

page 16
250 630 320 800
046893

12.5 12.5 12.5 60 100 160 250 400

400 1000

500 1250

push to trip

push to trip

push to trip

Compact NS100 Vigicompact breaking N 25 capacity (kA rms) H 70 380/415 V L 150


E43842 E43843

045345

NS160 36 70 150

NS250 36 70 150

NS400 45 70 150

053100

NS630 45 70 150

C801 50 70 150

C1001 50 70 150 page 36

C1251 50 70

for AC networks up to 1000 V :

Compact NS400 N 1000 V Compact C1251N 1000 V protection page 22

The interchangeable thermal-magnetic or electronic trip units of the Compact NS are designed to protect the following types of electrical installations: c Standard installation (supplied by a transformer);
push to trip push to trip

c Installations supplied by a generator; c DC installations; c Long cable lengths for IT and TN; c Motors and motor starters.

circuit breakers for motor protection


E26988

page 40
0.37 37 1.1 220 110250 160670
051162

motor rating power (kW)


push to trip

Compact NS80 breaking N capacity (kA rms) H 70 380/415 V L

046751

NS100/160/250 25/36 70 150

041624

NS400/630 70 150

045198

C801/C1001/C1251 50 70

10

Merlin Gerin

circuit breakers for protection of industrial control panels


E44356

page 50
250... 630

rated current (A)

12.5 100 12.5 12.5 ... 12.5 ... 60... 100 160 250 400

push to trip

Compact (CEI947-2 / UL508 / CSA22-2) breaking capacity N (kA rms) 380/480 V H rated current (A)

NSC100 18 15-100

054556

NS100

041624

NS160 NS250 NS400 35 65 42 65 60-600


054580

045198

NS630 42 65

25 35 65 65 15-250

re

r fe

to

de

dic

e at

ca

ta

log

Compact (UL 489 / CEI947-2 / CSA22-2) breaking capacity N (kA rms) 480 V H L

NSE100 18

054561

NSF150 35 65

054569

NSF250 35 65

NSJ400 NSJ600 35 65 100 35 65 100

circuit breakers and relays for earth fault protection


E44357

page 38

rated current (A)

100630

push to trip

M G

Compact Vigicompact

NSC100 N

054556

NS100 N/H/L NS160 N/H/L NS250 N/H/L separate toroids

044333

NS400 N/H/L NS630 N/H/L

circuit breakers associated

all Compact NS equiped by a voltage release (MN or MX)

Merlin Gerin

044322

051352

e ef

o rt

de

dic

e at

ca

ta

log

Vigirex

earth fault relays

11

Compact: functions and characteristics

applications (cont.)

source-changeover
N R

page 76
rated current (A) manual sourcechangeover system automatic sourcechangeover systems 12.5 12.5 12.5 160 100 160 250 400 by toggle by rotary handle by keylock
053042

250 630

320 800

400 500 1000 1250

E32454

push to trip

push to trip

053060

Compact

NS100 to NS250
All NS100 to NS250 type N/H/L/NA fixed or plug-in devices.

NS400 to NS630
All NS400 to NS630 type N/H/L/NA fixed or plug-in devices.

C801 to C1251
All C801 to C1251 type N/H/NI and C801 to C1251 type L fixed devices.

053058

12

Merlin Gerin

switch-disconnectors
rated current (A)
E21272

page 56
100160250 400630 8001250
86081

push to trip

push to trip

push to trip

Compact Vigicompact

NSC100NA NS100NA NS160NA NS250NA 406380

86087

NS400NA NS630NA

86083

C801NI C1251NI

rated current (A)

100125...160

250400...630 1000...1600... 2500

f re

er

to

de

t ica

ed

ca

ta

log

Interpact

INS40 INS63 INS80 50...63

052164

INS100 INS125 INS160 125...160

052168

IN250 IN400 IN630 250...400

035053

IN1000 IN1600 IN2500 630

rated current (A)

re

fe

o rt

d de

ica

d te

ca

ta

log

Fupact switches

UC50 UD63

084642

UC125 UD125 UD160

UD250T UD400T

UD630T

Merlin Gerin

13

Compact: functions and characteristics

general characteristics

conformity with standards


E18567

MERLIN GERIN compact NS160 H


Ui 750V. Uimp 8kV.
Ue (V) 220/240 380/415 440 500/525 660/690 250 Icu (kA) 100 70 65 50 10 85

Ics = 100% Icu cat A IEC 947.2


UTE VDE BS CEI UNE NEMA

Standardised characteristics indicated on the rating plate Ui: rated insulation voltage Uimp: rated impulse withstand voltage Icu: ultimate breaking capacity, for various values of the rated operational voltage Ue cat: utilisation category Icw: short-time withstand current Ics: service breaking capacity In: rated current : suitable for isolation

Compact circuit breakers and auxiliaries comply with the following international recommendations: c IEC 947-1: general rules; c IEC 947-2: circuit breakers; c IEC 947-3: switches, disconnectors, switch-disconnectors, etc; c IEC 947-4: contactors and motors starters c IEC 947-5.1 and following - control circuit devices and switching elements; automatic control components. In that these recommendations are applied in most countries, Compact circuit breakers and auxiliaries comply with European (EN 60947-1 and EN 60947-2) and the corresponding national standards: c France NF; c Germany VDE; c U.K BS; c Austrialia AS; c Italy CEI. They also comply with the specifications of the marine classification companies (Veritas, Lloyds Register of Shipping, Det Norske Veritas, etc). Compact circuit breakers are also designed for the protection of machine tools in that they comply with French standard NF C 79-130 and with the recommendations issued by the CNOMO organisation. Concerning the United States UL, Canadian CSA, Mexican NOM and Japanese JIS standards, please consult us.

tropicalisation
Compact and derived circuit breakers comply with NF C 63-100 standard level 2 conditions (95% relative humidity at 45C or 80% at 55C, hot and humid climate conditions). They also comply with the following standards: c IEC 68-2-30 damp heat; c IEC 68-2-2 dry heat; c IEC 68-2-11 salt spray; c IEC 68-2-1 low temperatures.

environmental protection
Compact circuit breakers take into account current concerns for environmental protection. Most components are recyclable and parts are marked as specified in applicable standards.

ambient temperature
c Compact circuit breakers can be used at temperatures ranging from -25C to 70C. Above 40C (or 65C for circuit breakers used to protect motor feeders), always take into account the derating coefficients indicated in the documentation; c wherever possible the circuit breakers should be put into service at their normal ambient operating temperature, however this can be done at temperatures between -35C and -25C as long as this condition does not last for an extended period; c in their original pack, Compact circuit breakers may be stored at temperatures ranging from -50 to +85C.

pollution degree
Compact circuit breakers are certified for operation in pollution-degree III environments as defined by IEC standard 947 (industrial environments).

discrimination
In most cases, discrimination is total between two Compact NS circuit breakers equipped with standard trip units (or between Compact NS and Multi 9 circuit breakers). The table opposite indicates the combinations providing total discrimination for N-type circuit breakers equipped with standard trip units.
E22037

D1

upstream Compact rating (A) downstream circuit breaker rating (A) multi 9 C60N 1025 3240 63 Compact NS80H 2.56.3 12.5 2580 NS100N 16100 NS160N 125160 NS250N 200250

NS160N NS250N NS400N 80 100 125 160 200 250 400

NS630N 630

c c c c

c c

c c c c c c

c c c c c c c

c c c c c c c

c c c c c c c c

c c c c c c c c c

c total discrimination: only the circuit breaker immediately upstream from a fault trips.

D2

14

Merlin Gerin

suitability for isolation positive contact indication


044 334

All Compact circuit breakers are suitable for isolation as defined in IEC standard 947-2: c the isolation position corresponds to the O (OFF position); c the operating handle cannot indicate the "off" position unless the contacts are effectively open; c padlocks may not be installed unless the contacts are open. Installation of a rotary handle or a motor mechanism does not alter the reliability the position indication system.

The isolation function is certified by tests guaranteeing: c the mechanical reliability of the position indication system; c the absence of leakage currents; c overvoltage withstand capacity between upstream and downstream connections.
E18569

installation in class II switchboards


All Compact circuit breakers, even when fitted with a rotary handle or a motor mechanism, may be installed through the door of class II switchboards (as per IEC standard 664).

Installation requires no special operations because the Compact provides class II insulation between the front face and all internal circuits.

degree of protection
(as per standards IEC 529)
E18570

bare circuit breaker with terminal shields with toggle

IP40

push to trip

E28439

with direct rotary handle


ON I

standard / VDE

IP40

push to trip

O OFF

E21277

circuit breaker installed in switchboard with toggle

IP 40

push to trip

E28440

with direct rotary handle


ON I

standard / VDE MCC CNOMO

IP40 IP43 IP54

push to trip

O OFF

E28441

with extended rotary handle


ON I

IP55

push to trip

O OFF

ON I

OFF

E28442

with motor mechanism


2

IP40

push to trip

1 manu /auto

O
push OFF

I
push ON

Merlin Gerin

15

Compact: functions and characteristics

protection of low-voltage distribution networks (cont.)

circuit breakers for power distribution switchboards


E20999

Compact circuit breakers


number of poles

electrical characteristics as per IEC 947-2 and EN 60947-2


rated current (A) rated insulation voltage (V) rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V) In Ui Uimp Ue 40C

push to trip

AC 50/60 Hz DC AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V 500 V 525 V 660/690 V 250 V (1 P) 500 V (2 P in series)

ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms)

Icu

push to trip

push to trip

DC
045345

service breaking capacity utilisation category suitability for isolation endurance (C-O cycles)

Ics

(% Icu)

mechanical electrical

440 V - In/2 440 V - In 240 V 480 V 600 V

electrical characteristics as per standard Nema AB1


breaking capacity (kA)

Compact NS250H

protection (see following pages)


protection against overcurrents (A) earth fault protection Ir interchangeable trip units setting current add-on Vigi module Vigirex relay

048286

installation and connection


fixed/front connection fixed/rear connection plug-in (on base) withdrawable (on chassis)

indication and measurement auxiliaries


auxiliary switches electronic trip unit related functions voltage presence indicator current transformer module ammeter module insulation monitoring module

control auxiliaries
Compact NS630L

auxiliary releases motor mechanism rotary handles (direct, extended) manual/automatic source changeover systems

installation and connection accessories


bare cable connectors terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields and phase barriers escutcheons

dimensions and weights


dimensions L x H x D (mm) weight (kg)
(*) 2P only for N-types (**) for operational voltage up to 500 V

2/3 poles, fixed, FC 4 poles, fixed, FC 3 poles, fixed, FC 4 poles, fixed, FC


Merlin Gerin

16

NS100
2 (*), 3, 4 100 750 8 690 500

NS160
2 (*), 3, 4 160 750 8 690 500

NS250
2 (*), 3, 4 250 750 8 690 500

NS400
3, 4 400 750 8 690 500

NS630
3, 4 630 750 8 690 500

N
85 25 25 18 18 8 50 50 100% A c 50000 50000 30000 85 25 10

H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100% A c

L
150 150 130 100 100 75 100 100 100% A c

N
85 36 35 30 22 8 50 50 100% A c 40000 40000 20000 85 35 20

H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100% A c

L
150 150 130 70 50 20 100 100 100% A c

N
85 36 35 30 22 8 50 50 100% A c 20000 20000 10000 85 35 20

H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100% A c

L
150 150 130 70 50 20 100 100 100% A c

N
85 45 42 30 22 10

H
100 70 65 50 35 20 85 85 100% A c

L
150 150 130 100 100 75

N
85 45 42 30 22 10

L
150 150 130 70 50 35

100% A c 15000 12000 6000 85 42 20 c 160...400 c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c

100% A c

100 70 65 50 35 20 85 85 100%** 100%** A A c c 15000 8000 4000 100 65 35

100%** A c

100 65 35

200 130 50

100 65 35

200 130 50

100 65 35

200 130 50

100 65 35

200 130 50

85 42 20 c 250...630 c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c

200 130 50

c 12.5...100 c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 1.6 2.1


Merlin Gerin

c 12.5...160 c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 1.6 2.1

c 12.5...250 c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 1.9 2.3

140 x 255 x 110 185 x 255 x 110 6.0 7.8

140 x 255 x 110 185 x 255 x 110 6.0 7.8 17

Compact: functions et characteristics

protection of low-voltage distribution networks (cont.)

circuit breakers for power distribution switchboards, single-pole and two-pole circuit breakers
E29210

Compact circuit breakers


number of poles

electrical characteristics as per IEC 947-2 and EN 60947-2


rated current (A) rated insulation voltage (V) rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V) In Ui Uimp Ue 40C

AC 50/60 Hz DC AC 50/60 Hz 220 V 277 V 380/415 V 440 V 500 V 525 V 660/690 V 250 V (1 pole) 500 V (2 poles)

ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms)

Icu

DC service breaking capacity utilisation category suitability for isolation endurance (C-O cycles) Ics (% Icu)

86099

mechanical electrical

440 V (277 V for 1P) - In/2 440 V (277 V for 1P) - In/2

electrical characteristics as per Nema AB1


breaking capacity (KA) 240 V 277 V 480 V 600 V interchangeable trip units setting current add-on Vigi module Vigirex relay

protection (see next pages)


single-pole Compact NS160H

protection against overcurrents (A) earth fault protection

Ir

86101

installation and connections


fixed/front connection fixed/rear connection plug-in (on base) withdrawable (on chassis)

indication and measurement auxiliaries


auxiliary switches voltage presence indicator voltage transformer module ammeter module

control auxiliaries
two-pole Compact NS100N

auxiliary releases motor mechanism rotary handles (direct, extended) manual/automatic source changeover systems

installation and connection accessories


bare-cable connectors terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields and phase barriers front panel escutcheons

dimensions and weights


dimensions: W x H x D (mm) weight (kg)

18

Merlin Gerin

NS100
1 2

NS160
1 2

NS250
1

100 750 8 277 250

100 750 8 690 500

160 750 8 277 250

160 750 8 690 500

250 750 8 277 250

N
25 25

H
40 40

N
85 25 25 18 18 8 50 50 100% A c 20000 20000 10000

H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100% A c 20000 20000 10000

N
25 25

H
40 40

N
85 36 35 30 22 8 50 50 100% A c 20000 20000 10000

H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100% A c 20000 20000 10000

N
25 25

25 100% A c 20000 20000 10000

40 100% A c 20000 20000 10000

25 100% A c 20000 20000 10000

40 100% A c 20000 20000 10000

25 100% A c 10000 10000 5000

n/2 n/2

25 25

40 40

85 25 10

100 65 35

25 25

40 40

85 25 10

100 65 35

25 25

16...100

16...100

125...160

125...160

160250

c c

c c

c c

c c

c c

c c c c 35 x 161 x 86 0.7

c c c c 70 x 161 x 86 1.2

c c c c 35 x 161 x 86 0.7

c c c c 70 x 161 x 86 1.2

c c c c 35 x 161 x 86 0.7

Merlin Gerin

19

Compact: functions and characteristics

protection of low-voltage distribution networks (cont.)

circuit breakers for power distribution switchboards (cont.)


046893

Compact circuit breakers


number of poles

electrical characteristics as per CEI 947-2 and EN 60947-2


rated current (A) rated insulation voltage (V) rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V) In Ui Uimp Ue 40C

AC 50/60 Hz DC AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V 500 V 525 V 660/690 V 125 V 250 V 500 V 750 V

ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms)

Icu

DC

Compact C1251H

service breaking capacity short-time withstand current utilisation category suitability for isolation endurance (cycles C-O)

Ics Icw

(% Icu) kA rms t (s)

The Compact range also includes a circuit breaker for 1000 V AC distribution networks (see page 0023).

mechanical electrical

440 V - In/2 440 V - In 240 V 480 V 600 V

electrical characteristics as per standard Nema AB1


breaking capacity (kA)

protection (see following pages)


protection against overcurrents (A) eart fault protection Ir interchangeable trip unit setting current add-on Vigi module Vigirex relay

installation and connection


fixed/front connection fixed/rear connection plug-in (on base) withdrawable (on chassis)

indication and measurement auxiliaries


auxiliary switches electronic trip unit related functions voltage presence indicator insulation monitoring module

control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases motor mechanism rotary handles (direct, extended) manual/automatic source changeover systems

installation and connection accessories


bare cable connectors terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields and phase barriers escutcheons
(*) rated current In at 40C for plug-in/withdrawable units: - C1001N/H: 1000 A - C1001L: 910 A - C1251N/H: 1160 A

dimensions and weights


dimensions W x H x D (mm) weight (kg) 3/4 poles, fixed, FC 3/4 poles, fixed, FC
Merlin Gerin

20

C801
3, 4 800 750 8 690

C1001
3, 4 1000 (*) 750 8 690

C1251
3, 4 1250 (*) 750 8 690 750

N
85 50 42 40 25

H
100 70 65 50 40

L
150 150 150 100 60

N
85 50 42 40 25

H
100 70 65 50 40

L
150 150 150 100 60

N
85 50 42 40 25 50 (1P) 50 (2P) 50 (3P) 25 (3P) 50% 15 1 B c 15000 3000 1500 85 42 30 c 500...1250 c c c c (*) c c

H
100 70 65 50 40

50% 12 1 B c 12000 3000 1500 85 42 30 c 320...800 c c c c c c

50% 12 1 B

50% 6.4 1 A 6400

50% 15 1 B c 15000 3000 1500 85 42 30 c 400...1000 c c c c (*) c c

50% 15 1 B

50% 8 1 A 6400

50% 15 1 B

100 65 42

150 100 65

100 65 42

150 100 65

100 65 42

c c c c c c c c 210 / 280 x 374 x 172 13 / 17


Merlin Gerin

c c c c c c c c 210 / 280 x 374 x 262 210 / 280 x 374 x 172 25 / 33 13 / 17 210 / 280 x 374 x 262 25 / 33

c c c c c c c c 210 / 280 x 374 x 172 13 / 17 21

Compact: functions and characteristics

protection of low-voltage distribution networks trip units for Compact C801 to C1251
E23659

320

400 STR 25 DE STR 35 GE STR 35 SE STR 55 UE

500

630

800

1000

1250

standard protection,

N H L

protection of networks supplied by generators,

protection with discrimination on short-circuits,

NH L N

STR 45 AE STR 45 BE P21 / P41

protection with total discrimination,

protection of DC networks.

electronic trip unit STR25DE


E24039

E23820

1
STR 25DE
Io
test

60 70 80 90

105 % Ir

.63

.8

Ir

Ir

.9

I
.95 3

5 6 8 10

.5

xIn
I

.85 .8

xIo

2 1.5

xIr

5
0 Ir I I

electronic trip units STR35SE/GE


E24040

E23821

1
STR 35SE
Io
t
Ir
.5 1

60 70 80 90

105 % Ir

.63

.8

test

Ir

.9

Im
.95 3

5 6 8 10 .3 .2 .1

120s Im tm I

xIn

.85 .8

xIo

2 1.5 .3 .2 .1 0
on

3 4 5

xIr

It
2

off

1,5 Ir

i
C 1251NH 12

C 801 NH L C 1001 NH L A x In 15 8

tm

Legend 1 "long time" protection threshold 2 "long time" protection time delay 3 "short time" protection threshold 4 "short time" protection time delay 5 "instantaneous" protection threshold 6 option (see page 34) 7 overload indication 8 test connector

Ir

Im

30

Merlin Gerin

electronic trip unit STR45AE


E24037

E23823

1 2
60 70 80 90
fault

STR 45AE
Io t
Ic1
.5 1

105 % Ir

.63

.8

Ir

test

Ir

.9

Im
.95 3

5 6 8 10 .3 .2 .1 .85 .8 0 .9

Ih
.3

.4

3
.5 .2

tr

xIn
Ih th Im tm I
A

.85 .8

120 60 30 15

xIo

1 240

2 1.5 .3 .2 .1

xIr

xIn

.6 .4 .3 .2

.95 .3 .2

.4

4 5

480
on

I2t

off

xIr

.1
on

I2t

.1
off

i
18

+
tr

at 1.5Ir

Ic1

TFR

C 801NH C 1001NH C 1251NH


A x In

tm

th

20

23

Ir

Im

electronic trip unit STR45BE


E24036

E23824

1 2
60 70 80 90 105 % Ir

STR 45BE
Io
test

.63

.8

Ir

Ir

.9

Im
.95 3

5 6 8 10 .3 .2 .1

Ih
.3

.4

3
.5 .2 .4

.5

xIn
Ih th

tr

.85 .8

Im tm

120 60

xIo

1 240

2 1.5 .3 .2 .1

xIr

xIn

.6 .4 .3 .2

30 15 480

.3 .2 .1
on

0
on

.1

I2t

off

I2t

off

+
tr

at 1.5Ir

tm

th

Ir

Im

electronic trip unit STR55UE


E24038

E23822

1 2
STR 55UE
fault

60 70 80 90

105 % Ir

Io

.63

.8

t
Ic1

Ir

test

Ir

.9

Im
.95 3

5 6 4

6 8
A B

Ih
.3

.4

3
.5

.5

tr

xIn
Ih th Im tm I
C 801 NH L C 1001 NH L A 10 8 B 15 8

.85 .8

xIo

1 240

2 1.5 .3 .2 .1

xIr

8 3 10 2 .3 .2 .1 .85 .8 Ic1 .9

xIn

.2 .4 .95 .3 .2

xIn

.6

120 60 30 15

.4 .3 .2

4 5

480
on

TFR

C 1251NH 10 12

+
tr

I2t

off

xIr

.1
on

I2t

.1
off

at 1.5Ir

tm

th

Ir

Im

protection
c "long time" protection against overloads; c "short time" protection against shortcircuits of low intensity; c "instantaneous" protection against shortcircuits of high intensity; c residual earth fault protection as an option (see page 34). Trip units do not have a predefined rating. The "long time" protection threshold depends only on the circuit breaker current rating and on the "long time" protection setting (see page 32).
Merlin Gerin

other functions
Overload indications Load indication (LED) in front (7) allowing to avoid tripping: c lit at 90% of Ir setting; c flashing at 105% or more of Ir setting. Test Test connector in front (8) to check circuit breaker operation, using a mini test kit or a calibration test kit (see page 73). Indication and measurement options (6) (see page 34).

31

Compact: functions and characteristics

protection of low-voltage distribution networks trip units for Compact C801 to C1251 (cont.)
trip units
for Compact C801...1251N/H C801...1001L

STR25DE
c c adjustable (4 settings or "fine setting" version: 32 settings) 0.4...1 x In

STR35SE
c c adjustable (32 settings) 0.4...1 x In

overload protection (long time)


tripping threshold Ir

thermal memory OFF position neutral protection

tripping time (s) (min...max)

4P 3d 4P 4d 4P 3d + Nr type at 1.5 x Ir at 6 x Ir at 7.2 x Ir

no protection 1 x Ir 500 A x Ir/In fixed 96...120 6.0...7.5 4.2...5.2

no protection 1 x Ir 500 A x Ir/In fixed 96...120 6.0...7.5 4.2...5.2

short-circuit protection (short time)


tripping threshold (A) time delay (ms) Im accuracy max. overcurrent time before tripping total breaking time const I2t positions adjustable 1.5...10 x Ir (*) 15% fixed 0 i 60 adjustable 1.5...10 x Ir (*) 15% adjustable (4 settings) 0 i 60 i 140 i 60 i 140 i 230

i 230 i 350

short-circuit protection (instantaneous)


tripping threshold (A) I C801N/H C1001N/H C1251N/H C801L C1001L no fixed 15 x In 15 x In 12 x In 8 x In 8 x In

other functions
overload indications test connector earth fault protection option (T) fault indications option (F) load monitoring option (R) communication option (COM) zone selective interlocking (Z) c c c c

(*) For Compact C801L and C1001L, current settings must not exceed eight times the circuit breaker rating (C801L: 6300 A, C1001L: 8000 A)

Tripping thresholds are indicated for 2 or 3 poles on load. OFF position LT (long time) protection deactivated for motor-starter protection. Thermal memory Conductor cooling time following tripping taken into account by LT protection.

Constant I2t positions Inverse-time tripping (ST short-time protection) to improve discrimination (particularly with downstream fuses). Neutral protection In the event 4P 4d or 4P 3d + Nr devices and the corresponding trip units are supplied separately, a current sensor must be installed on the fourth pole inside the circuit breaker.

Overload indication LED in front of trip unit: c lit at 90% of Ir setting; c flashing at 105 % or more of Ir setting. Option F offers a five threshold indication (60, 70, 80, 90, 105%). Test Test connector to check circuit breaker operation using a mini test kit or a calibration test kit (see page 73). Indication and measurement options (see page 34).

32

Merlin Gerin

STR35GE
c c adjustable (32 settings) 0.4...1 x In

STR45AE
c

STR45BE
c

STR55UE
c c adjustable (32 settings) 0.4...1 x In c c no protection 1 x Ir 500 A x Ir/In 192...240 12...15 8.3...10.4 384...480 24...30 17...21

adjustable (32 settings) 0.4...1 x In

adjustable (32 settings) 0.4...1 x In

no protection 1 x Ir 500 A fixed 12...15 0.75...0.94 0.50...0.65

no protection 1 x Ir 500 A x Ir/In adjustable (6 settings) 12...15 24...30 0.75...0.94 1.50...1.88 0.52...0.65 1.04...1.30

no protection 1 x Ir 500 A x Ir/In 48...60 3.00...3.75 2.06...2.60 96...120 6.0...7.5 4.2...5.2

adjustable 1.5...10 x Ir (*) 15% adjustable (4 settings) 0 i 60 i 140 i 60 i 140 i 230

adjustable 1.5...10 x Ir 15% i 230 i 350

adjustable 1.5...10 x Ir (*) 15%

adjustable 1.5...10 x Ir (*) 15%

c fixed 15 x In 15 x In 12 x In 8 x In 8 x In fixed 20 x In 23 x In 18 x In no adjustable 2...15 x In 2...15 x In 2...12 x In 2...8 x In 2...8 x In

c c

c c c c c c

c c c c c

c c c c c c c

Merlin Gerin

33

Compact: functions and characteristics

protection of low-voltage distribution networks trip units for Compact C801 to C1251 (cont.)
options for electronic trip units STR45/55
E23825

Earth fault protection (T)

Im
3 2 1.5 .3 .2 .1

5 6 3

6 8
A B

Ih
.3

.4

xIr

8 2 10 1,5 .3 .2 .1

.5 .2 .4 .3 .2 .1
on

xIn

.6 .4 .3 .2 .1

0
on

I2t

off

I2t

off

The earth fault protection is of the residual current type. The circuit breaker trips, after an adjustable time delay th, at an adjustable threshold In that depends on the rated current In. On request, the earth fault protection may be of the "W" type (source ground return) or of the neutral protection type. The thermal memory is identical to that of the LT protection, with a time constant of 20 seconds. For distributed neutral systems, option T requires installation of the 4th pole sensor downstream the circuit breaker.

E24042

Ih th

tm

th

0
Load monitoring (R)
E24041

3 2 1.5 .3 .2 .1 0
on

6 3 8 10 .3 .2 .1 .85 .8 2 1,5 .9

8
A B

xIr

.95

.8 .7 9

Two adjustable threshold (only one, Ic1, if option R is combined with option T), that depends on the LT setting, control the optodecoupled outputs (transistors) or send a signal via the communication outputs. These two thresholds (Ic1 and Ic2) are used for applications such as load shedding and reconnection, interlocking systems and alarms.

E23826

Ic2

Ic1

I2t

off

xIr

.5

xIr 1

Ic1

Ic2

tm

0
Fault indications (F)
E24043

60 70 80 90
fault

105 % Ir

Ir

.9

Im
.95 3

5 6 3

Ih
8 .3
A

.4

.85 .8

xIo

2 1.5

xIr

8 2 10 1,5

.2

In addition to indications for standard faults (toggle, SD and SDE auxiliary switches), this option differentiates between the three possible causes of tripping via three LEDs: c overload (LT); c short-circuit (ST + INST); c earth fault. A three-LED load monitoring function indicates 60, 70 and 80% of the LT thresholds in addition to the standard 90 and 105% indications. Option F is not available on STR45BE trip units. It requires an external power supply.

Communication (COM) The following information is transmitted to Digipact distribution monitoring and control modules: all data concerning the currents passing through the CTs, all trip-unit settings, including those of options T and R,load-shedding orders, fault indications provided by option F and an alarm indication when the internal temperature is 10C below the circuit breaker self-protection threshold.

Zone selective interlocking (Z) A number of circuit breakers are interconnected one after another by a pilotwire. In the event of a short-time or earth fault, the control unit applies the set time delay only if it receives a signal from a downstream circuit breaker. If not, it trips instantaneously (tripping time as 0.1 shorttime setting). In this way, the fault is cleared rapidly by the nearest circuit breaker. The thermal stresses in the installation are minimised while maintaining time discrimination throughout the entire installation. Opto-electronic outputs The use of opto-transistors ensures total isolation between the internal circuits of the control unit and the circuits wired by the user.

Possible combinations c option Z; c options Z, R and F; c options Z, T, R and F; c options Z, F and COM; c options Z, R, F and COM; c options Z, T, F and COM; c options Z, T, R, F and COM.

34

Merlin Gerin

earth fault protection (T)


tripping threshold Ih Ih = settings accuracy th = settings max. overcurrent time before tripping total breaking time 0.20.6 x In 0.2 - 0.25 - 0.3 - 0.35 - 0.4 - 0.45 - 0.5 - 0.6 15% 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 60 140 230 350 140 230 350 500 self powered

time delay th

power supply

load monitoring (R)


Ic1 threshold Ic1 = settings accuracy closing opening Ic2 = settings (1) accuracy closing opening 0.8...1 x Ir 0.8 - 0.85 - 0.88 - 0.9 - 0.93 - 0.95 - 0.98 - 1.0 8% tr/2 (tr = LT protection time delay) 10 s 0.5...1 x Ir 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.85 - 0.9 - 0.95 - 1.0 8% tr/4 (tr = LT protection time delay) 10 s 100 mA opto-decoupled triac outputs, 120 to 240 V, 50/60 Hz or a signal via the communication output when the trip unit is equipped with the COM option. self powered (2)

time delay Ic2 threshold

time delay transmission

power supply

fault indications (F)


3 LEDs on front bar graph, 3 LEDs accuracy reset power supply indicate cause of fault: Ir, Im/I, Ih 60, 70, 80% of Ir 6.6% automatic when circuit breaker is reset 24 to 240 V, 50/60 Hz or CC

communication (COM)
type of data transmitted I1, I2, I3 Ineutral, Imax, all trip-unit settings, rating plug identification (UL and JIS versions), load monitoring, fault indications, causes of malfunction, internal temperature. self powered (2)

power supply
(1) For the Ic2 minimum setting, the Ir setting and/or the load must be u 0.5 In:

load and/or setting 0.4 x In 0.5 x In 0.6 x In


(2) Minimum operating current 0.22 x In. Ir: tripping threshold of overload protection.

Ic2 setting 0.81.0 x In 0.61.0 x In 0.51.0 x In (complete range)

magnetic trip units P21/P41


Magnetic trip units for Compact C1251N, 3 poles version, designed particularly for the protection of DC networks. These trip units are not interchangeable: the circuit breaker is supplied fully assembled. All electrical characteristics and circuit breaker enhancements (auxiliaries and accessories) are indicated on page 20.
E29212

P21

3P
t(s)

4800 6000 9600 7800

I(A)

integrated trip unit for Compact C1251N tripping threshold Im (A) accuracy

P21 adjustable 1600...3200 20%

P41 3200...6400 20%

Merlin Gerin

35

Compact: functions and characteristics

protection of low-voltage distribution networks 1000 V circuit breakers


circuit breaker NS400 1000 V
053182

Compact circuit breaker


number of poles CT (A) (current transformer)

NS400 1000 V
3 150 250 400

electrical characteristics
rated operational voltage (V) ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) service breaking capacity rated current (A) rated insulation voltage (V) rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V) ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) service breaking capacity suitable for isolation utilisation category pollution degree Ue Icu Ics AC 50/60 Hz AC - 1000 V (% Icu) 1150 10 100% 150 1250 8 1000 10 100% c A III 1150 1150 10 10 100% 100% 250 1250 8 1000 10 100% c A III 400 1250 8 1000 10 100% c A III

electrical characteristics as per IEC 947-2 and EN 60947-2


In 40C Ui Uimp Ue AC 50/60 Hz Icu AC - 1000 V Ics (% Icu)

protection
protection against overcurrents
NS400 1000 V

electronic trip unit STR23SP instantaneous

c 9 In

c 9 In

c 9 In

earth fault protection

installation and connections


fixed/front connection fixed/rear connection plug-in (on base) withdrawable (on chassis) c c consult us consult us consult us c c c

indication and measurement auxiliaries


auxiliary switches voltage presence indicator current transformer module ammeter module insulation monitoring module c

control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases motor mechanism rotary handles (direct extended) manual/automatic source changeover systems c c c c c c consult us consult us consult us standard c c 3 poles, fixed, FC 3 poles, fixed, FC c c c

installation and connection accessories


bare cable connectors terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields escutcheon

dimensions and weights


dimensions L x H x D (mm) (1) weight (kg) (1) with terminal shields. 140 x 480 x 110 13

36

Merlin Gerin

circuit breaker C1251N 1000 V


051353

Compact circuit breaker


number of poles CT (A) (current transformer) rated current (A) In 40C 50C 60C

C1251N 1000 V
3 400 400 400 400 1000 8 1000 20 50% 15 1 c B III 800 800 800 800 1000 8 1000 20 50% 15 1 c B III 1250 1250 (1) 1150 (1) 1050 (1) 1000 8 1000 20 50% 15 1 c B III

electrical characteristics as per IEC 947-2 and EN 60947-2

rated insulation voltage (V) rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V) ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) (2) service breaking capacity short-time withstand current suitable for isolation utilisation category pollution degree
C1251N 1000 V

Ui Uimp Ue AC 50/60 Hz Icu AC - 1000 V Ics (% Icu) Icw kA rms t (s)

protection
protection against overcurrents interchangeable electronic trip unit STR25DE STR35GE/SE/ME (3) STR55UE (3) c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c

earth fault protection

installation and connections


fixed/front connection fixed/rear connection plug-in (on base) withdrawable (on chassis)

indication and measurement auxiliaries


auxiliary switches electronic trip unit related functions voltage presence indicator current transformer module ammeter module insulation monitoring module

control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases motor mechanism rotary handles (direct extended) manual/automatic source changeover systems c c c c c c c c 3 poles, fixed, FC 3 poles, fixed, FC c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c

installation and connection accessories


bare cable connectors terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields and phase barriers escutcheon

dimensions and weights


dimensions L x H x D (mm) weight (kg) 210 x 374 x 172 13

(1): For withdrawable version do not use a current setting higher than: - 1160 A at 40C, - 1080 A at 50C, - 1000 A at 60C. (2): Defined for a power factor cos = 0.3.

(3) instantaneous CT400/800 CT1250 12 x In 12 x In fixed: STR35 15 x In adjustable: STR55 2 to: 15 x In

Merlin Gerin

37

Compact: functions and characteristics

protection of low-voltage distribution networks earth fault protection


Vigicompact circuit breakers
044333

For Compact NS100 to NS630 circuit breakers, earth fault protection is obtained by fitting a "Vigi" earth fault module directly on the circuit breaker terminals. The addition of the Vigi module does not affect circuit breaker characteristics (see pages 10 to 13); c conformity with standards; c protection degrees, class II insulation front face; Dimensions and weights dimensions L x H x D (mm) weight (kg) 3 poles 4 poles 3 poles 4 poles

c suitability for isolation as defined by IEC 947-2; c electrical characteristics; c trip unit characteristics; c installation and connection methods; c indication,measurement and control auxiliaries; c installation and connection accessories.

NS100 - NS160 105 x 236 x 86 140 x 236 x 86 2.5 3.2

NS250

NS400 - NS630 135 x 355 x 110 180 x 355 x 110 8.8 10.8

Vigicompact NS250N

2.8 3.4

Vigi earth fault modules


1 2 3 4 5 6 7

E21007

310 150 60 0

avant test dilectrique enlever ce couvercle before dielectric test remove this cover

1 2 3 4 5

t(ms)

T R

vigi
NS 250 200 / 440 V - 50 / 60 Hz

vigi MH
3 1 0,3 10
N 1 3 5

In(A)
2 4 6

6 7

sensitivity setting time-delay setting (for discrimination with earth fault protection) lead seal preventing access to settings test button for routine tripping checks by internally simulating an earth fault reset button (resetting is required following a trip due to an earth fault) rating plate slot for SDV auxiliary switch

HS 0,03 ( t = 0 )

Compliance with standards c IEC 947-2, appendix B; c IEC 255-4 and IEC 801-2 to 5, covering protection against nuisance tripping due to transient overvoltages, lightning strikes, switching of devices on the network, electrostatic discharges, radiofrequency interference; c IEC 755, class A, immunity to DC components up to 6 mA; c VDE 664, operation down to - 25C.

Remote indications Vigi modules may be equipped with an SDV auxiliary switch (see page 64) to remotely indicate tripping due to an earth fault.

Power supply Vigi modules are self-supplied internally by the network voltage and therefore do not require any external source. They continue to function even when supplied by only two phases.

earth fault protection modules Vigi ME


number of poles for Compact NS100 N/H/L NS160 N/H/L NS250 N/H/L NS400 N/H/L NS630 N/H/L 3. 4 (*) c c

Vigi MH
3. 4 (*) c c c

Vigi MB
3. 4 (*)

c c

earth fault protection characteristics


sensitivity In (A) time delay intentional delay (ms) total breaking time (ms) rated voltage (V) AC 50/60 Hz fixed 0.3 fixed < 40 < 40 200 to 440 adjustable 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 - 10 adjustable 0 60 (**) 150 (**) 310 (**) < 40 < 140 < 300 < 800 200 to 440-440 to 550 adjustable 0.3 - 1 - 3 - 10 - 30 adjustable 0 60 150 310 < 40 < 140 < 300 < 800 200 to 440-440 to 550

(*) Vigi 3P modules may also be used on 2P circuit breakers (**) If the sensitivity is set to 30 mA, the tripping is not delayed

38

Merlin Gerin

combination of Compact circuit breaker Vigirex earth fault protection relay

This solution can be used with all Compact circuit breakers. For Compact NS100 to NS630, the Vigirex residual current relays can be used when: c special time delay or tripping threshold values are required; c there are major installation constraints (circuit breaker already installed and connected, limited space available, etc.). Vigirex relay characteristics Residual current operated relay with separated toroid: c sensivity adjustable from 30 mA to 250 A; c eight time-delay settings (0 to 1s); c closed toroids (30 to 300 mm diameter); c split toroids (46 to 110 mm diameter); c options : v trip alarm by a failsafe contact, v pre-alarm contact and indicating light (threshold: 0.5 x In), v 400 Hz network, etc.

Conformity with standards c IEC 947-2, appendix B; c IEC 255-4 and IEC 801-2 to 5, covering protection against nuisance tripping due to transient overvoltages, lightning strikes, switching of devices on the network, electrostatic discharges, radiofrequency interference; c IEC 755, class A, immunity to DC components up to 6 mA; c VDE 664, operation down to - 25C. For complete information on the Vigirex range, consult the corresponding Merlin Gerin documentation.

push to trip

M G

E18577

residual current measurement toroid Vigirex earth fault detection relay MN or MX auxiliary release for earth fault tripping.

Merlin Gerin

39

Compact: functions and characteristics

motor protection

E26988

Compact circuit breakers


number of poles
push to trip

electrical characteristics as per IEC 947-2 and EN 60947-2


rated current (A) rated insulation voltage (V) rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V) ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) In Ui Uimp Ue Icu 65C

AC 50/60 Hz AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V 500 V 525 V 660/690 V 250 V (1 pole) 500 V (2 poles)

DC The circuit breakers presented here: c provide protection against short-circuits; c are suitable for isolation as defined by IEC 947-2 standard. For a complete protection of the motor and its control device, overload protection may be ensured by either: c the circuit breaker; c a separate Telemecanique thermal relay. The control device may be of the direct online type (with or without reversing) or of the "star-delta" type. Combinations are governed by IEC 947-4 standard. service breaking capacity utilisation category suitability for isolation endurance (C-O cycles) Ics (% Icu)

mechanical electrical

440 V - In/2 440 V - In

electrical characteristics as per Nema AB1


breaking capacity (kA) 240 V 480 V 600 V

protection
overload and short-circuit protection short-circuit protection (separate thermal relay) earth fault protection rating (A) interchangeable trip units rating (A) interchangeable trip units add-on Vigi module Vigirex relay

protection coordination (as defined by IEC 947-4)


Whatever the power of the motor, the coordination between circuit breaker, contactor and relay can be of either type 1 or 2 (see the complementary technical information chapter page 195). Selection depends on operational requirements concerning continuity of service and the technical skills of servicing personnel. All type 2 Merlin Gerin/Telemecanique combinations have been tested under the conditions defined by standards, and they are certified ASEFA/LOVAG.

installation and connection


fixed/front connection fixed/rear connection plug-in (on base) withdrawable (on chassis)

indication and measurement auxiliaries


auxiliary switches electronic trip unit function voltage presence indicator current transformer module ammeter module insulation monitoring module

control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases motor mechanism rotary handles (direct, extended) locking systems

installation and connection accessories


bare-cable connectors terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields and phase barriers front panel escutcheons

dimensions and weights


dimensions: L x H x D (mm) weight (kg) 40
Merlin Gerin

NS80
3

NS100
3, 4

NS160
3, 4

NS250
3, 4

80 750 8 690

100 750 8 690

150 750 8 690

220 750 8 690

H
100 70 65 25 25 6

N
85 25 25 18 18 8 50 50 100% A c 50000 50000 30000

H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100% A

L
150 150 130 100 100 75 100 100 100% A

N
85 36 35 30 22 8 50 50 100% A c 40000 40000 20000

H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100% A

L
150 150 130 100 100 75 100 100 100% A

N
85 36 35 30 22 8 50 50 100% A c 20000 20000 10000

H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100% A

L
150 150 130 70 50 20 100 100 100%

100% A c 20000 10000 7000

100 65 10

85 25 10

100 65 35

200 130 50

85 35 20

100 65 35

200 130 50

85 35 20

100 65 35

200 130 50

1.5...80

24100 c 2.5...100 c c c

24...150 c 2.5...150 c c c

24...220 c 2.5...220 c c c

c c c c

c c c c

c c c c

c c c c c

c c c c c

c c c c c

c c c

c c c c

c c c c

c c c c

built-in c

c c c c

c c c c

c c c c

90 x 120 x 80 1.0
Merlin Gerin

105 x 161 x 86 1.6

105 x 161 x 86 1.6

105 x 161 x 86 1.9 41

Compact: functions and characteristics

motor protection (cont.)

E26988

Compact circuit breakers


number of poles
push to trip

electrical characteristics as per IEC 947-2 and EN 60947-2


rated current (A) rated insulation voltage (V) rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V) ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms) In Ui Uimp Ue Icu 65C

AC 50/60 Hz AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V 500 V 525 V 660/690 V 125 V 250 V 500 V 750 V

DC

The circuit breakers presented here: c provide protection against short-circuits; c are suitable for isolation as defined by IEC 947-2 standard. For a complete protection of the motor and its control device, overload protection may be ensured by either: c the circuit breaker; c a separate Telemecanique thermal relay. The control device may be of the direct online type (with or without reversing) or of the "star-delta" type. Combinations are governed by IEC 947-4 standard.

service breaking capacity utilisation category suitability for isolation endurance (C-O cycles)

Ics

(% Icu)

mechanical electrical

440 V - In/2 440 V - In

electrical characteristics as per Nema AB1


breaking capacity (kA) 240 V 480 V 600 V

protection
overload and short-circuit protection short-circuit protection (separate thermal relay) earth fault protection rating (A) interchangeable trip units rating (A) interchangeable trip units add-on Vigi module Vigirex relay

protection coordination (as defined by IEC 947-4)


Whatever the power of the motor, the coordination between circuit breaker, contactor and relay can be of either type 1 or 2 (see the complementary technical information chapter page 195). Selection depends on operational requirements concerning continuity of service and the technical skills of servicing personnel. All type 2 Merlin Gerin/Telemecanique combinations have been tested under the conditions defined by standards, and they are certified ASEFA/LOVAG.

installation and connections


fixed/front connection fixed/rear connection plug-in (on base) withdrawable (on chassis)

indication and measurement auxiliaries


auxiliary switches electronic trip unit related function voltage presence indicator voltage transformer module ammeter module insulation monitoring module

control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases motor mechanism rotary handles (direct, extended) locking systems

installation and connection accessories


bare-cable connectors terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields and phase barriers front panel escutcheons

dimensions and weights


dimensions: L x H x D (mm) weight (kg)
(*) Ics = 100% Icu for Ue < 500 V (**) Rated current In at 65 C for withdrawable Compact C1251N/H: 960 A

42

Merlin Gerin

NS400
3

NS630
3

C801
3

C1001
3

C1251
3

320 750 8 690

500 750 8 690

750 750 8 690

875* 750 8 690

1000** 750 8 690

N
85 45 42 30 22 10

H
100 70 65 50 35 20 85 85

L
150 150 130 100 100 75

N
85 45 42 30 22 10

H
100 70 65 50 35 20 85 85

L
150 150 130 70 50 35

N
85 50 42 40 40 25

H
100 70 65 50 50 40

N
85 50 42 40 40 25

H
100 70 65 50 50 40

N
85 50 42 40 40 25 50 (1P) 50 (2P) 50 (3P) 25 (3P) 50% B c 10000 3000 1500

H
100 70 65 50 50 40

100% A c 15000 12000 6000

100% A

100% A

100%* A c 15000 8000 4000

100%* A

100%* A

50% B c 10000 3000 1500

50% B

50% B c 10000 3000 1500

50% B

50% B

85 42 20

100 65 35

200 130 50

85 42 20

100 65 35

200 130 50

85 42 30

100 65 42

85 42 30

100 65 42

85 42 30

100 65 42

320 c

320 c 320

320 c 320

500 c

500 c 500

500 c 500

320...800 c 320...800 c c c c c c c

400...1000 c 400...1000 c c c c c c c

500...1250 c 500...1250 c c c c c c c

c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 140 x 255 x 110 6

c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 140 x 255 x 110 6

c c c c c c c c 210 x 374 x 172 13

c c c c c c c c 210 x 374 x 172 13

c c c c c c c c 210 x 374 x 172 25

Merlin Gerin

43

Compact: functions and characteristics

motor protection trip units selection (cont.)


For motor protection, Compact circuit breakers may be fitted with: c magnetic trip units, wich provide shortcircuit protection; c electronic trip units, specifically designed to provide: v short-circuit protection, v overload protection, v phase-failure protection.
220 160 320 250 500 800 560 1000 670 1250

P (kW) (400 V, 50 Hz) Ir (A)

0.37 1.5

1.1 2.5

3 6

18.5 40

48

37 80

100

160

110 205

E26530

Compact NS80H-MA Compact NS100 NS250

MA MA STR22ME MA STR43ME STR35ME (LR OFF) STR55UE

Compact NS400 NS630

Compact C801 C1251

trip units trip units


rating (A) 20 to 70C NS100N/H/L NS160N/H/L NS250N/H/L NS400N/H/L NS630N/H/L C801N/H/L C1001N/H/L C1251N/H

STR22ME
10, 12.5, 20, 25, 40, 50, 80,100 150 c c c c c 220

STR43ME
120 200 320 500

STR35ME
800

STR55UE
1000 1250

1000 1250 800

c c c c c c c c c c c

protection overload (long time)


tripping Ir threshold (A) tripping class (IEC 947-4) tripping time (s) (minimaxi) to 1.5 x Ir to 6 x Ir to 7.2 Ir built into the trip unit tripping time for phase failures (s) adjustable (10 settings) adjustable (40 settings) 0.6...1 x In 0.4...0.8 x In 10 10A 10 20 fixed 120320 615 410 c between 3.5 and 6 s adjustable 144198 270357 433595 5.87.3 10.913.1 17.421.8 45 7.39.1 1215 c 4 s 10% adjust. (32 settings) adjustable (32 settings) 0.4...1 x In 0.4...1 x In 10 10A 10 20 fixed 96120 67.5 4.25.2 30

adjustable 4860 96120 192240 384480 33.7 67.5 1215 2430 2.12.6 4.25.2 8.310.4 1721

phase-failure (complied with the standard IEC 947-4-1)

short-circuit (short time)


tripping threshold (A) Im or Isd accuracy max. overcurrent time before tripping (ms) total breaking time (ms) fixed 13 x Ir 20% fixed 10 60 adjustable (8 settings) 6...13 x Ir 15% fixed 10 60 adjust. (8 settings) 1.5...10 x Ir 15% adjustable 0 60 140 230 60 140 230 350 adjustable (8 settings) 1.5...10 x Ir 15% adjustable 0 60 140 230 60 140 230 350

short-circuit (instantaneous)
tripping threshold (A) Ii fixed 15 x In fixed 13 x Ir maxi fixed = In x ... 15 15 12 8(type L) adjustable = In x ... 2...15 2...15 2...8(type L) 2...12

other functions
SDTAM module motor overload light indications module built-in ammeter (I) 44 c c c c (standard) c (standard) c c
Merlin Gerin

electronic trip unit STR22ME for Compact NS100 to NS250 circuit breakers
E26984

E26985

1
1 7 8

Ir In=50A
Ir
37.5 40 35.5 42.5 45 47.5 30 50

ImSTR 22 ME
7,2Ir 7,0s

u1,05 Ir IEC 947.4 / cl.10

3 4 5
test

33.5 31.5

Ir

13 Ir

Ir

13Ir

protection

c LT (long time) overload protection with adjustable Ir threshold (1), in compliance with tripping class 10 as defined by IEC 947-4 (2); c single-phasing protection (trips in 3.5 and 6 s); c ST (short-time) short-circuit protection: v fixed tripping threshold (13 x Ir) (3), v fixed time delay (4); c INST (instantaneous) short-circuit protection, with fixed threshold (15 x In) (5). trip unit STR22ME rating (A) threshold settings (A) 10 6 6.3 6.7 7.1 12.5 7.5 7.9 8.4 8.9 20 12 12.6 13.4 14.2 25 15 15.7 16.7 17.7 40 24 25.5 27 28.5 50 30 31.5 33.5 35.5 80 48 51 54 57 100 60 63 67 71 150 90 95 101 107 220 132 140 148 157

c single - phasing protection. The single phasing complies with the recommendations of standard IEC 947-4-1. It becomes operational whenever a phase current imbalance of 40% or more is present.

7.5 9.4 15 18.7 30 37.5 60 75 113 166

8 10 16 20 32 40 64 80 120 177

8.5 10.6 17 21.2 34 42.5 68 85 127 187

9 11.2 18 22.5 36 45 72 90 135 198

9.5 11.9 19 23.7 38 47.5 76 95 142 209

10 12.5 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 220

other functions

Indications Load indication by LED in front (7): c off when: I < 1.05 x Ir; c flashing when: I u 1.05 x Ir. Test Test connector in front (8) for connection to a mini test kit or calibration test kit to check circuit breaker operation after fitting the trip unit or other accessories. Contactor tripping module SDTAM (early thermal fault signal, optional): c opens the contactor in the event of an overload. It is thus possible to differentiate between tripping due to overloads and shortcircuits;

c may also be used to signal a thermal fault; c must be reset manually (locally or remotely); c compatible with the following control voltages: v 24 to 72 V DC and 24 to 48 V AC, v 110 to 240 V AC / DC; c fits in place of the MN or MX auxiliary voltage releases.

Merlin Gerin

45

Compact: functions and characteristics

motor protection (cont.)

E26987

electronic trip unit STR43ME for Compact NS400 to NS630 circuit breakers
E32566

1 2

STR 43 ME
Io
.63 .56 .5 .8 .71 .8

%Ir

>Ir

>Isd

test

fault

Ir
.88 .85 .8 .90 .93 .95 .98 1

Isd
9 10 8 7 6 11 12 13

P > Ir

A
> Im > Ih
tr tsd

3 4
Ir Isd li

x In

x Io

x Ir

test

tr
+

20 20 10 10 10A

Ir

I1

I2

I3

10A

class

IEC 947-4-1

Ir

Isd

Ii

protection

c LT (long time) overload protection, adjustable threshold, based on the actual rms current: v adjustable threshold (1) using five Io base settings (0.5 to 0.8), and fine adjustment Ir with eight settings ranging from 0.8 to 1, v adjustable tripping time (2), in compliance with tripping classes 10 A, 10 and 20 as defined by IEC 947-4; c the STR43ME offers two motor cooling time constants, associated with the motor starting class: v short cooling time constant (the same as the heating time constant), providing maximum continuity of service and satisfactory motor protection, v long cooling time constant (four times the heating time constant), providing maximum motor protection,

c single - phasing protection. The single phasing complies with the recommendations of standard IEC 947-4-1. It becomes operational whenever a phase current imbalance of 40% or more is present; c ST (short time) short-circuit protection: v adjustable threshold Isd (3), v fixed time delay (4); c INST (instantaneous) short-circuit protection, with fixed threshold (5).

other functions

Overload indications (%Ir) LED flashes when the current exceeds the long-time threshold Ir. Fault indications LEDs indicate the type of fault that caused tripping: c overload (LT protection) or abnormal component temperature (>Ir); c short-circuit (ST or instantaneous protection) (>Isd); c single-phasing (LED on the right); c microprocessor malfunction (all three (>Ir), (>Isd) and single-phasing LEDs go on); Battery powered. Spare batteries are supplied in an adapter box. When a fault occurs, the LED indicating the type of fault goes off after about 10 minutes to conserve battery power.The information is however stored in memory and the LED can be reilluminated by pressing the battery/LED test pushbutton (6). The LED automatically goes off and the memory is cleared when the circuit breaker is reset.

Test c test connector in front (8), for connection to a mini test kit or calibration test kit (see page 73) to check circuit breaker operation after fitting the trip unit or other accessories. c test button (6) for (%Ir), (>Ir), (>Isd) and (single-phasing) LEDs and battery. Self-monitoring The circuit breaker trips for: c microprocessor faults; c abnormal temperatures.

46

Merlin Gerin

options for trip unit STR43ME


ammeter (I)
E33990

A
Ir I1 I2 I3

A digital display continuously indicates the current of the phase with the greatest load. By pressing a scroll button, it is also possible to display successively the readings of I1, I2, I3 an the long time threshold setting Ir. LEDs indicate the phase or setting for which the current is displayed. Ammeter display limits: c minimum current u 0,2 x In (lower currents are not displayed) ; c maximum current i 10 x In.

contactor tripping module (SDTAM)

c opens the contactor in the event of an overload. It is thus possible to differentiate between tripping due to overloads and shortcircuits; c may also be used to signal a thermal fault; c must be reset manually (locally or remotely; c compatible with the following control voltages: v 24 to 72 V DC and 24 to 48 V AC, v 110 to 240 V AC / DC; Transmission of data to Digipact distribution monitoring and control modules. Transmitted data: c settings; c phase currents (rms values); c highest current of the three phases; c I; c I + COM;

c fits in place of the MN and MX auxiliary voltage releases.

communication (COM)

c overload condition alarm; c cause of tripping (overload, short-circuit, etc.).

possible combinations

c SDTAM; c SDTAM + I; c SDTAM + I + COM.

Merlin Gerin

47

Compact: functions and characteristics

motor protection (cont.)

electronic trip units for Compact C801...C1251


electronic trip unit STR35ME
E27366 E27368

1
STR 35ME
on off

OFF

60 70 80 90

105 % Ir

Io
.8 .63 .5

t
Ir

test

Ir

.9

Im
.95 3

5 6 8 10 .3 .2 .1

3 4 5

xIn

off

120s Im

.85 .8

xIo

2 1.5 .3 .2 .1 0
on

xIr

off LR inoprant LT inoprative Ir = In

tm I 1,5 Ir
A

I2t

off

i
C 1251NH 12

A x In

C 801 NH L C 1001 NH L 15 8

tm

Ir

Im

electronic trip unit STR55UE


E24038 E23822

1 2
60 70 80 90
fault

STR 55UE
Io t
Ic1
.5 1

105 % Ir

.63

.8

Ir

test

Ir

.9

Im
.95 3

5 6 4

6 8
A B

Ih
.3

.4

3
.5

tr

xIn
Ih th Im tm I
C 801 NH L C 1001 NH L 10 8 15 8

.85 .8

xIo

1 240

2 1.5 .3 .2 .1

xIr

8 3 10 2 .3 .2 .1 .85 .8 Ic1 .9

xIn

.2 .4 .95 .3 .2

xIn

.6

120 60 30 15

.4 .3 .2

4 5

480
on

TFR

A B

C 1251NH 10 12

+
tr

I2t

off

xIr

.1
on

I2t

.1
off

at 1.5Ir

tm

th

Ir

Im

protection (STR35ME)
The trip units do not have a specific rating: c LT (long time) overload protection: v adjustable threshold Ir (1), with an OFF position to disable the LT protection, v fixed time delay, in compliance with tripping class 10 as defined by IEC 947-4-1; c ST (short time) protection against mediumintensity short-circuits: v adjustable threshold Im (3), v adjustable time delay (4); c INST (instantaneous) protection against high-intensity short-circuits, with fixed threshold I (5).

protection (STR55UE)
The trip units do not have a specific rating: c LT (long time) overload protection: v adjustable threshold Ir (1), v adjustable time delay (2), in compliance with tripping classes 5, 10, 20 and 30 as defined by IEC 947-4-1; c ST (short time) protection against mediumintensity short-circuits: v adjustable threshold Im (3), v adjustable time delay (4); c INST (instantaneous) protection against high-intensity short-circuits, with adjustable threshold I (5).

other functions (STR35ME and STR55UE)


Overload indication A LED in front (7) indicates the load level (current flowing through the circuit breaker with respect to the Ir setting): c lit when load u 90% Ir; c flashing when load > 105% Ir. Test Test connector in front (8) for connection to a mini test kit or calibration test kit (see page 73).

48

Merlin Gerin

characteristics of short-circuit protection devices with separate overload protection


046751

Compact NS80H-MA
This circuit breaker is specially designed for the protection of motors rated up to 37 kW: c due to its high current-limiting capacity, it effectively protects motor starters (type-2 coordination as defined by IEC 947-4, with contactors); c small size for easy installation in motor control centre (MCC) switchboards.

Functions c short-circuit protection using an integrated magnetic trip unit MA with adjustable settings; c suitability for isolation. Connections Front connection to integrated connectors for bare cables with cross-sections from 1.5 to 70 mm2.

Compact NS80H-MA

short-circuit protection (magnetic)


rating (A) tripping threshold (A) In Im (65C) 1.5 2.5 6.3 adjustable from 6...14 x In 12.5 25 50 80

041624

Compact NS100...NS630 with trip unit MA


For the protection of motors from 1.1 to 250 kW (400 V), Compact NS100 to NS630 circuit breakers must be equipped with a special trip unit MA with adjustable thresholds. This assembly ensures: c short-circuit protection (magnetic trip unit with adjustable thresholds); c suitability for isolation. For the Compact NS400 to NS630 circuit breakers, trip unit MA is not interchangeable. The circuit breaker and trip unit are supplied already assembled.

Compact NS250H

045198

trip unit for Compact NS100...NS630


rating (A) for Compact circuit breaker In N/H/L (65C) 2.5 6.3 12.5 25 NS100 c c c c NS160 c NS250 NS400 NS630 adjustable from 6...14 x In 50 c c 100 150 220 320 500 c c c c c c c c adjustable from 9..14 x In 9..14 x In

H/L

Compact NS400H-MA

short-circuit protection (magnetic)


tripping threshold (A) Im

Compact C801...C1251
For the protection of motors from 160 to 670 kW with Compact C801 to C1251 circuit breakers, equipped with an STR35ME or an STR55UE trip unit, it is possible to disable the LT protection. The circuit breakers ensure: c short-circuit protection (short time or instantaneous); c suitability for isolation.

Electrical characteristics c Compact NS80/630, see page 40; c Compact C801/1251, see page 42.

Merlin Gerin

49

Compact functions and characteristics

protection of industrial control panels

E44356

Compact circuit breakers


number of poles

electrical characteristics as per CEI 947-2 and EN 60 947-2


push to trip

rated current (A) rated insulation voltage (V) ratde impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V)

In Ui Uimp Ue

40C

AC 50/60 Hz DC AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V 500 V 525 V 660/690 V 250 V (1 pole) 500 V (2 poles in series)

ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms)

Icu

054556

DC service breaking capacity utilisation category suitability for isolation endurance (C-O cycles) Ics (% Icu)

mechanical electrical

440 V - In/2 440 V - In 240 V 480 V 600 V

electrical characteritics as per UL 508


breaking capacity (kA)
Compact NSC100N

041625

protection (see following pages)


protection against overcurrents (A) earth fault protection Ir interchangeable trip units setting current add-on Vigi module Vigirex relay

installation and connection


fixed / front connection adaptator for 60 mm busbars

indication and measurement auxiliaries


auxiliary switches early-make or early-break contact electronic trip unit related functions voltage presence indicator current transformer module ammeter module insulation monitoring module

Compact NS250H

control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases motor mechanism rotary handles (direct, extended)

installation and connection accessories


bare cable connectors terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields and phase barriers escutcheons DIN rail plate

dimensions and weights


dimensions W x H x D (mm) weights (kg) 3 poles, fixed, FC 4 poles, fixed, FC 3 poles, fixed, FC 4 poles, fixed, FC

(**) for operational voltage up to 500 V

50

Merlin Gerin

NSC100N
3, 4 100 750 8 690 250

NS100
3, 4 100 750 8 690 500

NS160
3, 4 150 750 8 690 500

NS250
3, 4 220 750 8 690 500

NS400
3, 4 320 750 8 690 500

NS630
3, 4 500 750 8 690 IN E 500

9 19

N
42 18 18 10 10 5 (125 V) 5 (250 V) 100 A
c

N
85 25 25 18 18 8 50 50 100 A c 50000 50000 30000 85 25 10 c 12.5...100 c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c

H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100 A c

N
85 36 35 30 22 8 50 50 100 A c 40000 40000 20000 85 35 10 c 12.5...160 c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c

H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100 A c

N
85 36 35 30 22 8 50 50 100 A c 20000 20000 10000 85 35 18 c 12.5...250 c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c

H
100 70 65 50 35 10 85 85 100 A c

20000 10000 7000 42 18 10 built-in 16...100 c c c c c c c c c c c 90 x 120 x 80 120 x 120 x 80 1.0 1.3

85 100 I A 45 70 V A 65 42 30 50 22 35 10 20 85 85 100 100 A A c c 15000 12000 6000 85 42 18 c 160...400 c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 85 65 18

LA

N
85 45 42 30 22 10 100 A c 15000 8000 4000 85 42 30 c 250...630 c c c c c c c c c
c

H
100 70 65 50 35 20 85 85 100 A c

85 65 10

85 65 10

85 65 18

85 65 30

c c
c

c c c c 140 x 255 x 110 185 x 255 x 110 6.0 7.8

105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 1.6 2.1

105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 1.6 2.1

105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 1.9 2.3

140 x 255 x 110 185 x 255 x 110 6.0 7.8

Merlin Gerin

51

Compact : functions et characteristics

protection of industrial control panels (cont.)

The NSC100N circuit breaker is specially designed to protect incoming feeders and groups of outgoing circuits on industrial control panels.

c Overload and short-circuit protection; c Isolation with positive contact indication, making it possible to service machines safely by isolating them from all power sources; c Compliance with standards applicable worldwide including IEC 947.2 and UL 508 / CSA22-2 no.14; c NA switch-disconnector version; c Installation in universal and functional type enclosures.

Marking
The UL 508 / CSA 22-2 no.14 approval is for a "Manual Motor Controller: across the line starter or General Use". The products are 100 % rated.
E42651

In=220A Ir 166 177


157 148 187 198 140 209 132 220

STR 22 ME
7.2 Ir 7.0 s

> 1.05 Ir
IEC 947.4 / cl.10

A
Trip-unit marking

Ir

13Ir

220A 1ph 3ph hp Vac 115 15 40 230 50 75 460 50 150 575 50 200 100% rated

test

E42651

LISTED MAN. MOTOR. CTRL. 34XL NSC100N-NA


R

UL / CSA logo

UL / CSA logo

LISTED MAN. MOTOR. CTRL. 34XL NS100-160-250 N/H/NA


R

This MMC is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than the short-circuit current rating of this MMC indicated here below, or the upstream protective device interrupting capability, whichever is less, when protected by any protective device for Group fusing or Group installation. SC current rating kA 50/60 Hz Vac 240 42 480 18 600 10 Vac 115 230 460 575 1 ph 3 ph 1 ph 3 ph 1 ph 3 ph 1 ph 3 ph hp ratings (A) 16 1 2 2 5 5 10 7.5 10 15 5 20 1.5 10 7.5 10 3 3 10 20 15 3 3 7.5 10 25 2 20 15 32 2 10 30 5 5 10 5 20 30 30 40 3 7.5 10 15 7.5 10 30 40 20 15 25 50 3 40 10 30 60 10 20 25 63 5 40 70 5 50 60 15 25 30 10 80 7.5 10 60 40 75 15 30 30 75 50 100 40 100 10 15 20 30 tripping current 125% 100% rated temperature rating tightening torque 75C wire size Nm lb-inch 14 AWG to 3/0 AWG Cu 50 5.5 12 AWG to 4/0 AWG Al

breaking capacity

breaking capacity

Equipped with TMD/DE or STR trip unit This MMC is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than the short-circuit current rating of this MMC indicated here below, or the upstream protective device interrupting capability, whichever is less, when protected by any protective device for Group fusing or Group installation. SC current rating kA 50/60 Hz NS100 NS160 NS250 Vac N H N H N H 85 85 85 85 85 85 240 25 65 35 65 35 65 480 10 10 10 10 18 18 600 tripping current 125% 100% rated temperature rating Terminal kit tightening torque reference 75C wire size 4P Nm 3P lb-inch 14 AWG to 3/0 AWG Cu 29242 29243 106 11.3 12 AWG to 4/0 AWG Al 4 AWG to 2 AWG Cu,Al 1 AWG to 350 kcmil Cu,Al 180 230 20 29259 26 29260

horsepower rating

cable cross section and tightening torques

device marking (circuit breaker with interchangeable trip unit)

cable cross section and tightening torques

device marking (circuit breaker with integreted trip unit)

installation in an enclosure
E44458

200

150

The Compact circuit breakers can be installed in a metal enclosure together with the automation devices (contactors, motor protection circuit breakers, indicating lights, etc.). The minimum dimensions required for installation are shown opposite.

Minimum enclosure dimensions for installation


300

NSC100N NS100 N/H NS160 N/H NS250 N/H NS400 N/H NS630 N/H

Height (mm) 300 457 457 457 -

Depth (mm) 150 130 130 130 -

Width (mm) 200 208 208 208 -

52

Merlin Gerin

UL508 / CSA22-2 no. 14 approved circuit breakers


EXXXXX

P (hp) (480 V, 3P) Ir (A)

3 6

10 16

15 25

20 32

30 40

30 48

40 63

50 70

60 80

75 100

125 160

150 205

150 220

250 320

400 500

Compact NSC100N Compact NS100 NS250 Compact NS400 NS630

TMD

STR22ME STR43ME / STR23SE / STR53UE

c The electronic trip units (type STR) are designed to provide : v short-circuit protection, v overload protection, v phase-failure protection (STR22ME et STR43ME); c Magnetic trip units (type TMD) are designed to provide : v short circuit protection, v overload protection; c Type NA devices are switch-disconnectors which must always be protected upstream in accordance with applicable installation standards.

Circuit breakers
NSC100N

Trip units
TMD NA STR22ME NA TMD STR22SE/GE STR43ME NA STR23SE STR53UE

Approvals
"Manual Motor Controller: Across the Line Starter & General Use" "Manual Motor Controller: Across the Line Starter" "Manual Motor Controller: General Use" "Manual Motor Controller: Across the Line Starter"

NS100/160/250 N/H

NS400/630 N/H

protection of Compact NSC100N and NA

c fixed-threshold thermal protection against overloads ; c fixed-threshold magnetic protection against short-circuits.

Compact NSC100NA switch-disconnector is supplied fully assembled.

trip units
ratings (A) In short-circuit protection (magnetic) tripping threshold (A) Im 40C settings threshold

TM16D to TM100D
16 fixed 600 20 25 32 40 50 63 70 80 100

600

600

600

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1250

protection of Compact NS100 to 630 N/H and NA

The characteristics of trip units for Compact NS100 to NS630 circuit breakers are indicated in the chapters entitled "Protection of low voltage distribution network" and "Motor protection". All auxiliaries can be added to the circuit breaker by the user: c Padlocking devices (in "off" position). c Rotary handle. c Status indication auxiliary contacts (on, off and tripped). c Shunt or undervoltage releases. c Early-make or early-break contact. All rotary handles can be padlocked in "off" position. Optional door interlock, recommended for MCC panels (motor control center).

auxiliaries

Early-make or early-break contact


These auxiliary contacts make it possible to de-energise the downstream auxiliary circuits of the control panel as well as the auxiliary circuits supplying the MN release if applicable.

Rotary handle
Available in direct or extended versions for mounting up to 590 mm behind front. Choice of: c Black front and black handle. c Yellow front and red handle (for machine tools or emergency stop as per IEC 204/ VDE 0013).

Merlin Gerin

53

Compact: functions and characteristics

switch-disconnectors

E21272

Compact switch-disconnectors
number of poles

electrical characteristics as per IEC 947-3


push to trip

conventional thermal current (A) rated insulation voltage (V) rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V) rated operational current (A)

Ith Ui Uimp Ue Ie

60C

AC 50/60 Hz DC AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415 V 440/480 V (1) 500 V 660/690 V DC 250 V (1P) 500 V (2P) mini (switch-disconnector only) maxi (with circuit breaker upstream protection) (2) 1s 3s 20 s mechanical electrical AC electrical AC

push to trip

push to trip

86087

making capacity

Icm (kA peak)

short-time withstand current

Icw (A rms)

suitability for isolation endurance (category A) (CO cycles)


Compact NS100NA

Compact NS100NA to NS250NA switchdisconnectors are obtained by mounting an NA switch-disconnector module on the basic NS100 to NS250 frames.

electrical DC positive contact indication pollution degree

AC22A 500 V AC22A 690 V AC23A 440 V AC23A 500 V DC23A 250 V DC23A 500 V

switch-disconnector protection
According to installation standards, an upstream protection is required. Nonetheless, due to reflex tripping, Compact NS100NA to NS250NA switchdisconnectors self-protect for all fault currents greater than 10 kA.

protection
earth fault protection add-on Vigi module Vigirex relay

installation and connections


fixed/front connection installation on symetrical rail fixed/rear connection plug-in (on base) withdrawable (on chassis)

indication and measurement auxiliaries


auxiliary switches voltage presence indicator current transformer module ammeter module insulation monitoring module

control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases motor mechanism toggle operated rotary handles (direct, extended) lateral rotary handle locking by padlocks or keylock manual/automatic source changeover system

installation and connection accessories


bare-cable connectors, terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields and phase barriers front panel escutcheons

dimensions and weights


(1) Suitable for 480 V NEMA. (2) Upstream protection: see chapter "complementary technical information" page 220. (3) Extended only.

dimensions W x H x D (mm) weight (kg)

2/3 poles, fixed, FC 4 poles, fixed, FC 3 poles, fixed, FC 4 poles, fixed, FC


Merlin Gerin

54

NS100NA
2, 3, 4 100 750 8 690 500 AC 22 A 100 100 100 100 100 DC 22 A 100 100 2.6 330 1800 1800 690 c 50000 50000 30000(50000-In/2) 30000(50000-In/2) yes III c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 1.5 2.0
Merlin Gerin

NS160NA
2, 3, 4 160 750 8 690 500 AC 22 A 160 160 160 160 160 DC 22 A 160 160 3.6 330 2500 2500 960 c 40000 40000 20000(40000-In/2) 20000(40000-In/2) yes III c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 1.6 2.0

NS250NA
2, 3, 4 250 750 8 690 500 AC 22 A 250 250 250 250 250 DC 22 A 250 250 4.9 330 3500 3500 1350 c 20000 20000 10000(20000-In/2) 10000(20000-In/2) yes III c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 1.8 2.2 55

AC 23 A 100 100 100 100 100 DC 23 A 100 100

AC 23 A 160 160 160 160 160 DC 23 A 160 160

AC 23 A 250 250 250 250 250 DC 23 A 250 250

Compact: functions and characteristics

switch-disconnectors (cont.)

E21272

Compact switch-disconnectors
number of poles

electrical characteristics as per IEC 947-3


push to trip

conventional thermal current (A) rated insulation voltage (V) rated impulse withstand voltage (kV) rated operational voltage (V) rated operational current (A)

Ith Ui Uimp Ue Ie

60C

AC 50/60 Hz CC AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415 V 440/480 V (1) 500 V 660/690 V DC 250 V 500 V mini (switch-disconnector only) maxi (with circuit breaker upstream protection) (2) 1s 3s 20 s mechanical electrical AC electrical AC

push to trip

push to trip

86083

making capacity

Icm (kA peak)

short-time withstand current

Icw (A rms)

suitability for isolation endurance (category A) (CO cycles)


Compact NS400NA

electrical DC positive contact indication pollution degree

AC22A 500 V AC22A 690 V AC23A 440 V AC23A 500 V DC23A 250 V DC23A 500 V

86081

protection
earth fault protection add-on Vigi module Vigirex relay

installation and connections


fixed/front connection installation on symetrical rail fixed/rear connection plug-in (on base) withdrawable (on chassis)

indication and measurement auxiliaries


auxiliary switches voltage presence indicator current transformer module ammeter module insulation monitoring module

Compact C1251NI

switch-disconnector protection
According to installation standards, an upstream protection is required. Nonetheless, due to reflex tripping, Compact NS400 and 630NA switchdisconnectors self-protect for all fault currents greater than 15 kA.

control auxiliaries
auxiliary releases motor mechanism toggle operated rotary handles (direct, extended) lateral rotary handle locking by padlocks or keylock manual/automatic source changeover system

installation and connection accessories


bare-cable connectors, terminal extensions and spreaders terminal shields and phase barriers front panel escutcheons

dimensions and weights


(1) Suitable for 480 V NEMA. (2) Upstream protection: see chapter. "complementary technical information" page 220. (3) 8 seconds.

dimensions W x H x D (mm) weight (kg)

3 poles, fixed, FC 4 poles, fixed, FC 3 poles, fixed, FC 4 poles, fixed, FC


Merlin Gerin

56

NS400NA
3, 4 400 750 8 690 500 AC 22 A 400 400 400 400 400 DC 22 A 400 (1P) 400 (2P) 7.1 330 5000 5000 1930 c 15000 15000 6000(12000-In/2) 6000(12000-In/2) yes III c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 140 x 255 x 110 185 x 255 x 110 5.2 6.8
Merlin Gerin

NS630NA
3, 4 630 750 8 690 500 AC 22 A 630 630 630 630 630 DC 22 A 630 (1P) 630 (2P) 8.5 330 6000 6000 2320 c 15000 15000 4000(8000-In/2) 4000(8000-In/2) yes III c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c 140 x 255 x 110 185 x 255 x 110 5.2 6.8

C801NI
3, 4 800 750 8 690 500 AC 22 A 800 800 800 800 800 DC 22 A 800 (2P) 800 (3P) 20 330 10000 10000 (3) 6300 c 10000 10000 1500(3000-In/2) 1500(3000-In/2) yes III

C1251NI
3, 4 1250 750 8 690 500 AC 22 A 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 DC 22 A 1250 (2P) 1250 (3P) 30 154 15000 15000 (3) 9450 c 10000 10000 1500(3000-In/2) 1500(3000-In/2) yes III

AC 23 A 400 400 400 400 400 DC 23 A 400 (1P) 400 (2P)

AC 23 A 630 630 630 630 630 DC 23 A 630 (1P) 630 (2P)

AC 23 A 800 800 800 800 800 DC 23 A 800 (2P) 800 (3P)

AC 23 A 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 DC 23 A 1250 (2P) 1250 (3P)

c c c c c

c c c c c

c c c c c c c c c 374 x 210 x 172 374 x 280 x 172 13 17

c c c c c c c c c 374 x 210 x 172 374 x 280 x 172 13 17 57

Compact: functions and characteristics

installation

fixed circuit breaker


Compact circuit breakers may be mounted vertically, horizontally or flat on their back without any derating of characteristics. Designed for easy installation in the various types of switchboards of each market and country.
E18580 E21020

Connection See details page 0036


E21293
push to trip

push to trip

mounting on backplate
E49661

push to trip

front connection
E23958

mounting on rails
E18850

push to trip

push to trip

mounting on symmetrical rails

push to trip

mounting on a Prisma functional mounting plate

rear connection

circuit breaker on a plug-in-base


The plug-in configuration makes it possible to: c extract and/or rapidly replace the circuit breaker without having to touch connections; c allow for addition of future circuits at a later date.
041632

mounting on a backplate

Parts of a plug-in configuration c Compact circuit breaker (FC version); c set of power connections that are added to the circuit breaker; c plug-in base for mounting on a panel or on rails; c insulating screen, to be used when the circuit breaker is mounted on a backplate with front connections; c safety trip, to be installed on the circuit breaker, that causes automatic tripping if the circuit breaker is ON before engaging or withdrawing it. The safety trip does not prevent circuit breaker operation, even when the circuit breaker is disconnected; c mandatory short terminal shields. Connections The plug-in base is equipped with terminals which, depending on their orientation, serve for front and rear connection. These terminals can be replaced with spreaders. For installation on a backplate with rear connections, these terminals must be replaced with long insulated terminals. All terminals may be fitted with bare-cable connectors.

Compact NS250H on a plug-in-base


E21019

E21018

E21017

mounting through a front panel

mounting on rails

Protection against direct contacts with power circuits c circuit breaker plugged in: IP 4; c circuit breaker removed: IP 2; c circuit breaker removed, base equipped with shutters: IP 4.

Accessories The insulating accessories can be used to: c protect against direct contact; c increase insulation between phases. See page 63. Connection of auxiliaries: page 68.

58

Merlin Gerin

circuit breaker on a withdrawable chassis


041879

Compact NS100 to NS630


The chassis is made up of two side plates installed on the base and two other plates mounted on the circuit breaker. Chassis functions All functions of the plug-in base, plus:
E21282

Mounting c on a backplate, through a front panel or on rails; c horizontally or vertically. Accessories c auxiliary switches for installation on the fixed part of the chassis, indicating the "connected" and "disconnected" positions; c toggle collar for circuit breakers with toggle through front panel, intended to maintain the degree of protection whatever the position of the circuit breaker (supplied with a toggle extension); c keylock which, depending of the bolt fitted, can be used to: v prevent insertion for connection, v lock the circuit breaker in connected or disconnected position; c telescopic shaft for extended rotary handles (see page 70). Connection of auxiliaries: See page 68 manual or automatic auxiliary connector. Door cutouts A set of escutcheons makes it possible to: c optimise cutouts. Only one cutout is required for circuit breakers: v with 3 or 4 poles, v with toggles or direct rotary handles; c ensure an IP 40 degree of protection. The set comprises: c an escutcheon for the front of the chassis, providing access for locking and chassis operation; c an escutcheon for circuit breaker operation with a view-port for visualisation of trip-unit settings. Mounting c rear mounting on a backplate or rails; c mounting via the bottom on a plate or rails. Power connections c to cables with crimped lugs; c to flat or edgewise bars. Connection of auxiliaries Using automatic auxiliary connectors.

connected Compact NS250H on a withdrawable chassis

disconnected

removed

c disconnected position: the power circuits are disconnected, the circuit breaker is simply "withdrawn" and may still be operated (on, off, push-to-trip); c circuit breaker may be locked using 1 to 3 padlocks (diameter 5 to 8 mm), to prevent connection; c the auxiliaries can be tested (with manual auxiliary connector).

051163

Compact C801 to C1251


The multi-function chassis for the Compact C801 to C1251 is particularly suitable for incoming circuit breakers: c connection and disconnection through a door using a crank stored in the base of the chassis; c 2 positions (connected and disconnected) indicated: v locally by a position indicator, v remotely via auxiliary switches (2 switches for the connected position and 2 switches for the disconnected position); c opening and closing of the circuit breaker through the front panel. Locking systems c chassis locking in connected or disconnected position, by 3 padlocks and 2 keylocks that may be accessed through front panel; c door locking to prevent opening it when the breaker is in the connected position; c racking interlock to prevent insertion of the crank when the door is open.

Compact C801H on a withdrawable chassis


E16676

11

10 9 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

door interlock (optional) two auxiliary switches for the connected position (optional) connected/disconnected position indicator disconnected (connected) position locking using one to three padlocks racking crank storage disconnected (connected) position locking (optional) racking interlock (optional) two auxiliary switches for the connected position indication (optional) lock preventing circuit breaker removal shutters for the auxiliary connection block (optional) IP 40 shutters (optional)

Merlin Gerin

59

Compact: functions and characteristics

connection

Compact NS80
E23949

The Compact NS80 is equipped as standard with connectors for bare cables. Terminal shields can be fitted.

E29145

L
OFF

S
push to trip

L (mm) S (mm2)

NS80H 16 1,5...70

Compact NS100 to NS630 fixed front connected


connection to bars or cables with lugs
The Compact NS100 to NS630 are equipped as standard for direct connection to insulated bars or cables with lugs: terminals and snap-in nuts with screws c Compact NS100: M6; c Compact NS160/250: M8; c Compact NS400/630: M10.
E18601 E18600 E21276

Complementary terminal extensions (rightangle terminal extension, straight terminal extension, edwgewise terminal extension, speaders) for all connection requirements. On the Compact NS630, connections generally require spreaders (52.5 pitch).
E18599

E21293

push to trip

E23954

Right-angle terminal extension For NS100 to 630

Straight terminal extension For NS100 to NS250

Edwgewise terminal extension For NS400 to NS630

Spreaders For NS100 to 630

cable connectors Cable connectors for Compact NS will accept either copper or aluminium cables. lugs Lugs are available for either copper or aluminium cables. They are supplied with phase barriers and are compatible with long terminal shields.
E27797 E30907

push to trip

c Special lugs for connection of copper cables with CSA: v 120, 150 or 185 mm2 (NS100 to NS250), v 240 or 300 mm2 (NS400 to NS630). Crimping by hexagonal necking or punching. c Special lugs for connection of aluminium cables with CSA: v 150 or 185 mm2 (NS100 to NS250), v 240 or 300 mm2 (NS400 to NS630).Crimping by hexagonal necking.

E23955

Lug for copper cable

Lug for aluminium cable

Compact
push to trip

NS100 35 i 25 i 10 >6

NS160/250 35 i 25 i 10 >8

NS400/630 45 i 32 i 16 > 10

E18578

pole pitch (mm) L (mm) d (mm) (mm)

d L

d L

60

Merlin Gerin

E18599

Spreaders Increase the pole pitch. Can be fitted onto the breaker or the plug-in base terminals. Not compatible with terminal shields on Compact NS100250. Specific terminal shields on Compact NS400/630. NS100 45 i 25 i 10 >6 NS160/250 45 i 25 i 10 >8 NS400/630 52.5 i 40 i 20 > 12

E23956

push to trip

pole pitch (mm) L (mm) d (mm) (mm)


E18872

70 i 60 i 20 > 12

connection to bare cables


E21294

push to trip

E22041

c 1-cable connectors for Compact NS100 to NS250: snap directly onto the circuit breaker terminals or may be added, using clips, onto the right-angle terminal extensions, the rear connections or the terminals of the plug-in base; c all connectors for Compact NS400/630: screw onto the circuit breaker terminals, the right-angle terminal extensions or the terminals of the plug-in base;

Copper or aluminium cable

E29145

L S

E22040

NS100/160 L (mm) S (mm2) 20 Cu 1.5...95 Al 1.5...95 NS400/630 cables L (mm) S (mm2) 1 20 35...300

NS250 20 10...185 25...185

2 3060 70...240

E23957

push to trip

c distribution connectors for Compact NS100 to NS250: fit onto the circuit breaker terminals. Flexible phase barriers are supplied along with the distribution connectors, they can be replaced by long terminal shields For 6 cables with a CSA of 1.5 to 35 mm2 each.

c The distributor "Polybloc" for Compact NS100 to NS250 connects directly to the breaker terminals. It allows 6 flexible or rigid cables i 10 mm2 per pole. The outgoing connections are the screwless spring loaded type.

E18598

E24076

Compact NS100 to NS630 fixed rear connected


E21013 E18579

For connection of bars or cables with lugs (or bare cables, using standard bare-cable connectors with clips). 2 lengths are available. Rear connections, both lenghts are available long and short, are easily installed on the circuit breaker terminals. The same connection may be installed flat, edgewise or at a 45 angle. All combinations are possible, including different lengths on a single circuit breaker. The circuit breaker is mounted on a backplate.

2 lengths
E21281
push to trip

4 positions

Merlin Gerin

61

Compact: functions and characteristics

connection (cont.)

Compact C801 to C1251 fixed front connected


connection to bars
M10x40

The Compact C8011251 are fitted as standard with terminals comprising threaded studs for direct connection to bars. Pole pitch: 52.5 mm.

E23961

E23962

E23963

11 11 12,5 = = 25 50 25 50 12,5 12,5

E23980

E23981

Spreaders increase the pitch for easier connection. The spreaders can themselves be fitted with bare-cable connectors or rightangle terminal extensions, but are not compatible with terminal shields. Pitch: 120 mm

connection to bare cables


E23968

1
E23969

2
E24097 E23970

58
M10

38 S

3 cable connector 70 mm2 i CSA i 185 mm2

4 cable connector 70 mm2 i CSA i 240 mm2

Copper or aluminium cables

connection to cables with lugs


E23973 E23974

M10x40 M12

The additional connectors are suitable for 1 to 4 cables with crimped lugs (CSA i 300 mm2).
E26808

int. max. = 23

12 < 13

110 max.

E23971

= = 40

Compact C801 to C1251 fixed rear connected


connection to bars
E23965

Connection to flat or edgewise bars, depending on how the terminals are installed.
M10x40

E23964

E23961

11 11 12,5 = 25 = 12,5 12,5

M10x40 50

25

50

connection to cables with lugs


M12

M12

The additional connectors are suitable for 1 to 4 cables with crimped lugs (CSA i 300 mm2).

E23975

E23976

M10x40
M10x40

62

Merlin Gerin

E18618

Terminal shields Sealable insulating accessories used for protection against direct contact with power circuits: c degree of protection: IP 40; c supplied with sealing accessories. Terminal shield selection c for fixed circuit breakers (front connection): long terminal shields; c for fixed circuit breakers (rear connection): short terminal shields; c for plug-in circuit breakers: mandatory short terminal shields; c for voltage > 440 V, mandatory terminal shields; c for voltage > 525 V, special connection kit including terminal shields and insulating screens; c for Compact NS400630 with spreader: special terminal shields for spreader. Long terminal shields for plug-in bases These insulating accessories are used to: c protect against direct contact with power circuits, degree of protection: IP 40.5; c increase insulation between phases. Insulating accessories for plug-in bases include: c an adapter offering the same connection possibilities as for the circuit breaker; c long terminal shields or special phase barriers.

E18606

insulation accessories

Phase barriers (Compact NS) c safety accessories for maximum insulation at the power connection points; c clip easily onto the circuit breaker; c usable with all other connection accessories, except terminal shields; c special version for plug-in bases.

E26033

Rear insulating screens (Compact NS) Safety accessories for ensuring insulation between power connections and the backplate. May be used with terminal shields or with phase barriers.

Merlin Gerin

63

Compact: functions and characteristics

auxiliaries

auxiliary switches
Changeover contact Auxiliary switches remote the circuit breaker operating status and can thus be used for indications, electrical locking, relays, etc. Functions c OF (open/closed): indicates the position of the circuit breaker contacts; c SD (trip indication): indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to: v an overload, v a short-circuit, v an earth fault, v the operation of a voltage release or of the "push-to-trip" button, the operation of plug-in base or chassis when breaker is on. Resets when the circuit breaker is reset; c SDE (fault indication): indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to an overload, a short-circuit or an earth fault. Resets when the circuit breaker is reset; c SDV (Vigi fault indication): indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to an earth fault. Resets when the Vigi module is reset; c CAM (early-make or early-break function): indicates the position of the rotary handle. Used in particular for advanced-opening safety trip devices; c connected/disconnected: indicates the position of a withdrawable breaker. c switching of very low loads: All the above auxiliary switches are also available in "low-level" versions capable of switching very low loads (e.g. for the control of PLCs or electronic circuits). Standards Auxiliary switches comply with IEC 947-5. Installation c functions OF, SD, SDE and SDV: v the switches clip into slots behind the front of the circuit breaker (or the Vigi module for the SDV function); v for Compact NS80630, one model serves for all indication functions depending on where it is fitted in the circuit breaker. The SDE function on a circuit breaker equipped with a thermal-magnetic trip unit requires the SDE actuator; c CAM: to be fitted in the rotary handle module. Depending on how it is installed, it ensures either the CAO (early-break) or the CAF (early-make) function; c "connected/disconnected" function: 2 parts to be fitted on the chassis and the withdrawable circuit breaker. Communication Auxiliary switches for Compact NS are also available in communicating version and can be installed in place of the standard switches (see Digipact catalogue). Connection See page 68. Electrical characteristics for Compact NS100 to NS630 conventional switches rated thermal current (A) 6 minimum load 10 mA with 24 V AC utilisation category (IEC 947-5-1) AC12 AC15 operational current (A) 24 V 6 6 48 V 6 6 110 V 6 5 220/240 V 6 4 250 V 380/415 V 6 3 440 V 6 3 660/690 V 6 0.1 "low-level" switches 5 1 mA with 4 V AC AC12 AC15 5 3 5 3 5 2.5 5 2 5 5 1.5 1.5
044314

for Compact NS100 to NS630

86089

for Compact C801 to C1251

DC DC12 2.5 2.5 0.8 0.3

DC14 1 0.2 0.05 0.03

DC DC12 5 2.5 0.8 0.3

DC14 1 0.2 0.05 0.03

Electrical characteristics for Compact C801 to C1251 rated thermal current (A) 2 function OF, SD SDE operational current (A) AC DC 220 V 380 V 24 V 48 V 110 V 220 V 5 1.4 2.8 1 0.3 0.1 5 1.4 2

CAM 5 1.4 2.8 1 1 0.1

connected disconnected 5 2

0.15

0.15

64

Merlin Gerin

voltage releases
044313

A voltage release can be used to trip the circuit breaker via a control signal. Undervoltage release (MN) c trips the circuit breaker when the control voltage drops below a tripping threshold; c tripping threshold between 0.35 and 0.7 times the rated voltage; c circuit breaker closing is possible only if the voltage exceeds 0.85 times the rated voltage. Circuit breaker tripping by an MN release meets the requirements of IEC 947-2 standard. Time-delay unit for an MN release Eliminates nuisance trippings due to voltage dips i 200 ms c used in conjunction: v with a 250 V DC MN release, control voltage: 220/240 V AC, v with a 48 V DC MN release, control voltage: 48 V AC.

Shunt release (MX) Trips the circuit breaker when the control voltage rises above 0.7 x Un. Impulse type u 20ms or maintained control signals. Operation c when the circuit breaker has been tripped by a release (MN or MX), it must be reset either locally or by remote control; c MN or MX tripping has priority over manual (or motor mechanism) closing. In the presence of a standing trip order, such on action does not result in any closing, even temporary, of the main contacts; c endurance: v 50% of the rated mechanical endurance of the circuit breaker for Compact NS100630, v 1000 cycles for Compact C8011251. Installation and connection c the releases snap in behind the front cover; c connection using wires with a CSA of up to 1.5 mm2, to integrated terminals blocks. NS100 to NS630 AC DC < 10 VA < 5 VA < 50 < 10 W <5W < 50 C801 to C1251 AC DC < 150 VA < 8 VA < 50 < 150 W <5W < 50

for Compact NS100 to NS630

048504

Electrical characteristics for Compact consumption


for Compact C801 to C1251

pick-up (MX) seal-in (MN, MNR)

response time (ms)

Merlin Gerin

65

Compact: functions and characteristics

auxiliaries (cont.)

motor mechanism for Compact NS100 to NS630


When equipped with a motor mechanism module, Compact NS circuit breakers feature very high mechanical endurance as well as easy and sure operation: c all circuit breaker indications and information remain visible and accessible, including trip unit settings and indications; c suitability for isolation is maintained and padlocking remains possible; c double insulation front face. Applications c local motor-driven operation, centralised operation, automatic distribution control; c normal/standby source changeover or switching to a replacement source to optimise energy costs; c load shedding and reconnection to optimise energy costs; c synchrocoupling. Automatic operation c on and off by two impulse type or maintained control signals; c automatic spring charging following voluntary tripping (by MN or MX), with standard wiring; c mandatory manual reset following tripping due to an electrical fault.
E21006

Manual operation c transfer to manual mode using switch (9) with possibility of remote mode indication; c on and off by 2 push-buttons; c recharging of stored-energy system by pumping the lever 9 times; c padlocking in off position. Installation and connection c all installation (fixed, plug-in/withdrawable) and connection possibilities are maintained; c connection of the motor mechanism module behind its front cover to an integrated terminal block, for cables with a CSA up to 2.5 mm2. Accessories c keylock for locking in off position. c operations counter for the Compact NS400 and NS630, indicating the number of on and off cycles. The counter must be installed on the front of the motor mechanism module. Communication The motor mechanism module for Compact NS is also available in communicating version (see Digipact catalogue).

047313

Compact NS250H with motor mechanism

Characteristics motor mechanism response time (ms) rate (cycles/minute max.) control voltage (V) opening closing DC AC 50/60 Hz consumption DC (W) AC (VA) opening closing opening closing MT100 to MT630 < 600 < 80 4 24/30 - 48/60 110/130 - 250 48 (50 Hz) - 110/130 220/240 - 380/440 i 500 i 500 i 500 i 500

MERLIN GERIN
compact

NS400 H
Ui 750V. Uimp 8kV. Ue Icu (V) (kA) 220/240 380/415 440 500/525 600/690 100 70 65 40 35

2 2

cat B Icw 6kA / 0,25s. Ics = 100% Icu IEC 947-2


UTE VDE BS UNE NEMA CEI

I ON

charged

In = 400A

Electrical endurance (circuit breaker + motor mechanism module, thousands of operations, at 440 V).
manu auto

O
push OFF

I
push ON

E21300

50 40 30 NS100 NS160

10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

20 15 10

contact position indicator (suitability for isolation). outgoing circuit identification labels. spring status indicator (charged, discharged). locking device (keylock). locking device (off position) using 1 to 3 padlocks, diameter 5 to 8 mm, not supplied. manual spring charging lever. I (on) push-button. O (off) push-button. manual/auto mode selection switch; the position of the switch can be indicated remotely. operations counter (Compact NS400/630).

NS250 NS400 NS630 0,2 0,3 0,5 0,7 1 I/In

6 4 0,1

66

Merlin Gerin

motor mechanism for Compact C801 to C1251


The motor mechanism fits on the front face of Compact C801 to C1251 circuit breakers. Two types of mechanism are available: c standard, type T; c rapid closing for synchrocoupling, type TS. All circuit breaker indications and information remain visible and accessible, including trip unit settings and indications. Suitability for isolation and double insulation of the front face are maintained. Applications c local motor-driven operation, centralised operation, automatic distribution control; c normal/standby source changeover or switching to a replacement source to optimise energy costs; c load shedding and reconnection to optimise energy costs; c synchrocoupling (with type TS). Automatic operation c on and off by two impulse type or maintained control signals; c automatic spring charging following voluntary tripping (by MN or MX), with standard wiring; Characteristics motor mechanism response time (ms) rate (cycles/minute max.) control voltage (V) opening closing DC AC 50/60 Hz consumption DC (W) AC (VA) opening closing opening closing T801/1001/1251 500 400 2 24 - 48/60 - 110/125 220/250 110/127 - 220/240 380/415 - 440/480 500 500 110 to 240 V 380 to 480 V 750 1000 750 1000 TS801/1001/1251 (for synchrocoupling) 1500 60 2 24/30 - 110/125 110/127 - 220/240 400 220 110 to 240 V 400 220 c mandatory manual reset following tripping due to an electrical fault. Manual operation (type T) c transfer to manual mode when the transparent cover is opened; c opening, closing and resetting by a 3-position toggle; c padlocking in "off" position. Installation and connection c all installation (fixed, withdrawable) and connection possibilities are maintained; c connection of the motor mechanism module behind its front cover to an integrated terminal block, for cables with a CSA up to 2.5 mm2. Accessories c keylock for locking in off position (with type T); c SDE switch for remote resetting.
86090

Compact C1001L with motor mechanism type T

Electrical endurance (circuit breaker + motor mechanism in thousands of cycles FO IEC 947-2, at 440 V with a power factor of 0.8). Endurance at 660 V equals 70% of endurance at 440 V.
E24044

20 15 10 6 4 3 2 1,5 1 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 1 I/In

Merlin Gerin

67

Compact: functions and characteristics

auxiliaries (cont.)

auxiliary function possibilities


E28443 E28444 E21295

OF1

SD

SDE

OF2

OF1

OF2

OF3

SD

SDE

MN/MX

OF

SD

MN/MX

commande rotary rotative

tlcommande motor ou mechanism commande or rotative rotary handle

MN/MX

ou mechanism
commande or rotative

tlcommande motor

E26034

MN/MX

OF+SD

ou or

3OF+SD

rotary handle
SDE SDV
SDV

handle

tlcommande motor ou mechanism commande or rotative rotary handle

NS80H-MA

NS100/160/250

NS400/630

C801/1251

connection of auxiliaries: Compact NS80 to NS630


Each auxiliary device is fitted with numbered terminal blocks for cables with the following maximum CSA: c 1.5 mm2 for auxiliary switches and the voltage release; c 2.5 mm2 for the motor mechanism module.
E18585

fixed configuration

Auxiliary circuits exit the device through a knock out in the front cover.

E18586

plug-in and withdrawable configurations


E21397

bloc 1
OF1 SD MN/MX

bloc 2
OF2/SDV SDE/MT MT

Automatic auxiliary connectors Auxiliary circuits exit the circuit breaker via one to three automatic auxiliary connectors (nine wires each). These are made up of: c a moving part, connected the circuit breaker via a support (one support per circuit breaker); c a fixed part, mounted on the plug-in base, equipped with connectors for bare cables with CSA up to 2.5 mm2. Automatic auxiliary connector selection See opposite. For Compact NS400/630: connection wires for the options installed with trip unit STR53UE also exit via the automatic auxiliary connectors. Manual auxiliary connector for withdrawable configurations Withdrawable circuit breakers may be equipped with one to three plugs with nine wires each. In "disconnected" position, the auxiliaries remain connected and can therefore be tested by operating the circuit breaker.

Compact NS100 to NS250


E21398

bloc 3 bloc 1
OF1 SD MN/MX OF3/SDV COM OF2 SDE/MT T MT

bloc 2

Compact NS400 to NS630


E18587

9-wire manual auxiliary connector

68

Merlin Gerin

connections of auxiliaries: Compact C801 to C1251


E24051

fixed configuration

Front connection of auxiliaries External wires connect directly to the auxiliary through a knock-out in the front cover. Each terminal is identified by a number.

Rear connection terminal block

Rear connection of auxiliaries Wires connect: c directly to the auxiliary through the back of the breaker; c to a terminal block fixed on the back of the Compact (6.35 mm tabs). This terminal block is identical to the fixed part of the auxiliary connectors.

E24050

E24049

E24054

withdrawable configuration
E24053


fixed part moving part Auxiliary connector: moving part fixed part

Auxiliary connections are made via an auxiliary connector with 3 or 6 terminals, depending on the auxiliary. Connectors are equipped with numbered terminals and comprise: c a moving part, fixed to the Compact, for connection of colour-coded internal wiring; c a fixed part, mounted on the chassis. This part provides the terminal block for external connections (6.35 mm tabs). Test connector for auxiliary circuits This connector can be used to test auxiliaries on withdrawable circuit breakers in the disconnected position.

Merlin Gerin

69

Compact: functions and characteristics

auxiliaries (cont.)

rotary handles
045349

direct rotary handle


Degree of protection: IP 40. Operation c the direct rotary handle maintains: v suitability for isolation, v indication of three positions O (off) I (on) and tripped, v access to the "push-to-trip" button, v visibility of and access to trip unit settings; c the circuit breaker may be locked in the off position by one to three padlocks, diameter 5 to 8 mm (not supplied).

Installation Replaces the circuit breaker front cover. Secured by screws. Models c standard with black handle; c VDE with red handle and yellow front for machine-tool control. Variations for Compact NS100630 Accessories transform the standard direct rotary handle for the following situations: c motor control centre (MCC) switchboards: v door opening prevented when circuit breaker is on; v circuit breaker closing inhibited when door open; v degree of protection : IP 43; c machine-tool control, complies with CNOMO E03.81.501N, degree of protection IP 54. Installation The extended rotary handle is made up of: c a unit that replaces the front cover of the circuit breaker (secured by screws); c an assembly (handle and front plate) on the door that is always secured in the same position, whether the circuit breaker is installed vertically or horizontally; c an extension shaft that must be adjusted. The distance between back of circuit breaker and door are: v Compact NS100/250: 185 to 600 mm, v Compact NS400/630: 210 to 625 mm, v Compact C801/1251N/H: - short shaft: 195 to 330 mm, - long shaft: 275 to 525 mm, v Compact C801/1251L: - short shaft: 285 to 420 mm, - long shaft: 365 to 615 mm. Variation for Compact NS100630 For withdrawable configurations, the extended rotary handle is also available with a telescopic shaft with two stable positions. Variation for Compact C8011251 This option comprises the same elements, except that: c the handle is fitted on a different front plate; c only the short model of the extension shaft is available.

Compact NS250L with direct rotary handle

044316

extended rotary handle


Makes it possible to operate circuit breakers installed inside switchboard from the front. Degree of protection: IP 55. Operation c the unit maintains: v suitability for isolation; v indication of the three positions O (off), I (on) and tripped; v visibility of and access to trip unit settings when the door is open; c door opening prevented when circuit breaker is on; c the circuit breaker may be locked in the off position by one to three padlocks, diameter 5 to 8 mm (not supplied). Locking prevents opening of the switchboard door. Models c standard with black handle; c VDE with red handle and yellow front for machine-tool control.

Compact NS250L with extended rotary handle

accessories
Shaft support Intended for the extended rotary handle (short shaft) of Compact C8011251. Automatically supplied with orders for long shafts. Eliminates vertical play at the end of the shaft. Facilitates closing of switchboard doors equipped with several rotary handles. Early make/break switches See page 64. Locking and interlocking systems See opposite page.

70

Merlin Gerin

locking and interlocking systems


locking systems
c locking in the off position guarantees isolation as per IEC 947-2 standard; c padlocking systems can receive up to three padlocks with diameters ranging from 5 to 8 mm (padlocks not supplied).
E18613

E18621

E18620

ON I

push to trip

push to trip

pr

of

al

ux

O OFF

locking of the toggle using a removable device

locking of the toggle using a fixed device

locking of the rotary handle using a padlock or a keylock

control device toggle

direct rotary handle MCC rotary handle extended rotary handle motor mechanism

function lock in off position lock in off or on position lock in off position lock in off position lock in off position, door opening prevented lock in off position, motor mechanism locked out

means padlock padlock padlock keylock padlock padlock keylock padlock keylock

required accessories removable device fixed device

NS100630 c c c c c c

C8011251 c

locking device + keylock

c c

keylock c c

c c c c (1)

locking device (keylock incorporated)

(1) Keylocks cannot be installed on automatic source changeover systems.

interlocking systems
E21287

Interlocking prevents the simultaneous closing of two circuit breakers. control device toggle rotary handle (direct or extended) means double bolt mechanical device mechanical interlocking 2 keylocks and 1 key NS100630 c c c C8011251

c c

push to trip

push to trip

c two double-bolt mechanical devices can be used to interlock three circuit breakers installed side-by-side, in which case one circuit breaker is in the on position and the two others in the off position.
ON I
ON I

ON I
ON I
reset tripped

c interlocking with keys may be easily implemented by equipping each of the Compact, either fixed or withdrawable, with a direct rotary handle and a standard keylock, but with only one key for the two keylocks. This solution enables two geographically distant circuit breakers to be interlocked.

E21399

O OFF
tripped

O OFF
O OFF

reset

O OFF

Merlin Gerin

71

Compact: functions and characteristics

accessories

indications and measurement


048287

voltage presence indicator


For Compact NS100630 Function Detects and indicates that circuit breaker terminals are supplied with power. Installation c in the long or short terminal shields, via the knockouts, upstream or downstream from the circuit breaker; c degree of protection: IP 40. Voltage presence indicator cannot be installed on circuit breakers equipped with a motor mechanism.

Electrical characteristics Operates on all networks with voltages ranging from 220 to 550 V AC.

Compact NS630L with voltage presence indicator

041892

current transformer module


For Compact NS100630 Function Measures phase currents for display by an ammeter or a Dialpact EI or EP module (not supplied). Installation c directly on the downstream circuit breaker terminals; c degree of protection: IP 40; c class II insulation of the front face from the power circuits; c connection to an integrated terminal block for 6 cables with 2.5 mm2 CSA.

Electrical characteristics c transformer with 5 A secondary winding; c accuracy class 3 for the following output power consumptions: v rating 100 A: 1.6 VA; v rating 150 A: 3 VA; v rating 250 A: 5 VA; v ratings 400/630 A: 8 VA.

Compact NS160H with current transformer module

ammeter and Imax ammeter modules


For Compact NS100630 Function c ammeter module Measures and displays (dial-type ammeter) the current of each phase (selection of phases by 3-position switch in front); c Imax ammeter module Measures and displays (dial-type ammeter) the maximum current that has flown in the middle phase (resettable in front).

Installation c same for both types of ammeter modules; c directly on the downstream circuit breaker terminals; c circuit breaker may be installed either vertically or horizontally as the ammeter may be installed in its module in any of four directions (90 angles); c degree of protection: IP 40; c class II insulation of the front face from the power circuits. Electrical characteristics c ammeter module: v accuracy: class 4.5; c Imax ammeter module: v accuracy: 6%, v maximum currents are displayed only if they last at least 15 minutes.

045212

Compact NS250L with ammeter module

72

Merlin Gerin

insulation monitoring module


For Compact NS100630 Function Detects and indicates an insulation drop on a load circuit (TN-S or TT systems). c operation is identical to that of a Vigi module (see page 34), but without circuit breaker tripping; c indication by a red LED in front; c an auxiliary switch may be installed for remote insulation-drop indications. Installation c directly on the downstream circuit breaker terminals; c degree of protection: IP 40; c double insulation of the front face.
Compact NS250H with insulation monitoring module

Electrical characteristics c settings: 100, 200, 500 and 1000 mA; c accuracy: -50 +0%; c time delay following drop: 5 to 10 s; c network voltage: 200 to 440 V AC and 440 to 550 V AC.

041896

electronic trip unit test kits


The two systems presented below are compatible with Compact and Masterpact circuit breakers.
047035

mini test kit


The mini test kit is a portable unit requiring no external power supply (five 9 V alkaline batteries, not supplied), used to check operation of the electronic trip unit and circuit breaker tripping. It connects to the test connector on the front of the trip unit.

mini test kit

052172

portable test kit


The calibration test kit is used to check the operation of the trip unit by measuring the actual trip time: c long-time protection; c short-time protection; c instantaneous protection; c earth-fault protection; Power supply: 110, 220 V AC 50/60 Hz. This test kit is common to the Compact NS, C, CM and Masterpact ranges.

portable test kit

Merlin Gerin

73

Compact: functions and characteristics

accessories (cont.)

front panel escutcheons


for fixed or plug-in Compact NS
E23935 E21265
22 O OFF O OFF
arged disch arged disch

5...8 5...8

O O
OFF push h OFF pus

II
ON push h ON pus

push to trip

E23938

ON I

E23936
push to trip

O OFF

Toggle cover c degree of protection IP 43; c filts on the front of the circuit breaker.
E22039

Front panel escutcheons for toggle and Vigi module Secures to the panel, from the front.

Front panel escutcheon for motor mechanism module or rotary handle Secures to the panel by four screws, from the front. For motor-driven circuit breakers with a Vigi module installed through the door, use the toggle collar (see below) for the Vigi module.

80 40 0 120

Front panel escutcheon for ammeter module Secures to the panel by 4 screws, from the front.

E21267

for withdrawable Compact NS

Toggle collars for toggle and Vigi module

push to trip

The toggle collars make it possible to maintain degrees of protection whatever the circuit breaker position (connected, disconnected). c front panel escutcheons are obligatory (identical to those for rotary handle and for ammeter module); c toggle collars secured by 2 screws on the circuit breaker; c front panel escutcheons secured on the switchboard; c toggle extension is supplied with the toggle collar. For the insulation monitoring module, use the same elements as for the Vigi module. Front panel escutcheons for motor mechanism, rotary handles, ammeter modules Same as for the fixed circuit breaker with the same equipment (see above).

for Compact C801...1251


E26032

extended escutcheon

Standard escutcheon For fixed configurations with toggle control. Secures to the panel. Toggle collar For withdrawable configurations with toggle control. Secures to the circuit breaker. Supplied with toggle extension. Escutcheon for chassis operation May be combined with a toggle collar or an escutcheon with view port, for access to the chassis controls through the panel. Degree of protection: IP 40.

escutcheon with view port

Escutcheon with view port The trip unit settings are visible through the view port with the door closed. For fixed or withdrawable configurations, two models : c toggle control (supplied with a toggle collar that secures to the circuit breaker and a toggle extension); c rotary handle (secures to the panel). Degree of protection IP 40.

escutcheon for chassis operation

74

Merlin Gerin

outgoing circuit identification


E18595

P D E P. P O M

.P DE P
push to trip

Compact NS circuit breakers come with labels designed for handwritten indications. It is also possible to use pre-printed Telemecanique labels, catalogue no. AB1-: c Compact NS80: 8 characters; c Compact NS100250: 8 characters; c Compact NS400630: 16 characters.

label holder
E23853

Outgoing circuit identification for Compact C801C1251. It can be installed with two self-tapping screws in the two holes provided on the front of the Compact. This option includes the elements required to fit lead seals to prevent: c front removal; c rotary handle removal; c opening of the motor mechanism module; c access to auxiliaries; c access to trip unit settings; c access to earth fault protection settings; c trip unit removal; c terminal shield removal; c access to power connections. Description Individual enclosures house a Compact or Vigicompact (2P, 3P or 4P). All fixed front connections are possible, except right-angle and edgewise terminal extensions. Spreaders may be mounted only in enclosures designed for Compact or Vigicompact NS250 or NS630. There are two models for individual enclosures: c heavy-duty sheet-metal enclosures, with: v a metal case, v a door with keylock and a knockout for the rotary handle, v a CNOMO rotary handle (see page 70), v a mounting plate for the circuit breaker, v a removable plate (without holes), for cable passage through the bottom; c insulating heavy-duty enclosures, with: v an insulating case, v a screwed, transparent cover, sealable, with a knockout for the rotary handle, v an extended rotary handle (see page 70), v a mounting plate for the circuit breaker, v 2 removable plates (without holes), for cable passage through the bottom and/or the top. Dimensions Sheet-metal enclosures L x H x D Compact NS100/160 Vigicompact NS100/160 Compact NS250/400 Compact NS630 Vigicompact NS250/630 Compact C801/1251 Insulating enclosures Compact NS100/160 Vigicompact NS100/160 Compact NS250 Compact NS400/630 Vigicompact NS250/630 300 x 400 x 200 400 x 500 x 200 400 x 600 x 200 600 x 800 x 275 600 x 1000 x 275 LxHxD 270 x 360 x 235 270 x 540 x 235 360 x 720 x 235

sealing accessories
E18596

individual enclosures

Merlin Gerin

75

Compact: functions and characteristics

source-changeover systems

E26806

QN

QR

A source-changeover system is an essential element in ensuring service continuity and energy management. It switches between: c source N which normally supplies the installation; c source R (replacement) which can be either another feeder or a generator set.

The system comprises two devices (circuit breakers or switch-disconnectors) that are interlocked mechanically and, for automatic source-changeover systems, electrically. Interlocks prevent connection to both sources at the same time, even momentarily. The two devices may be controlled manually (manual source-changeover system) or automatically (automatic source-changeover system).

manual source-changeover systems


interlocking of circuit breakers with toggle control
Two models: c for Compact NS100...250 (three or fourpole); c for Compact NS400...630 (three or fourpole). Padlocking systems can receive 1 or 2 padlocks with diameters ranging from 5 to 8 mm. Both circuit breakers should be fixed version or plug-in version. Interlocking of three circuit breakers Two identical systems can be used to interlock three circuit breakers installed sideby-side, in which case one circuit breaker is in the on position and the two others in the off position.
E21287

push to trip

push to trip

interlocking of circuit breakers with rotary handles


ON I
ON I

ON I
ON I
reset tripped

Two models: c for Compact NS100...630 (three or fourpole); c for Compact C801...1251. Padlocking of the rotary handles is possible with the circuit breakers in off position.

E21399

O OFF
tripped

O OFF
O OFF

reset

O OFF

interlocking with keys


E26766

ON

ON I

rese

O
OFF

O OFF

For circuit breakers equipped with rotary handles or a motor mechanism. This solution enables interlocking between two circuit breakers that are geographically distant or that have significantly different characteristics. Use: c a keylock adapter (different for each device); c two identical keylocks with a single key.

interlocking by base plates


E33943

Two models: c for Compact NS100...250; c for Compact NS100...630. Details: see page 79.

The base plates described below are designed for two Compact circuit breakers or switch-disconnectors. They provide mechanical and electrical interlocking of the two devices. The Compact circuit breakers may be fixed or plug-in type with or without earth-fault protection or indication/measurement modules. The "Normal" and "Replacement" devices must have the same number of poles.

push to trip

push to trip

76

Merlin Gerin

automatic source-changeover systems


053042 053060

automatic source-changeover systems

Controller

source-changeover system
The source-changeover system is made up of: 1 - circuit breaker QN equipped with a motor mechanism and auxiliary switches, connected to the "Normal" source. 2 - circuit breaker QR equipped with a motor mechanism and auxiliary switches, connected to the "Replacement" source. 3 - installation and interlocking base plate. 4 - electrical interlocking unit IVE. automatic control of the system can be provided by adding: 5 - auxiliaries control plate ACP 6 - controller BA or UA accessories: 7 - coupling accessory (downstream connection).
E32699

without controller

053058

In this case, the automatic control system to initiate changeovers between the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources under predefined conditions must be provided by the customer.

QR QN

3 1

with controller
E32700

In this case, conditional changeovers between the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources are initiated by a Merlin Gerin controller.
IN N GER MERLI

GERIN MERLIN
multi P25M 9

0 . OFF

GERIN MERLIN
multi P25M 660V 92-1 AC3-IEC2 9

0 . OFF

660V 92-1 AC3-IEC2

N R N
UN ON / ON / OFF fault
stop

UN =

UR

0,5s
I /O 1 UN =

0,5s

Test

I /O

OFF fault

Test

manu

test

R N

IN N GER MERLI

N R
UR

UN =

UN ON / ON / OFF fault auto I /O fault OFF I /O UN = 1

5 6

stop

manu

test
STOP

generat

or

R N

coupling accessory
E32701

B US

This accessory can be used on a sourcechangeover system, with or without controller, to simplify connection to the installation.

7
Merlin Gerin

77

Compact: functions and characteristics

automatic source-changeover systems (cont.) circuit breaker selection


possible circuit breaker combinations for "Normal" and "Replacement" circuits
E27106

rating (A)
12.5100 12.5160 12.5250 160400 250630 320800 4001000 5001250

"Normal" N
NS100 NS160 NS250 NS400 NS630 C801 C1001 C1251 N/H/L/NA N/H/L/NA N/H/L/NA N/H/L/NA N/H/L/NA N/H/NI L N/H L N/H/NI

"Replacement" R
NS100 NS160 NS250 NS400 NS630 C801 C801 C1001 C1001 C1251 N/H/L/NA N/H/L/NA N/H/L/NA N/H/L/NA N/H/L/NA N/H/NI L N/H L N/H/NI

characteristics of automatic source-changeover systems


Compact
number of poles

NS100 to NS250

NS400 to NS630

C801 to C1251

identical for "Normal" and "Replacement" circuit breakers (3 or 4 poles) all trip units possible (and may be different for the two circuit breakers) c c c c c c c c 48 to 415 V 50/60 Hz 48 to 415 V 50/60 Hz 440 V 60 Hz 440 V 60 Hz 24 to 250 V 24 to 250 V 500 VA 500 VA 500 W 500 W 800 ms 800 ms 5000 5000 -25C to +70C (50C for 440 V / 60 Hz) 220 to 415 V 50/60 Hz 440 V 60 Hz 1000 VA 500 W 4000 ms 5000

protection
overcurrent protection earth-fault protection by Vigi module (1) earth-fault protection by Vigirex relay switch-disconnector version

electrical characteristics
control voltage AC DC AC DC

maximum consumption

minimum transfer time mechanical endurance (N-R-N cycles) operating temperature

installation and connection accessories


same for "Normal" and "Replacement" device: fixed or plug-in.

control, indication and measurement auxiliaries


available auxiliary switches electronic trip-unit functions voltage presence indicators current transformer or ammeter insulation monitoring module auxiliary trip units motor mechanism rotary handle connectors terminals rear connections terminal shields or phase barriers escutcheons OF + SD (+ SDV) c c c (2) c (2) MN or MX obligatory c c c (3) c c 2 x OF + SD (+ SDV) c c c (2) c (2) MN or MX obligatory c c c (3) c c OF + SD MN or MX obligatory c c c c

installation and connection accessories

(1) A Vigi module can only be mounted on one of the two devices, (2) Vigi module or current transformer or ammeter or insulation monitoring module, (3) Long rear connections only.

78

Merlin Gerin

Compact: functions and characteristics

automatic source-changeover systems (cont.) base plate selection


base plates for the circuit breakers and mechanical interlock
The base plates described below are designed for two Compact circuit breakers or switch-disconnectors. They ensure mechanical interlocking of the two devices. When combined with an electrical interlocking unit (IVE), they prevent simultaneous closing of the two devices, even momentarily. Installation: vertical or horizontal on rails. Motor-driven Compact circuit breakers can also be operated manually: c manual/auto mode selection; c indication of pole positions; c isolation and locking; c push-button control (Compact NS only); c access to the front of trip units. Following tripping due to an electrical fault (thermal, magnetic, earth), manual reset is obligatory.
E32702

base plate for Compact NS100...630


For fixed, front-connected or for plug-in Compact NS circuit breakers, with or without earth-fault protection or measurement modules (see page 66). Two models: c for Compact NS100...250; c for Compact NS400...630: v this base plate can be fitted as standard with two fixed Compact NS100...250 circuit breakers, v a conversion kit is available to fit two plugin Compact NS100...250 circuit breakers, v both fixed and plug-in versions of Compact NS100...250 circuit breakers can be fitted if they are equipped with terminal spreaders. Dimensions: c Compact NS100...250: 350 x 300 mm; c Compact NS400...630: 440 x 390 mm.

base plate for Compact C801... 1251


For fixed Compact C. One model only for Compact C801...1251 N/H/L/NI; Dimensions: c Compact C801...1251: 655 x 480 mm.

Coupling accessory
E26283

Designed to simplify connection of bars or cables with lugs downstream from the source-changeover system. Downstream pitch: c or Compact NS100...250: 45 mm; c for Compact NS400...630: 52.5 mm.

terminal block and electrical interlocking unit IVE


Fixed to the base plates, the terminal block and electrical interlocking unit IVE is used to connect the operating mechanism. Inputs: opening, closing and reset orders for each circuit breaker. c inputs: opening, closing and resetting control signals for each device; c outputs: position of SDE auxiliary switches on the "Normal" and "Replacement" circuit breakers. Control voltage: two models c 24 to 250 V DC (Compact NS); c 48 to 415 V, 50/60 Hz - 440 V 60 Hz (Compact NS and Compact C).
E32703

The IVE control voltage must be the same as the motor mechanism voltage.

Merlin Gerin

79

Compact: functions and characteristics

automatic source-changeover systems (cont.) controller option selection


Used together with the auxiliaries control plate ACP, controllers BA and UA initiate the automatic changeover operations according to the status of the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources.
E32704

Installation Two possibilities: c mounted directly on the auxiliaries control plate (ACP).

MERL
multi P25M 9

IN GERIN

0 . OF

MERL
multi P25M 9

IN GERIN

0 . OF

660V C292-1 AC3-IE

660V C292-1 AC3-IE

Test

Test

RIN IN GE MERL

N R
UR

UN =

UN ON / ON / OFF fault auto I /O fault OFF I /O UN = 1

stop

manu

test
STO P

genera

tor

R N

c mounted on the front of the switchboard. The distance between the controller and the auxiliaries control plate must not exceed 2 metres. The interconnection wiring must be done by the customer.

E32705

MERL
multi P25M 9

IN GERIN

0 . OF

MERL
multi P25M 9

IN GERIN

0 . OF

660V C292-1 AC3-IE

660V C292-1 AC3-IE

Test

RIN IN GE MERL

N R
UR

UN =

UN ON / I ON / OFF fault auto /O fault OF I UN = 1

F/O

stop

manu

test
STO P

genera

tor

R N

customer connection

auxiliaries control plate ACP


The auxiliaries control plate ACP includes: c two P25M circuit breakers supplying and protecting the automatic control circuits for the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources. These circuit breakers have an infinite breaking capacity; c two relay contactors for the BA or UA controller; c the terminal block for connection to the controller. Power supply: Power is supplied by the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources. The control voltage for the auxiliaries control plate must be the same as for the IVE unit and the motor mechanisms. Control voltages c 220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz; c 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz - 440 V 60 Hz. Installation: The auxiliaries control plate ACP must be wired to the circuit breaker base plate by the customer.
053060

80

Merlin Gerin

B US

Test

B US

controller
053058

Controller UA

controller
compatible circuit breakers

BA

UA

All Compact NS100 to C1251 circuit breakers c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c

4-position switch
automatic operation forced operation on "Normal" source forced operation on "Replacement" source stop (both "Normal" and "Replacement" sources off)

automatic operation
monitoring of the "Normal" source and automatic changeover generator set control load shedding and reconnection of non-priority circuits changeover to the "Replacement" source if one of the phases of the "Normal" phase is absent

test
by opening the P25M circuit breaker supplying the controller by pressing the test button on the front of the controller

indications
circuit breaker status indication on the front of the controller: on, off, fault trip, automatic mode indicating contact automatic mode indicating contract c c c c c c c c c c

other functions
selection of type of "Normal" source (single-phase or three-phase) voluntary transfer to "Replacement" source (e.g. energy management commands) during peak-tariff periods (energy management commands), forced operation on "Normal" if "Replacement" source not operational supplementary control contact (not carried out by the controller). Transfer to "Replacement" source only if contact closed. (ex: UR frequency control) setting of maximum startup time for the replacement source c

power supply
control voltages (1) 220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz - 440 V 60 Hz c

options
communication option
(1) The same voltage must be used for the ACP plate, the IVE unit and the circuit breaker motor mechanisms. If this voltage is the same as the source voltage, then the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources can be used directly for the power supply. If not, a BC type or equivalent isolation transformer must be used.

Merlin Gerin

81

Compact: functions and characteristics

automatic source-changeover systems controller option selection (cont.)


controller BA
BA/ACP

Controller BA can be used with Compact circuit breakers to implement a straightforward automatic source-changeover system (switching from one source to another depending on the presence of voltage UN on the "Normal" source). Electrical characteristics Power is supplied from the auxiliaries control plate ACP. The same voltage must be used to supply the ACP plate, the IVE unit and the circuit breaker motor mechanisms. If this voltage is the same as the source voltage, the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources can be used directly for the power supply. If not, a BC type or equivalent isolation transformer must be used. Operation c a four-position switch can be used to select: v automatic operation, v forced operation on source N, v forced operation on source R, v stop (both "Normal" and "Replacement" sources off); c adjustment of time delays in front: v t1 from 0.1 to 30 seconds, v t2 from 0.1 to 240 seconds; c circuit breaker status indication on the front of the controller: on, off, fault trip; Control voltages c 220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz; c 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz - 440 V 60 Hz.

MERLIN GERIN
compact / masterpact

BA automatism 220/240 V 50/60 Hz

UN ON/I OFF/O

UR ON/I

UN = 0

2 4 t1 1 8 s 15 0.5 0.1 30

0.5s

0.5s

OFF/O
t2 s
15 30 8 60 120 4 0.1 240

fault stop manu reset auto

fault

UN = I

c integrated terminal block for connection of the following signals: v inputs: - order for voluntary transfer to source R (e.g. energy management commands), - supplementary control contact (not carried out by the controller). Transfer to "Replacement" source only if contact closed (ex: UR frequency control), v outputs: - indication of operation in automatic mode. Connection to the terminal block: see page 174. c controller BA can be tested by opening the P25M circuit breaker on the N circuit, thus simulating a failure of UN. See detailed transfer steps on page 83.

E30184

Front face of controller BA

Time delay settings: QN: Compact circuit breaker with motor mechanism on "Normal" source, QR: Compact circuit breaker with motor mechanism on "Replacement" source, t1: time delay before QN opens when the voltage UN of the "Normal" source disappears, t2: time delay before QR opens when the voltage UN of the "Normal" source is restored.

82

Merlin Gerin

c 4-position switch in "stop" position


E21108 E27107

c 4-position switch in "auto" position (automatic operation)


E30187

c 4-position switch in "N " position (forced operation on "Normal" source)

off

QN et QR open

operat. on source N

N I

R O

4-position switch N et UN prsente

"auto"

UN fail (duration > t1) or voluntary switching order received UR present and supplementary control contact NR closed duration a 1 s QN opens t > 0,5 s

QR opens

reset

end of reset t > 0,5 s QN closes

QR closes "stop" QR closed

QN closed N I R O

operat. on source N

It is not necessary to set controller BA to "stop" position before operating circuit breakers QN or QR manually. The circuit breakers will return to their initial state when the controller is reset to "auto".

operat. on source R

N O

R I

action on 4-position switch

UN present for t > t2 or voluntary switching order stopped

QR opens
E32708

c 4-position switch in "R" position (forced operation on "Replacement" source)

t > 0,5 s

4-position switch in "R" position UR present and supplementary control contact NR closed QN closes QN opens

QN closed t > 0,5 s

QR closes

QR closed
N O R I

operat. on source R

action on 4-position switch

Merlin Gerin

83

Compact: functions and characteristics

automatic source-changeover systems controller option selection (cont.)

controller UA
053059

Controller UA can be used with Compact circuit breakers to implement a sourcechangeover system offering the following automatic functions: c switching from one source to another depending on the presence of voltage UN on the "Normal" source; c control of an engine generating set; c shedding and reconnection of non-priority circuits; c switching to the "Replacement" source in the event of a failure on one of the phases of the "Normal" source. Electrical characteristics Power is supplied from the auxiliaries control plate ACP. The same voltage must be used to supply the ACP plate, the IVE unit and the circuit breaker motor mechanisms. If this voltage is the same as the source voltage, the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources can be used directly for the power supply. If not, a BC type or equivalent isolation transformer must be used.
2 4 t1 1 8 s 15 0.5 0.1 30 5 10 t3 2 15 s 20 1 0.5 30

Control voltages c 220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz; c 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz - 440 V 60 Hz.

E30183

MERLIN GERIN
compact / masterpact

UA automatism 220/240 V 50/60 Hz

UN ON/I OFF/O

UR ON/I OFF/O
t2 s t4 s

UN = 0

5 10 2 15 20 1 0.5 30 15 30 8 60 120 4 0.1 240

fault stop manu reset auto

fault

UN = I

test

240 300 160 360 480 120 60 600

t5 s

R
STOP

generator

Front face of controller UA

Time delay settings: QN: Compact circuit breaker with motor mechanism on "Normal" source, QR: Compact circuit breaker with motor mechanism on "Replacement" source, t1: time delay before QN opens when the voltage UN of the "Normal" source disappears, t2: time delay before QR opens when the voltage UN of the "Normal" source is restored, t3: time delay before QR closes once QN has opened and the load has been shed, t4: time delay before QN closes once QR has opened and the load has been reconnected, t5: time delay for confirmation of presence of UN before stopping the generator set.

Operation c a four-position switch can be used to select: v automatic operation, v forced operation on source N, v forced operation on source R, v stop (circuit breakers open and manual operation); c adjustment of time delays in front: v t1 from 0.1 to 30 seconds, v t2 from 0.1 to 240 seconds, v t3 from 0.5 to 30 seconds, v t4 from 0.5 to 30 seconds, v t5 from 60 to 600 seconds; c circuit breaker status indication on the front of the controller: on, off, fault trip; c test button on the front of the controller to check the transfer from the "Normal" source to the "Replacement" source and the return to the "Normal" source;

c integrated terminal block for connection of the following signals: v inputs: - order for voluntary transfer to source R (e.g. energy management commands), - supplementary control contact (not carried out by the controller). Transfer to "Replacement" source only if contact closed (ex: UR frequency control), v outputs: - control of engine generator set, - load shedding of non-priority circuits, - indication of operation in automatic mode; c 3 switches provide the following functions: v selection of the type of "Normal" source, i.e. single-phase or three-phase; v enable or disable voluntary energy management transfer if the "Replacement" source is not operational; v selection of the maximum tolerated starting time for the engine generator set ("Replacement" source): 120 s or 180 s.

Batibus option for controller UA A communication function can be used to check the following from a remote location: c status of the circuit breakers (open, closed or fault trip); c voltage presence on the "Normal" and "Replacement" sources; c presence of an order forcing operation on the "Replacement" source (e.g. for energy management purposes); c values of settings and configurations, c status of the non-priority circuits (whether subject to load shedding or not).

In automatic mode, this communications option also offers the possibility of remote forced operation on the "Replacement" source.

84

Merlin Gerin

c 4-position switch in "stop" position


E30185 E27107

c 4-position switch in "auto" position (automatic operation)


E30187

c 4-position switch in "N" position (forced operation on "Normal" source)

stop

QN and QR open

operat. on source N

N I

R genset off O

4-position switch in "N" and UN present QR opens and load shedding

"auto"

UN fails (duration > t1) or voluntary switching order received duration a 1 s genset startup UR present for t < 120 s or 180 s and supplementary control contact NR closed QN opens and load shedding QN closed operat. on source N QR closes

reset

t > t4

end of reset

QN closes

"stop" t > t3

N I

R genset off O

It is not necessary to set controller UA to "stop" position before operating circuit breakers QN or QR manually. The circuit breakers will return to their initial state when the controller is reset to "auto".

action on 4-position switch

QR closed

operat. on source R

N O

R genset on I
E30186

c 4-position switch in "R" position (forced operation on "Replacement" source)

UN present for t > t2 or voluntary switching order stopped QR opens and load reconnection

4-position switch in "R" and UN present

genset startup t > t4 UR present for t < 120 s or 180 s and supplementary control contact NR closed QN closes QN opens and load shedding QN closed t > t3 genset remains on QR closes UN present for t > t5 and no voluntary switching order received QR closed genset off operat. on source R UR absent action on 4-position switch
N O R genset on I

Merlin Gerin

85

Compact: functions and characteristics

automatic source-changeover systems controller option selection (cont.)

controller detection thresholds


controller BA / UA UA BA / UA detection undervoltage phase failure voltage presence threshold 0.35 Un i voltage i 0.7 Un 0.5 Un i voltage i 0.7 Un voltage u 0.85 Un

electrical characteristics for controller output contacts


rated thermal current (A) minimum load utilisation category (IEC 947-5-1) operational current (A) 24 V 48 V 110 V 220/240 V 250 V 380/415 V 440 V 660/690 V 8 10 mA with 12 V AC AC12 AC13 AC14 8 7 5 8 7 5 8 6 4 8 6 4 5 4 -

AC15 6 5 4 3 -

DC DC12 8 2 0.6 0.4

DC13 2 -

86

Merlin Gerin

LV circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

Compact 80 to 1250 A installation, connection and wiring diagrams


page installation possible mounting positions and supports 88 safety perimeters 90 weights 92 implementation 93 Compact NS80H-MA 94 Compact NSC100 96 fixed Compact 98 fixed Vigicompact 104 fixed Compact with Visu module 106 plug-in and withdrawable Compact 110 plug-in and withdrawable Vigicompact 118 motor mechanism modules 120 rotary handles 122 indication and measurement modules 126 front accessories 128 manual source changeover systems 130 connection Compact NS fixed, front connection Compact NS fixed, rear connection Compact NS withdrawable, front connection Compact NS withdrawable, rear connection Compact C fixed, front connection Compact C withdrawable, rear connection fixed Compact or Vigicompact plug-in and withdrawable Compact or Vigicompact wiring diagrams legend Compact NS80H-MA and NSC100N Compact NS100 to NS250 Compact NS400 to NS630 Compact NS motor mechanism Compact C801 to C1251 Compact C motor mechanism automatic source-changeover systems: c Compact NS100 to NS630 c Compact C801 to C1251 automatic source-changeover systems: c Compact NS and C motor protection early-make switch (CAF) 138 141 142 143 144 145 146 150 154 155 156 157 158 164 166 174 180 182 188 194

87

Compact: installation

possible mounting positions and supports

possible positions
E23922

fig A
E23923

fig B

fixed or withdrawable breaker


Note: fig B, C, D and E impossible for C801N/H/L to C1251N/H on universal chassis.

push to trip

fig C
E23924 E23925

fig D

fig E
E23926

88

push to trip
push to trip push to trip
push to trip

Merlin Gerin

possible supports
E23922

plain plate
E23928

slotted plate

fixed or withdrawable breaker

push to trip

push to trip

rails
E23927

push to trip

Merlin Gerin

89

Compact: installation

safety perimeters

Circuit breakers must be installed at certain distances from panels, bars and other circuit breakers. Taken together, these distances form the safety perimeter for the circuit breaker. The diagrams and the table below indicate the required distances when installing Compact circuit breakers. These distances come from tests defined by standard IEC 947-2.

They are related to the ultimate breaking capacities at voltages from 220 V to 690 V. For voltages less than 500 V, terminal shields or phase barriers are recommended. For voltages from 500 V to 600 V, terminal shields or phase barriers are mandatory. For voltages greater than 600 V, the insulation kit is mandatory.

The distances are calculated from the circuit breaker case and not from the terminal shields or phase separators. Always respect these recommendations. In addition, if the installation is not subjected to type tests, always: - connect the circuit breaker using insulated bars, - isolate the busbars using barriers that respect the safety perimeters indicated below.

minimum distance
between circuit breakers between circuit breaker and top, bottom or side plate
E50701

between connections and front or rear panel


panneau front panel frontal F

E23942

A1 A2

E50700

D1

D2

C1 C2

bare or painted metal plate; insulated plate or insulated bar

if F < 8 mm: insulation screen mandatory

dimensions (mm) Compact circuit breaker NS80H-MA NSC100N NS100/250 U i 440 V U < 600 V U u 600 V U i 440 V U < 600 V U u 600 V U i 440 V U < 600 V U u 600 V U i 440 V U < 600 V U u 600 V U i 440 V U < 600 V U u 600 V 1000 V U i 500 V U > 500 V

insulated plate, insulated bar or painted metal C1 D1 D2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 70 100 100 100 100 100 250 180 250 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 70 70 100 100 100 200 70 70

bare metal plate C2 5 10 (1) 20 (1) 5 10 (1) 20 (1) 5 10 (1) 20 (1) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 D1 35 35 35 35 35 35 60 60 100 90 130 130 130 130 130 300 200 300 D2 35 35 35 35 35 35 60 60 100 30 70 70 130 130 130 200 70 70 A1 (3) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A2 (4) 10 20 40 10 20 40 10 20 40 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 B 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

NS400/630

C801/1251N/H

C801/1001L (2)

C1251N C1251N DC

(1) To be multiplied by 2 with phase bariers. (2) For voltages greater than or equal to 400 V, terminal shields are mandatory. (3) For NS100/250 with short or long terminal shields or phase separators. For NS400/630 with short or long terminal shields. (4) For NS100/250 without terminal shields.

90

Merlin Gerin

between circuit breakers: installation example


E50704

painted metal plate tle peinte

Direct wire connection; breakers with terminal shields.

Cable lug connection; breakers with terminal shields.

Insulated bar connection; breakers with terminal shields.

Rear connection or plug-in base; breakers with short terminal shields.

minimum dimensions (mm) Compact circuit breaker NS80H-MA/NSC100N NS100N/H/L/NS630N/H/L C801/1001/1251N/H/L CM1250N/H/CM3200N/H

A 0 0 250 300

Compact NS400 1000 V fixed, front connection


E50781

Supply via the top or the bottom. Connection by cables or bus bars.

E50782

insulation

side panel F 30

40

insulation kit

40
F

B=0
Insulation kit as standard

bare or painted metal plate; insulated plate or insulated bar

30

For connections using cable lugs, F = 100 mm. For connections using bare cable connectors or busbars, F = 150 mm.

Merlin Gerin

91

Compact: installation

weights (kg)

The following table gives the individual weights (in kg) of the circuit breakers and their main accessories. These values can be added together to calculate the total weight of any given configuration. circuit breaker 1.09 1 1.3 0.5 1.45 1.79 2.05 2.57 0.5 1.45 1.85 2.10 2.58 1.94 2.2 2.78 6.19 8.13 13 17 25 33 plug-in base chassis Vigi module Visu module motor mechanism

NS80H-MA NSC100N NS100N/H NS100N NS100N/H/L NS160N/H NS160N NS160N/H/L NS250N NS250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L C801/C251N/H C801/C1001L

3P/3t 3P/3t 4P/4t 1P/1t 2P/2t 3P/2t 3P/3t 4P/4t 1P/1t 2P/2t 3P/2t 3P/3t 4P/4t 3P/2t 3P/3t 4P/4t 3P/3t 4P/4t 3P 4P 3P 4P

1.5 1.7

0.8 0.8 1.05

2.2 2.2 2.2

0.87 0.87 1.13

2.8 2.8 2.8

1.2 1.2 1.2

0.8 0.8 1.05 0.8 0.8 1.05 2.4 2.8

2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 18 19 20 21

0.87 0.87 1.13 0.87 0.87 1.13 2.8 3

2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 8 8 16 18

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.8 2.8 5.7 (T); 4 (TS) 5.7 (T); 4 (TS) 5.7 (T); 4 (TS) 5.7 (T); 4 (TS)

92

Merlin Gerin

Compact: installation

Compact NS and C implementation


reverse feeding
E23947

Compact NS and C circuit breakers can be fed either by the upstream or downstream side, without any reduction of performance.

push to trip

materials and electrodynamic stresses on conductors


E23948

Compact NS and C circuit breakers can be connected either with bare copper, tinned copper or tinned aluminium conductors (rigid or flexible bars, cables).

to busbar

In case of short circuit current, thermal and electrodynamic stresses will be applied to these conductors. It is necessary to size them properly and to maintain them correctly with supports. It should be noted that for any electrical device (contactor, circuit breaker...) the electrical connecting points should not be considered as mechanical supports.

outgoing cables

securing cables and flexible bars

The following table gives the maximum distance between cable ties as a function of the prospective short circuit current. type of cable ties "PANDUIT" type width: 4.5 mm max load: 22 kg white "SAREL" type width: 9 mm max load: 90 kg black double ties

Never exceed a distance of 400 mm between cable collars mechanically secured to the frame of the switchboard. short circuit current (kA rms) 10 14 19 21 27 36 45 100

max distance between cable ties (mm) 200 100 50 350 200 100 70 50

Note: for cables u 50 mm2, use cable ties of 9 mm width.

Merlin Gerin

93

Compact: installation

Compact NS80H-MA

dimensions
E21875 E21874

mounting
on backplate
30 15
E21876

on rails
30 15 32

103 120 X 60 206

E21873

100 48,5

100
X

48,5

(a) Y
64,5 70 80 84 100 Z
(a) a long terminal shields

45 90

front panel cutouts


cutout A
E21881 E21882 E21883

cutout B
E21884

cutout C

60,5 26

68,5 30

68,5 30

B/C 71 81 Z

Y 14,5 29

Y 46 92

connections
front connection, direct connection
E21879 E21880 E21878 E21877

X
18

97 48,5

LIN MER

N GERI

OFF

1,5 50 mm2
push to trip

32 Z

29,2 29,2

94

Merlin Gerin

direct rotary handle


dimensions
E21888 E21887

front panel cutout


E21886

7,5

65,5 X 28,5

60
tripped

ON I

4,2

E21885

X
X
O OFF

68,5 30

60

Y 47,5

82,5 112 Z

Y
45

80 90

85 Z
86

43

extended rotary handle


dimensions
E21890 E21889

front panel cutout


75 37,5 7,5
E21891

45

7,5

50

60 4,2 X 60 75

4,2 X 4,2 36 Y

37,5

mini 175 maxi 590


cut shaft at length = P11 109

72
Y

MCC type rotary handle


dimensions
120 69,2 7,5
E21894 E21892

front panel cutout

E21893

4,2 120

X
X 60

100

45,8

1 to 3 maxi

Y 51,7 100

116 2

E22046

h
Note: Door cutouts require a minimum distance between the center of the circuit breaker and the door hinge point u 100 + (h x 5).
Merlin Gerin

95

Compact: installation

Compact NSC100

dimensions
Compact NSC100
3 poles
E43398 E43399 E43400

4 poles

103 120 X 60 90 206


X
X

(a)

(a) Y

15

70 80 84 100 Z

Y 45 90
(a) long terminal shield.

45 120

Vigicompact NSC
3 poles
E43401

4 poles
E43403

101,2
E43402

103 120

X 60 90 206

(a)

(a) Y 75

15

70 80 84 100 Z

Y 45 210
(a) long terminal shield.

240

extended rotary handle


dimensions
E31295

front panel cutout


75 37,5
E31296

5
E43404

45

83

60
3

50
75 37,5

X
X 60 Y
Z mini 122 maxi 147

X
4,2 36

72

Note: The X-axis is the axis of symmetry of the rail.

96

Merlin Gerin

connections
Compact NSC100
E43405

30

30

E43406

34,5

48,5 X 48,5

18

Y 90

45

34,5 83 Z

1,5

70 mm2

Vigicompact NSC
connection via the bottom
4 poles
E43407

connection via the top


4 poles
30 30

30

30 input

60,8 30

E43408

30

30

30

30

30 input

60,8 30

30

output

ouput

Merlin Gerin

97

Compact: installation

fixed Compact NS100 to NS630

dimensions
E21504

2 poles or 3 poles
E21502 E21503

4 poles

H1 X H

H3

H5

H7
X

H2

H4

H6
Y (a) (b) (c)

Y P1 P2 P4 Z
L L1

L L2

mounting
on backplate
2 poles or 3 poles
E21507

4 poles
K1 K1 K
E21508

K1

K1

K1 K2

K1 K

G1 G

X T

G5

G4

T4 (d)

on rails
2 poles or 3 poles
E21511 E21512

on DIN-rail
4 poles
E49738

with adapter
K2 K
G50 G51

U (e)

K1 K

G49

G1 G T

X
G48 G47

98

Merlin Gerin

front panel cutouts


for fixed or plug-in circuit breaker
cutout A
E21600 E21601 E21603

cutout B
E21604

cutout C

X C

C1

C3

X
C2

C3 C2

B/C P5 P6

Y R R1

Y R2 R4(3P) R5(4P)

with escutcheon
E21608 E21609 E21602

with toggle cover

C7

X C6

X C21 C20

P6 Z

Y R6 R7

Y R12 R13

Front panel accessories: see page 128


Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L C 29 41,5 G5 140 227 H5 321 480 P4 111(1) 168 R13 86 126 C1 76 116 G47 95 C2 54 92,5 G48 75 C3 108 184 G49 13,5 C6 43 53 G50 23 C7 104 146 G51 17,5 C20 34 46,5 H 80,5 127,5 L 52,5 70 R4 108 143 C21 86 126 H1 161 255 L1 105 140 R5 143 188 G 62,5 100 H2 94 142,5 L2 140 185 R6 29 46,5 G1 125 200 H3 188 285 P1 81 95,5 R7 58 93 G4 70 113,5 H4 160,5 240 P2 86 110 R12 43 63

H6 178,5 237 P5 83 107 T 6 6

H7 357 474 P6 88 112 T4 22 32

K 17,5 22,5 R 14,5 31,5 U(e) i 32 i 32

K1 35 45 R1 29 63

K2 70 90 R2 54 71,5

(1) : P4 = 126 mm for Compact NS250N/H/L. (a) Short terminal shields. (b) Long terminal shields (available for 52.5 mm pitch spreaders (NS400/630): L1 = 157.5 mm, L2 = 210 mm). (c) Phase barriers. (d) Only for rear connected circuit breakers. For 2 pole circuit breakers, the central drilling is not used. (e) U i 20 mm when using automatic auxiliary connectors (Compact NS100 to NS250).
Merlin Gerin

Note: Door cutouts require a minimum distance between the center of the circuit breaker and the door hinge point u 100 + (h x 5).

E22046

99

Compact: installation

single-pole and two-pole Compact NS100 and NS160 single-pole Compact NS250
dimensions
1 pole
E29213

2 poles

H1 X H

H3

H7
X

E29214

E29215

H2

H6
(a) (b)
L3

Y L3 L4

P1 P2 P4 Z

L5

mounting
on backplate
1 pole
E29216

2 poles
K1 K
K1 K
E21506

G1

G5 X G T G4
X

T4 (c) Y
Y

1P

2P

on rails
1 pole
E29217

2 poles
U (d) K1 K
E21510

G1

X G T

100

Merlin Gerin

front panel cutouts


E21600

E21601

E29218

E21604

X C

C1

C3 C2

C3 C2

B/C P5 P6

Y R R1
R4(1P) R5(2P)

Y R2

with escutcheon
E21608 E21609

C7
X

X C6

P6 Z

Y R6 R7

Front panel accessories: see page 128


Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250 Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250 Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250 C 29 C1 76 C2 54 C3 108 C6 43 C7 104 G 62.5 G1 125 G4 70 G5 140 H 80.5 H1 161 H2 94

H3 188

H4 160.5

H6 178.5

H7 357

K 17.5

K1 35

L3 17.5

L4 70

L5 35

P1 81

P2 86

P4 111

P5 83

P6 88

R 14.5

R1 29

R2 19

R4 38

R5 73

R6 29

R7 58

T 6

T4 22

U(d) i 32

E22046

h
(a) Short terminal shields. (b) Phase barriers. (c) Only for rear connected circuit breakers. (d) U i 20 mm when using automatic auxiliary connectors.
Merlin Gerin

Note: Door cutouts require a minimum distance between the center of the circuit breaker and the door hinge point u 100 + (h x 5).

101

Compact: installation

fixed Compact C801 to C1251

dimensions
C801N/H to C1251N/H
3 poles
E28880 E28878 E28879

4 poles

H1

H3

H5

X H H2 H4

(a)

P1 P2 P3 P4

Y L1

(b) L2

C801L to C1001L
3 poles
E28881 E28878 E28879

4 poles

H1

H3

H5

X H H2 H4

(a)
P1 P2 P3 P5

Y L1

(b) L2

P6 Z

(a) Short terminal shields for rear connection (compulsory for drawout type). (b) Long terminal shields for front connection.

102

Merlin Gerin

mounting
C801N/H/L to C1251N/H
3 poles 4 poles
E28882

3 poles
E28883

4 poles
K4 K3 K2 K1 (c) (d)

K10 K3 K9 T1 K1

E28884

E28885

T1 U

K2 K1

T1

T1
K9 K1

G4

X G

G1

G3

G6 G1

X G

G2

G5

Y K4

K3

Y K10

K3

G4 Y K6 K7

K5

Y K11

K5 K7

(c) For rear connection only. (d) Necessary with auxiliary wire blocks only.

K8

K12

Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI

C1 C2 164.5 235

C3 C4 174.5 255

C12 57

C13 104

C14 61

G 125

G1 240

G2 135

G3 272

G4 73

G5 28

G6 H 104.5 187

H1 374

H2 200

H3 400

H4 235

H5 470

K1 35

K2 70

K3 100

K4 200

K5 86.5

K6 173

K7 105

K8 210

K9 140

K10 270

K11 173

K12 280

L 105

L1 210

L2 280

P1 110

P2 115

P3 122

P4(1) P4(2) P5(1) P5(2) P6 172 202 262 292 90

R1 125

R2 250

R3 R4 130.5 261

R9 43.5

R13 37

R14 74

T1 7

T5 5

T8 8

U 32

(1) Without extended toggle. (2) With extended toggle.

front panel cutouts


C801N/H/L to C1251N/H
with escutcheon
E28921 E28922 E28923

R2 T5 R1

R14 R13

X
C14

C13

C4

C2

C12 T8(e) Y R9

C3

C1

P2

Y R3 R4

(e) For push to trip button.


Merlin Gerin

103

Compact: installation

fixed Vigicompact NS100 to NS630

dimensions
2 poles or 3 poles
E21515 E21513 E21514

4 poles

X H9 H11 H13 H15 H8 H10 H12 H14

(a) (b) (c) Y


P1 P2 P4

Y L L L2

L1

mounting
on backplate
2 poles or 3 poles
E21518

4 poles
E21519

K1

K1 K1 K

K1

K1 K1 K2 K

G7

G1 X G

G9 X

G6 T T4 (d)

G8

on rails
2 poles or 3 poles
U (e) K1 K
E21520 E21521

4 poles
K2 K

G7

G1 X G X

G6 T

104

Merlin Gerin

front panel cutouts


for fixed or plug-in circuit breaker
cutout A
E21795

cutout B
E21796

R1 R C1 C C4

E21605

X C3 C2

C5 R1 B Y Z P5 P6 R26 R1 R26 R4 (3P) R5 (4P) R2 Y

with escutcheon
E21800

R7 R6

E21610

C7

X C6 C18

C19

P6 Z

R27 R11

Front panel accessories: see page 128


Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L C 29 41.5 C1 76 116 C2 54 92.5 C3 108 184 C4 C5 86 37 147.5 37 C6 43 53 C7 104 146 C18 71 132 C19 68 68 C20 34 46.5 C21 86 126 G 62.5 100 G1 125 200 G6 G7 137.5 200 200 300 G8 G9 145 215 213.5 327

H8 H9 155.5 236 227.5 355

H10 H11 169 263 242.5 385

H12 H13 235.5 396 340 580

H14 H15 253.5 432 337 574

K 17.5 22.5

K1 35 45

K2 70 90

L 52.5 70

L1 105 140

L2 140 185

P1 81 95.5

P2 86 110

P4 P5 111(1) 83 168 107

P6 88 112

R 14.5 31.5

R1 29 29

R2 54 71.5
E22046

R4 108 143

R5 143 188

R6 29 46.5

R7 58 93

R11 58 58

R12 43 63

R13 86 126

R26 14.5 32

R27 29 47

T 6 6

T4 22 32

U(e) i 32 i 32

(1) P4 = 126 mm for Compact NS250N/H/L.

h
(a) Short terminal shields (b) Long terminal shields (c) Phase barriers (d) Only for rear connected circuit breaker, for 2P circuit breakers, the central drilling is not used. (e) U i 20 mm when using automatic auxiliary connectors (NS100 to NS250).
Merlin Gerin

Note: Door cutouts require a minimum distance between the center of the circuit breaker and the door hinge point u 100 + (h x 5).

105

Compact: installation

fixed Compact NS100 to NS250 with Visu module

dimensions
E21698 E21696

196 52,5 35 35 35

E21697

171 122 110 91

3 poles

4 poles
196 140 52,5

471 453 343,7 (G)

221 291
X

93,7 (GG) 160,5 178,5

Z1

24 Z2

(*) 314 FC 316.5 RC 322.5 with connector (**) 80.5 FC 83 RC 89 with connector

Y Y 52,5 105 140 52,5

mounting
on rails
3 poles
E21701

70 35 17,5
E21702

4 poles
70 17,5

32

6 281

98,5 X 62,5

356

137,5

front panel cutout


E21699

115
E21700

191 50

94

111,5

X 29

76

86

37

Y 14,5 29

106

Merlin Gerin

Compact: installation

fixed Compact NS400 to NS630 with Visu module

dimensions
E21866

280 78,75 52,5 52,5 52,5

E21867

170 122 110 98

E21868

3 poles

4 poles
280 210 78,75

675 527,5 (G) 4 347,5 461 X 240 142,5 (GG) X


X 4

168 Z

(*) 492.5 FC 493.5 RC 512.5 right angle extension 536.5 edgewise terminal extension 532.5 spreaders 525 with 2 holes connector. (**) 127.5 FC 128.5 RC 147.5 right angle extension 171.5 edgewise terminal extension 167.5 spreaders 160 with 2 holes connector

Y
Y

140 (157,5*) (210**)

70 (78,5*) (105**)

185 (210*) (280**)

70 (82,5*) (117,5**)

(*) Long terminal shields, 52.5 mm spacing.

mounting
on rails
E21871

32

26,25

E21872

3 poles

105

4 poles

105 26,25

6 440

160

4 X

540

4 X

100 200

Y 45

22,5

Y 90

22,5

front panel cutout


E21869 E21870

273 75,25

143

178 116 41,5

63

147,5 37

Y 29 32

115
Merlin Gerin

107

Compact: installation

fixed Compact C801 to C1251 with Visu module

dimensions
3 poles
E28888 E28886 E28887

4 poles

H14

X H

P1 P27 Z

Y L1 L11

Y L2 L11

mounting
3 poles
E28889

4 poles
K38 K37
E28890

K38 T4 K37 K9 K1

T4 U

K2 K1

T1 G35

T1

X T1

G34 G
T1

Y K4

K3
K10

K3

108

Merlin Gerin

front panel cutout


E28932

R31 R30

E28931

C32

C31

X C13 C30

R13 R14

P2

Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI

C13 104

C30 58

C31 211

C32 188

G 125

G34 240

G35 520

H 187

H14 642

K1 35

K2 70

K3 100

K4 200

K9 140

K10 270

K37 115

K38 390

L 105

L1 210

L2 280

L11 410

P1 110

P2 115

P27 200

R13 37

R14 74

R30 100

R31 370

T1 7

T4 10

U 32

Merlin Gerin

109

Compact: installation

plug-in and withdrawable Compact NS100 to NS630

dimensions
plug-in
E21524

2 poles or 3 poles
Z

4 poles
E21523

( )

H17 X H16

E21522

K1

K1

K1

G11 G23 G25 G27 X G10 G22 G24 G26 X

( )

P7 P8 P10 P9

Y L1
P4

L L2

chassis
E21586

2 poles or 3 poles

4 poles

H19 X

E21584

E21585

H18

( )

( )

Z P7 P8 P9

Y L6 L7 L8

Y L6 L9 L10

P2 P4

P12

(*) Short terminal shields compulsory

mounting
through a panel M (plug-in base)
2P, 3P
E21525

through a panel M (chassis)


K2 K
E21587

K1 K
E21526

4P

3P

K1 K
E21588

4P

K2 K

G11 X

G13 X G12

G11 X

G13 X G12

G10

G10

Y K5 K6 K7

Y K5

Y K11 K12 K13

Y K11

on rails (plug-in base or chassis)


E21533

E21534

3P

K21 K20

4P

K22 K20

G21

G20 Y T

110

Merlin Gerin

on a backplate N (plug-in base or chassis)


Front connections 2 poles or 3 poles
E21589

4 poles
E21590

K1 K

K2 K

Mandatory to fit insulating screen between the base and the backplate (supplied with plug-in base).

G15 X G14
X

Rear connections (inside) 2 poles or 3 poles


K1 K K T6
E21591 E21592

Rear connections (outside) 4 poles


E21593

2 poles or 3 poles
E21594

4 poles
K2 K K

K2 K K

K1 K K

G16 X G14

G18 G15 X T G17 G14 X

G15 X G19

K1

Y K1

K1 K1

Y K1

T5

K1

Y K1

K1 K1

Y K1

front panel cutouts


plug-in
E21619

withdrawable with collar and front panel escutcheon


E21620

See fixed Compact page 99

C11

C17

P44 Z

Y R8 R9

Dimensions (mm)
type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L C11 103 155 C17 G10 42.5 95 55 150 G11 190 300 G12 87 137 G13 174 274 G14 G15 77.5 155 125 250 G16 66 101 G17 132 202 G18 82 126 G19 164 252 G20 G21 37.5 75 75 150 G22 G23 111 222 170.5 341 G24 G25 193 386 283 566 G26 G27 H16 H17 208 416 102.5 205 293.5 587 157.5 315 H18 H19 103.5 210 140 280 K K1 17.5 35 22.5 45

Dimensions (mm)
type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L K2 70 90 K5 54.5 71.5 K6 109 143 K7 144 188 K11 74 91.5 K12 148 183 K13 183 228 K20 35 50 K21 70 100 K22 105 145 L 52.5 70 L1 105 140 L2 140 185 L6 92.5 110 L7 185 220 L8 216 250 L9 220 265 L10 251 295 P2 86 110 P4 111(1) 168

Dimensions (mm)
type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L P7 27 27 P8 45 45 P9 75 100 P10 64 86 P12 32 32 P44 123 147 R8 74 90 R9 148 180 U(2) i 32 i 32 T 6 6 T5 24 33 T6 30 33

(1) P4 = 126 mm for Compact NS250N/H/L. (2) U i 20 mm when using automatic auxiliary connectors (NS100 to NS250).
Merlin Gerin

Note: Door cutouts require a minimum distance between the center of the circuit breaker and the door hinge point u 100 + (h x 5).

111

Compact: installation

plug-in and withdrawable Compact C801 to C1251

dimensions
C801N/H to C1251N/H
3 poles
E28893

4 poles

P10 P7 P8
E28891 E28892

P9

H7

X H6

P11

Y L4

L3

Y L5

L3

C801L to C1001L
3 poles
E28894

4 poles

P13 P12 P6 P9 P8
E28891 E28892

H7

X H6

P14

Y L4

L3
L5

L3

rear mounting
C801N/H/L to C1251N/H
3 poles 4 poles
E28897

3 poles
T1 K14 K13

4 poles
E28898

K15 T1 K13

E28901

E28902

K14 K13 U

K15 T1 K13

T1

G11

(c) (d)

G10
X G8

X
G9

G13 G8

G7 Y

G7
G12

Y
G11 Y

(c) For rear connection only. (d) Necessary with auxiliary wire blocks only.

K18 K17 K16 K19

Y K20

K18 K16

K21

112

Merlin Gerin

bottom mounting
C801N/H/L to C1251N/H
E28899 E28900 E28895

K22 U Z

T2 G14

T1

K22

T2 G14

G16 G15

G16 G15

Y
Y K23 K22
K24

E28896

K23

K24

K22

front panel cutout


C801N/H/L to C1251N/H
with sas
R20 R19 R18 R17 R16 R15
E28924 E28925

with escutcheon

E28926

R2 T5 R1

T11

C22

C20 C21 C19 C23

C16 C15

C4

C2

C17

C3 C23

C1 C17

C24

C24
C18

C18

Z P47
T5 Y R22 R23 R24 R21

T5

Y R24

R23

Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI key Ronis Profalux Castell
Merlin Gerin

C1 C2 164.5 235

C3 C4 174.5 255

C15 75

C16 137

C17 208

C18 45

C19 61

C20 109

C21 80

C22 147

C23 C24 185.5 94

G7 97.5

G8 G9 182.5 137

G10 274

G11 66

G12 36

G13 110

G14 9

G15 103

G16 170

H6 H7 254.8 462

K13 70

K14 140

K15 210

K16 103

K17 186

K18 93

K19 206

K20 256

K21 276

K22 108

K23 216

K24 286

L3 147

L4 277

L5 347

P6 90

P7 75

P8 43

P9 202

P10 335

P11 305

P12 165

P13 425

P14 395

P47 157

R1 125

R2 250

R15 44

R16 88

R17 61

R18 122

R19 66

R20 132

R21 125

R22 250

R23 R24 130.5 261

T1 7

T2 8,5

T5 5

T11 4

U 32

D 34 41 72 113

Compact: installation

Compact C801 to C1251 withdrawable on horizontal standard chassis


dimensions
C801N/H to C1251N/H
E28904

3 poles
P23
E28903

H12 H11 H10 Z P7 P21 P1 P22 P15


Y L10

(b)

L9

4 poles
E28907 E28906

H13

H10 Z
Y L10
Note: P22 = 337 mm with extended toggle.

(b)

L9

(b) Short terminal shields compulsory.

C801L to C1001L
E28905

3 poles
P23
E28903

H12 H11 H10 Z X

P6 P24 P25 P26

P1

P15

(b)

Y L10

L9

4 poles
E28908 E28906

H13

H10 Z

(b)

Y L10

L9

Note: P26 = 427 mm with extended toggle.

(b) Short terminal shields compulsory.


Merlin Gerin

114

mounting on backplate
C801N/H/L to C1251N/H
3 poles
E28910 E28909

4 poles
K34 K33 T3
K30 K29 K28 K30

T3

G27 G25 G26 G24

G23 X G22

G31 G30 G26 G24

G32 G22

Note: Maximum thickness of the plate: 3 mm

Y K35 K36

mounting on rails
C801N/H/L to C1251N/H
3 poles
T3 K32 K31
E28911 E28912

4 poles
T3

X G29 G28

X G33 G28

front panel cutouts


C801N/H/L to C1251N/H
with sas
E28928

E28927

R29 R28 R27 R26 R25 R17

T11

C29

C27 C28 C26

C25

C19

Z P48
Y

Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI
Merlin Gerin

C19 61

C25 122

C26 44

C27 88

C28 66

C29 132

G22 77

G23 154

G24 93

G25 186

G26 103

G27 206

G28 70

G29 140

G30 256

G31 276

G32 224

G33 210

H10 120

H11 240

H12 290

H13 310

K28 137

K29 274

K30 66

K31 90

K32 180

K33 K34 226.5 453

K35 76.5

K36 150

L9 266

L10 532

P1 110

P6 90

P7 75

P15 42

P21 135

P22 307

P23 3

P24 165

P25 225

P26 397

P48 160

R17 61

R25 109

R26 75

R27 137

R28 80

R29 147

T3 6

T11 4

U 32

115

Compact: installation

Compact C801 to C1251 withdrawable on vertical standard chassis


dimensions
C801N/H to C1251N/H
E28915

3 poles
P23
E28913 E28914

4 poles

H9

H8

(b)
Z P7 P16 P1 P17
Note: P17 = 335 mm with extended toggle. (b) Short terminal shields compulsory.

Y
P15

L6
L8

L6

L7

C801L to C1001L
E28916

3 poles
P23
E28913 E28914

4 poles

H9

H8

P6 P18 P19 P20

(b)
P1 P15

Y L7

L6
L8

L6

Note: P20 = 425 mm with extended toggle.

(b) Short terminal shields compulsory.

mounting on backplate
C801N/H/L to C1251N/H
3 poles
E28917

4 poles
K25
E28918

K26 T3 G11

K27 T3 K25

G17

G13

G21 G7

G9

G18

G11 Y K18 K17 K16 K19


Note: Maximum thickness of the plate: 3 mm

Y K18 K20 K16 K21

116

Merlin Gerin

mounting on rails
C801N/H/L to C1251N/H
3 poles
E28919 E28920

4 poles
K9 K2

T3 U

T3

K15 K2

X G20 G19

front panel cutouts


C801N/H/L to C1251N/H
with sas
R20 R19 R18 R17 R16 R15 T11
E28930 E28929

C22

C20 C21 C19

C16

C15

Y
Z P48

Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI

C15 75

C16 137

C19 61

C20 109

C21 80

C22 147

G7 G9 120.5 137

G11 66

G13 110

G17 274

G18 20.5

G19 90

G20 180

G21 250

H8 H9 207.5 415

K2 70

K9 140

K15 210

K16 103

K17 186

K18 93

K19 206

K20 256

K21 276

K25 52.5

K26 105

L6 146

L7 292

L8 362

P1 110

P6 90

P7 75

P15 42

P16 133

P17 305

P18 165

P19 223

P20 395

P23 3

P48 160

R15 44

R16 88

R17 61

R18 122

R19 66

R20 132

T3 6

T11 4

U 32

Merlin Gerin

117

Compact: installation

plug-in and withdrawable Vigicompact NS100 to NS630

dimensions
plug-in
2 poles or 3 poles
E21537 E21535 E21536

4 poles
K1 K1

) (

K1

H17 X

G11 X G10
X

H16

( )
P7 P8 P9

Y L1
Z P4

L
L2

chassis: see page 110.


(*) Short terminal shields compulsory

mounting
through a backplate M (plug-in base)
2 poles or 3 poles
K1 K
E21526 E21525

through a backplate M (chassis)


3 poles
K2 K
E21587

4 poles

4 poles
K1 K
E21588

K2 K

G11 X

G13 X G12

G11 X

G13 X G12

G10

G10

Y K5 K6 K7

Y K5

Y K11 K12 K13

Y K11

on rails (plug-in base or chassis)


3 poles
E21533 E21534

4 poles
K21 K20
K22 K20

G21

G20 Y T

118

Merlin Gerin

front panel cutouts


plug-in: see page 105
E21623

chassis with extended and front panel escutcheons


E21813

R9 R8

C11

C17

C16

C13

P44 Z
R34

R33

Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L

C11 103 155

C13 82.5 82

C16 55 122.5

C17 42.5 42

G10 95 150

G11 190 300

G12 87 137

G13 174 274

G20 37.5 75

G21 75 150

H16 102.5 157.5

H17 205 315

K 17.5 22.5

K1 35 45

K2 70 90

K5 54.5 71.5

K6 109 143

K7 144 188

K11 74 91.5

K12 148 183

K13 183 228

K20 35 50

K21 70 100

K22 105 145

L 52.5 70

L1 105 140

L2 140 185

P4 111(1) 168

P7 27 27

P8 45 45

P9 75 100

P44 123 147

R8 74 90

R9 148 180

R33 74 74

R34 148 148

T 6 6

U(2) i 32 i 32

(1) P4 = 126 mm for Compact NS250N/H/L. (2) U i 20 mm when using automatic auxiliary connectors (NS100 to NS250).
E22046

h
Note: Door cutouts require a minimum distance between the center of the circuit breaker and the door hinge point u 100 + (h x 5).

Merlin Gerin

119

Compact: installation

motor mechanism modules for Compact NS100 to NS630


dimensions
3 poles
E21599

4 poles

E21597

H22 X

H20 H21

E21598

H23 Y L L12 L11 L1

Y L L2

P33 P32 Z

front panel cutouts


with escutcheon IP 40.5 and sas for Vigi
E21813

R9 R8

E21612

E21614

E21621

C23

C11

C22 Y R14 R15


P45 Z

C17

C16

C13

Y P45 Z R34 R33

Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L

C11 103 155

C13 82 82

C16 56 122.5

C17 42.5 42

C22 29 41.5

C23 76 126

H20 62.5 100

H21 97 152

H22 45.5 83

H23 73 123

L 52.5 70

L1 105 140

L2 140 185

L11 91 123

L12 45.5 61.5

P32 178 250

P33 143 215

P45 145 217

R8 74 90

R9 148 180

R14 48.5 64.5

R15 97 129

R33 74 74

R34 148 148

E22046

h
Note: Door cutouts require a minimum distance between the center of the circuit breaker and the door hinge point u 100 + (h x 5).

120

Merlin Gerin

Compact: installation

motor mechanism modules for Compact C801 to C1251


dimensions
T8011251
E28942 E28943 E28946

TS8011251
E28947

H22 X H21
X

H24

H23

P40 Z P39 P38

Y L1

P42 P41

Y L1

front panel cutouts


fixed circuit breaker with T8011251
E28944

withdrawable circuit breaker with T8011251


E28945

R12 R11

R12 R11

C9 C8

C11

C10

circuit breaker with TS8011251


Fitted behind front panel only

Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI

C8 70

C9 183

C10 79

C11 219

H21 76.5

H22 214

H23 76

H24 194

L 105

L1 210

P38 P39 P40 P41 263.5 234.5 158.5 220

P42 110

R11 R12 107.5 215

Merlin Gerin

121

Compact: installation

rotary handles for Compact NS100 to NS630


dimensions
E21627

3 poles
E21625 E21626

4 poles
L12

H23 X H20
(a) sans ser (b) avec se (c) avec ser

60
DD

H24 X

60
DD

X
O

60

60

Y L15 L L11 L1
L2

Y L

P34 P35 (a) Z P36 (b) P37 (c)

(a) Without keylock (b) With Ronis keylock (c) With Profalux keylock

front panel cutouts


fixed or plug-in circuit breaker
Compact
E21613 E21614 E21615

Vigicompact
E21805

C23

X C22

C23

C22 Y R14 R15

C4

C5

P43 Z

P43

R26

Y R1

R14 R15

withdrawable circuit breaker


Compact
E21618 E21620 E21622

Vigicompact
E21813

R9 R8

C11
X

C11

C17

C17

C16

C13

P44 Z
Y R8 R9
Z P44
R34 Y R33

Front panel escutcheon compulsory.

Collar for Vigi module, front panel escutcheons for Vigi module and rotary handle compulsory.

122

Merlin Gerin

MCC type direct rotary handle


dimensions
E21633 E21632

L8
E21634

front panel cutout

L7 L12

H24 H10

X
X H9

G39

G38

1 33 maxi 1 to maxi P422


Y

Y K14 K15

extended rotary handle


dimensions
E21630 E21628

E21629

fixed or plug-in circuit breaker cut shaft at length: P38-126 (NS100/250) - P38-150 (NS400/630)

withdrawable circuit breaker cut shaft at length: P38-122 (NS100/250) - P40-150 (NS400/630)

L14 L13 L12

10

60
I

X
O

H24 H26 X H25

60

P38 Z
E21631

P40 Z

front panel cutout


45 L12

T7 H24 X T6 G36 G37 Y

Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L
(1) i 600 mm.

C4 C5 86 37 147.5 37 H25 37.5 37.5 P37 164 188 H26 75 75

C11 103 155 K14 50 72.5

C13 82.5 82 K15 100 145

C16 C17 55 42.5 122.5 42 L 52.5 70 P43 89 112 L1 105 140 P44 123 147

C22 29 41.5 L2 140 185 R1 29 29

C23 76 126 L7 69 85 R8 74 90

G36 36 36 L8 120 160 R9 148 180

G37 72 72 L11 91 123 R14 48.5 64.5

G38 41 51 L12 9.25 5 R15 97 129

G39 100 145 L13 37.5 37.5 R26 14.5 32

H9 60 83 L14 75 75 R33 74 74

H10 120 160 L15 55 66.5 R34 148 148

H20 28 40 P34 121 145 T6 4.2 4.2

H23 73 123 P35 155 179 T7 50 50

H24 9 24.5 P36 156 180

P38(1) P40(1) P42 u 185 u 248 125 u 209 u 272 149

Note Door cutouts require a minimum distance between the center of the circuit breaker and the door hinge point u 100 + (h x 5).
Merlin Gerin

123

Compact: installation

rotary handles for Compact C801 to C1251


direct rotary handle
dimensions
E28933 E28934

60

H15 X

H16

X
32

H18 H17

L12

Y L1

P1 P28 P29

P31 P30

front panel cutout


front panel escutcheon compulsory
E28935

R2 T5 R1

C4

C2

C3

C1

Y R3 R4

124

Merlin Gerin

extended rotary handle with door locking


dimensions
E28936

front panel cutout


P33 P32
E28937

F P1 d(*)

L14
E28938

R7 R6 R5 T6 T3 C(*) X

60 C(*)
X

X 32

H20

C5 C6 R8 Y C7 T7(f)

H19

P35 Z P1 d(*) F1 P34

L12 L13

L
(f) Only required when mounting behind a door

extended rotary handle without door locking


dimensions
E28939 E28940

front panel cutout

E28941

R5 T8

60 C(*)

T9 C(*) X

X
32

Y R9 R10
P37 P1 F d(*)
L12

Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI

C(*) 13.5

C1 C2 164.5 235

C3 C4 174.5 255

C5 70

C6 35

C7 38.5

H15 13.5

H16 H17 200.5 77.5

H18 123

H19 53

H20 L 103.5 105

L1 210

L12 73.5

L13 63

L14 104

P1 110

P28 112

P29 P30 229.5 25

P31 54

P32 39

P33 86

P34 42

P35 64

P36 63.5

P37 19.5

R1 125

R2 250

R3 R4 130.5 261

R5 73.5

R6 47

R7 73

R8 30

R9 43.5

R10 87

T3 6

T5 5

T6 68

T7 6.5

T8 8

T9 35.5

F mini short shaft 209

long shaft 333

F maxi short shaft 333

long shaft 523

F1 mini short shaft 251

long shaft 375

F1 maxi short shaft 375

long shaft 565

(*) To compensate for the vertical play of the shaft as a fonction of distance d, dimension C is to be increased by: c 1 mm for 76 i d i 120; c 2 mm for 120 i d i 160; c 3 mm for 160 i d i 200.
Merlin Gerin

Vertical play can be eliminated by using the shaft bracket, to be fitted on the circuit breaker.

125

Compact: installation

indication and measurement modules for Compact NS100 to NS630


dimensions
circuit breaker with ammeter module
E21517 E21516

circuit breaker with current transformer module

X H9 H11 H13 H15 H8 H10 H12 H14

X H9 H11 H13 H15 H8 H10 H12 H14

P1 P2 P48 P47

P1 P2 P4

mounting
on backplate
2 poles or 3 poles
E21518

4 poles
E21519

K1

K1 K1 K

K1

K1 K1 K2 K

G7

G1 X G

G9 X

G6 T T4 (d)

G8

on rails
2 poles or 3 poles
E21520 E21521

4 poles
K1 K K2 K

U (e)

G7

G1 X G X

G6 T

126

Merlin Gerin

front panel cutout


circuit breaker with ammeter module and voltage presence indicator
E21673 E21674

C29 C30 X C C28 C27 C1

P6

Y R R1 R16 R17

E21677

E21678

C29 C30 C23 C22 C28 C27

P43 Z

Y R16 R17 R14 R15

Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L

C 28 41.5

C1 76 116

C22 28 41.5

C23 76 126

C27 56.5 56.5

C28 124 185.5

C29 30 30

C30 78.5 122

G 62.5 100

G1 125 200

G6 137.5 200

G7 200 300

G8 145 213.5

G9 215 327

H8 155.5 227.5

H9 236 355

H10 169 242.5

H11 263 385

H12 235.5 340

H13 396 580

H14 253.5 337

H15 432 574

K 17.5 22.5

K1 35 45

K2 70 90

P1 81 95.5

P2 86 110

P4 111(1) 168

P6 88 112

P43 89 112

P47 137 162

P48 128 154

R 14.5 31.5

R1 29 63

R14 48.5 64.5

R15 97 129

R16 46.5 64.5

R17 93 93

T 6 6

T4 22 32

U(e) i 32 i 32

(1) P4 = 126 mm for Compact NS 250N/H/L.

(d) Only for rear connected circuit breaker, for 2P circuit breakers, the central drilling is not used. (e) U i 20 mm when using automatic auxiliary connectors (NS100 to NS250).
Merlin Gerin

Short terminal shields compulsory for drawout type.

127

Compact: installation

front accessories for Compact NS100 to NS630

extended escutcheons
for toggle
E21635

E21636

E21637

for Vigi module


E21638

Circuit breaker with toggle or rotary handle


E21640 E21639 E21464

Circuit breaker with motor mechanism

52,4

91

35

63 53

toggle cover
E21653 E21654 E21655

M8

A3

D3

front panel escutcheons


for toggle
E21641 E21642 E21643

M2

M3

A1

D1

D2

for Vigi module


E21644 E21645 E21646

79

64

69

3,5

6,5

128

Merlin Gerin

front panel escutcheons


for extended escutcheon, motor mechanism module or rotary handle
E21647 E21648 E21649

M6

M7

A2

D1

D2

for Vigi module with extended escutcheon or ammeter module


E21650 E21651 E21652

93,5

80,5

157

3,5

6,5

Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L

A 91 123

A1 69 102

A2 157 189

A3 94 35

D 35 134

D1 3.5 3.5

D2 6.5 6.5

D3 40 60

M 73 123

M2 115 155

M3 102 142

M6 114 164

M7 101 151

M8 94 134

Merlin Gerin

129

Compact: installation

manual source-changeover system Compact NS100 to NS630


manual source-changeover system with rotary handles
dimensions
E21660 E21659

front panel cut-outs


185 9* 24,6** 175
X
E21661

75 150

87,5

Y 9,25 325
133* 157** Z

9,25

61,5
185 295 46,5

(*) Compact NS100/250 (**) Compact NS400/630

manual source-changeover system with toggles


dimensions
3 poles
E21685 E21683 E21684

4 poles

Y
P5 Z

Y L16 L18 L

L16 L17

front panel cut-outs


3 poles to the left
E21686 E21687

4 poles to the left

C3 C2

C3 C2

R2

R19

R2

R18

R19

R2

Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L

C2 54 92.5

C3 108 184

L 52.5 70

L16 140 185

L17 245 325

L18 280 370

R2 54 71.5

R18 89 116.5

R19 140 185

P5 83 107

130

Merlin Gerin

Compact: installation

manual source-changeover system Compact C801 to C1251


manual source-changeover system with rotary handles
dimensions
E28956 E28958

front panel cut-outs


R34 R33

E28957

R32

H27

X H26 H25

C34

C33

Y Y Y L12 L17 L19 L12 L18

P44 P43

P32

mounting on blackplate
3 poles
E28959 E28960

4 poles
K14 K13 K14 K13

T1 U

T1 U

K15 K13

K15 K13

X G

G1

X G

G1

K39

K39

Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI

C33 81.5

C34 170

G 125

G1 240

H25 86.5

H26 180

H27 200.5

K13 70

K14 140

K15 210

K39 290

L12 73.5

L17 290

L18 133.5

L19 530

P32 39

P43 229.5

P44 184

R32 128.5

R33 290

R34 520

T1 7

U 32

Merlin Gerin

131

Compact: installation

automatic source-changeover systems Compact NS100 to NS250


base plate
dimensions, 3 poles or 4 poles
Fixed device
T9
E33349 E33350 E33351

Plug-in device

( )

T10

H43

H45

H22 H20 X H23 H21

H42 H44

P54

H46 L31 Y K25 L32 Y


P50 P52 Z P33 P32

P7 P8 P9

(*) Short terminal shields obligatory.

mounting
Vertically mounted devices
E33357 E33356

Horizontally mounted devices

G51 X
K35

G50
K25

Y
Y

K25 K35 K36

U G50 G51

Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L

G50 138 180

G51 285 360

H20 62.5 100

H21 97 152

H22 45.5 83

H23 73 123

H42 60 60

H43 120 120

H44 145 189

H45 300 378

H46 30.5 68.5

K25 156 210

K35 246.5 318.5

K36 300 400

L31 110.5 150.5

L32 354 466

P7 27 27

P8 45 45

P9 75 100

P32 178 250

P33 143 215

P50 23 23

P52 85 99

P54 21 21

T9 9 9

T10 6 6

U i 32 i 32

132

Merlin Gerin

Compact: installation

automatic source-changeover systems Compact NS400 to NS630


base plate
dimensions, 3 poles or 4 poles
E33360

T9

T10

T10 H45

H43 H42
O I I O I I

H43

H42 H44

H46 L31 Y K25 L32 Y

Fixed device
E33361 E33362

Plug-in device
( )

H22 H20 X H23

P54

Z
Z P50 P52 P33 P32

P7 P8 P9

(*) Short terminal shields obligatory.

mounting
Vertically mounted device
E33368

Horizontally mounted devices


E33367

G51 X

K35

G50
K25 K36

K25 K35 K36

U G50 G51

Note: Dimensions see page 132


Merlin Gerin

133

Compact: installation

automatic source-changeover system Compact C801 to C1251


base plate
dimensions 3 poles or 4 poles
Fixed device
E33372 E33371

H28 H43 H42 H29

G41 G57 X

G40 G56

K45 L21

Y K46 L20 L23

P45 Z

P46 P38

mounting
Vertically mouted devices
E28952

Horizontally mounted devices


T10
E28953

T10

G38 Y
G41 G40

G36
Y Y

U K45 K44 K46

G37 U X K42 K41

Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI

G36 286

G37 187

G38 625

G40 179

G41 350

G56 204

G57 400

H28 480

H29 241

H42 60

H43 120

K41 204

K42 400

K44 286

K45 187

K46 625

L20 286

L21 202

L23 655

P38 263.5

P45 20

P46 3

T10 8.1

U 32

134

Merlin Gerin

Compact: installation

automatic source-changeover system IVE and controller option


electrical interlocking unit IVE
dimensions
E33352 E33353
11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 7 8 9 10

H47 H43
N

H48 H49
R

L33 L34 L35

P58 P62

auxiliaries control plate ACP and controller UA/BA


door cut-out for controller UA/BA
E33355 E33354

P60

H51 H50
C34

H52 L36 L37


P61 P59 P63

E33363

E33364

C34

Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI

C34 140

H43 120

H47 150

H48 137

H49 160

H50 200

H51 255

H52 22

L33 6

L34 48

L35 83

L36 138

L37 150

P58 65

P59 170

P60 95

P61 90

P62 150(min)

P63 187

Merlin Gerin

135

Compact: installation

automatic source-changeover system Compact NS100 to NS250 / NS100 to NS250 Compact NS400 to NS630 / NS400 to NS630
front panel cutout
"Normal" and "Replacement" circuits: NS100 to NS250
E38893 E38894

97 48,5

97 48,5

X
X

76 29

Y 156

145

NS100 to NS250

NS100 to NS250

"Normal" and "Replacement" circuits: NS400 to NS630


129
E38895 E38896

129 64,5 64,5

126 41,5

NS400 to NS630

Y 210

NS400 to NS630

Z 217

Note Compact NS: Dimensions with escutcheon IP 40.5 and sas for Vigi see page 120

136

Merlin Gerin

Compact: installation

automatic source-changeover system Compact NS400 to NS630 / NS100 to 250 Compact C801 to C1251
front panel cutout
"Normal" circuit: NS400 to NS630, "Replacement" circuit: NS100 to NS250
129
E38897 E38898

64,5

126

X
41,5

NS400 to NS630

Y 210

NS100 to NS250

Z 217

"Normal" and "Replacement" circuits: C801 to C1251


215
E38899 E38900

215 107,5 107,5

183

X 70

Z 254

C801 to C1251

Y 286

C801 to C1251

Note Compact NS: Dimensions with escutcheon IP 40.5 and sas for Vigi see page 120
Merlin Gerin

137

Compact: connection

Compact NS80H-MA/NSC100N Compact NS100 to NS630


Compact NS fixed, front connection
E23950

by cables
Compact NS80H-MA/NSC100N
E23949

Comes equipped with bare cable connectors. Accessories: long terminal shields.
L S

L (mm) S (mm2) torque (Nm) cables

NS80H-MA/NSC100N 16 1.570 4 (S i 6 mm2) 5 (S > 4 mm2) copper or aluminium

OFF

push to trip

Compact NS100NS630
E23951

Snap-on connectors can be added directly to the terminals. Material: steel up to 160 A, tinned aluminium up to 250 A. Accessories: phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended up to 500 V and mandatory above 500 V. Insulation kit mandatory above 600 V. Phase barriers are supplied as standard. Screw-on connectors can be fitted on the terminals. Material: tinned aluminium. Accessories: phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended up to 500 V and mandatory above 500 V. Insulation kit mandatory above 600 V. Phase barriers are supplied as standard. Distribution connectors can be fitted on the terminals. Material: tinned aluminium. Accessories: phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended up to 500 V and mandatory above 500 V. Insulation kit mandatory above 600 V. Phase barriers are supplied as standard.

E18872

L (mm) S Cu cable (mm2) S Al cable (mm2) torque (Nm) L (mm) S Cu cable (mm2) S Al cable (mm2) torque (Nm)

i 160A 20 1.595 1.595 12

i 250A 20 1016 2535 2535 15 20 20 50185 50185 26

E22040

1 cable

push to trip

L (mm) S (mm2) torque (Nm) 2 cables L (mm) S (mm2) torque (Nm) cables

NS400/630 20 35300 31 3060 2 x 852 x 240 31 copper or aluminium

E23957

E25972

E22041

push to trip

L (mm) S (mm2) torque (Nm) cables

NS100/250 1530 6 x 1.56 x 35 15 copper or aluminium

by insulated bars or cables with lugs


Compact NS100/630 devices are equipped as standard with terminals and nuts for direct connection to insulated bars or cables with lugs. For the NS630, spreaders are recommended.
E35575 E50702

NS100/250N/H/L phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended 500 V i U i 600 V phase barriers or long terminal shields U > 600 V insulation kit insulated bars < 500 V mandatory insulated bars u 500 V mandatory U < 500 V NS100 i 25 d + 10 i 10 i6 >6 i 25 6.5 10

NS400/630L phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended phase barriers or long phase barriers or long terminal shields terminal shields insulation kit insulation kit mandatory mandatory mandatory NS160/250 i 25 d + 10 i 10 i6 >8 i 25 8.5 15 NS400/630 i 32 d + 10 i 15 3 i e i 10 > 10.5 i 32 10.5 50

NS400/630N/H

bars
400 d L
push to trip

L e

L (mm) I (mm) d (mm) e (mm) (mm) lugs L (mm) (mm) torque (Nm)

138

Merlin Gerin

connection with accessories

NS100/250N/H/L phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended phase barriers or long 500V i U i 600V terminal shields U > 600V insulation kit insulated bars < 500 V mandatory insulated bars u 500 V mandatory U < 500V

NS400/630L phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended phase barriers or long phase barriers or long terminal shields terminal shields insulation kit insulation kit mandatory mandatory mandatory

NS400/630N/H

E18600

E35577

push to trip

Material: tinned copper. To be mounted on the upstream side. Right-angle terminal extension cannot be used with the insulation kit.

E25969/B

NS100/250 Add-on bare cable connectors with clips.

Phase barriers are supplied as standard.

E35578

E18601

E25961

straight terminal extensions

Compact NS100/250 Material: tinned copper.


push to trip

Mounting detail. 2 cables with lugs.

Phase barriers are supplied as standard.

E35579

E21276

edgewise terminal extensions

E50702

Compact NS100/250 Material: tinned copper.

400
push to trip

For right-angle, straight and edgewise terminals extensions bars L (mm) I (mm) d (mm) e (mm) (mm) lugs L (mm) (mm) torque (Nm) (1) NS100 i 25 20 i I i 25 i 10 i6 >6 i 25 6.5 10 NS160/250 i 25 20 i I i 25 i 10 i6 >8 i 25 8.5 15 NS400/630 i 32 30 i I i 34 i 15 3 i e i 10 > 10.5 i 32 10.5 50

l L e

(1) For tightening to the terminals.

Phase barriers are supplied as standard.

Merlin Gerin

E22040

right-angle terminal extensions

NS400/630 connector: 1 cable connector: 2 cables

139

Compact: connection

Compact NS100 to NS630

Compact NS fixed, front connection


connection with accessories
These accessories are used to increase the distance between the poles. NS100/250N/H/L phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended 500V i U i 600V phase barriers or long terminal shields U > 600V insulation kit insulated bars < 500 V mandatory insulated bars u 500 V mandatory U < 500V NS400/630L phase barriers or long terminal shields recommended phase barriers or long phase barriers or long terminal shields terminal shields insulation kit insulation kit mandatory mandatory mandatory NS400/630N/H

spreader
E35580

E18599

Material: tinned copper. Terminal shields: c incompatible: NS100/250. c specific: NS400/630 (pole distance 52.5 only). pole distance without spreader with spreader NS100/250 35 mm 45 mm NS100 i 25 d + 10 i 10 i6 6.5 i 25 6.5 10 NS400/630 45 mm 52.5 or 70 mm NS160/250 i 25 d + 10 i 10 i6 8.5 i 25 8.5 15 NS400/630 i 40 d + 15 i 20 3 i e i 10 12.5 i 40 12.5 50

E50702

400

d L e L

push to trip

bars

L (mm) l (mm) d (mm) e (mm) (mm) lugs L (mm) (mm) torque (Nm) (1)

(1) For tightening to the terminals.

Phase barriers are supplied as standard.

lugs
S (mm2)
E25959 E30907

NS100/250
3 lugs + barriers lugs with narrow 120 pads for copper 150 cable 185 lugs for 150 aluminium cable 185 4 lugs + barriers 120 150 185 150 185

NS400/630
3 lugs + barriers 240 300 240 300 4 lugs + barriers 240 300 240 300

Accessories: see page 138, direct connection by cables with crimped lugs.

phase barriers
E28013

c supplied with snap-on and screw-on bare cable connectors, distribution connectors, lugs, right-angle terminal extensions, straight terminals extensions, edgewise terminal extensions and spreaders,

c horizontal or vertical position, c can be replaced by long terminal shields.

push to trip

140

Merlin Gerin

Compact NS fixed, rear connection


by bars or cables with crimped lugs
E23958

Compact NS100/630 can be equipped with short or long rear connectors; the use of both lengths is possible. Depending on the way the rear connectors are fitted, 4 possibilities of connection are offered (horizontal, vertical and 45) that can be mixed.
E25968

Material of the rear connectors: tinned copper. The use of short terminal shields is recommended.

push to trip

2 lengths
E25967 E50702

4 positions

bars
400 d L e L

connection to bars or cables with lugs

L (mm) l (mm) d (mm) e (mm) (mm) lugs L (mm) (mm) torque (Nm) (1)

NS100 i 25 d + 10 i 10 i6 >6 i 25 >6 5

NS160/250 i 25 d + 10 i 10 i6 >8 i 25 >8 5

NS400/630 i 32 d + 15 i 15 3 i e i 10 > 10.5 i 32 > 10.5 20

(1) For tightening to the terminals

by bare cable (copper or aluminium)


E25969

For Compact NS100/250, the rear connectors can be equipped with add-on bare cable connectors.

The use of short terminal shields is recommended.

push to trip

Merlin Gerin

E25969/B

141

Compact: connection

Compact NS100 to NS630

Compact NS withdrawable, front connection


by bars or cables with crimped lugs
E35581

Compact NS100/630, withdrawable on plugin base or chassis, are fixed on rails or on a backplate; refer to drawings pages 110 and 111. Connections are made to the vertical terminals of the plug-in base. NS100 i 25 d + 10 i 10 i6 6.5 i 25 6.5 5

Material of the terminals: tinned copper. The use of short terminal shields is compulsory. For Compact NS630 spreaders can be fitted to the terminals of the plug-in base.

E50702

bars

400
push to trip

d L e L

L (mm) l (mm) d (mm) e (mm) (mm) lugs L (mm) (mm) torque (Nm) (1)

NS160/250 i 25 d + 10 i 10 i6 8.5 i 25 8.5 5

NS400/630 i 32 d + 15 i 15 3 i e i 10 10.5 i 32 10.5 20

(1) For tightening to the terminals.


E26411

The use of the insulating screen (supplied with the plug-in base) between the rear panel and the plug-in base is compulsory.

Accessories: c long terminal shields + adapter for plug-in base or phase barriers + adapter for plug-in base, c the adapter for plug-in base provides the same connection possibilities as the basic device (bare cable connectors, bars, etc.).

by bare cables
E26409 E18872

For Compact NS100/250, the terminals of the plug-in base can be equipped with snapon bare cable connectors. Snap-on bare cable connectors fit directly onto the terminals. Material: steel I i 160 A aluminium I i 250 A.

L (mm) S Cu cable (mm2) S Al cable (mm2) torque (Nm) L (mm) S Cu cable (mm2) S Al cable (mm2) torque (Nm)

i 160A 20 1.595 1.595 1.595

i 250A 20 1016 2535 2535 15 20 20 50185 50185 26

E23950

L S
E26410 E22040

For Compact NS400/630, the terminals of the plug-in base can be equipped with screw-on bare cable connectors. Screw-on bare cable connectors can be fitted on the terminals. Material: aluminium. Accessories: long terminal shields or barriers.

E22041

1 cable L (mm) S (mm2) torque (Nm) 2 cables L (mm) S (mm2) torque (Nm) cables

NS400/630 20 35300 31 3060 2 x 852 x 240 31 copper or aluminium

142

Merlin Gerin

Compact NS withdrawable, rear connection


by bars or cables with crimped lugs
E26412

Mounting on rails or through a panel Refer to drawings page 110. Connections are made to the horizontal (2 positions) terminals of the plug-in base. Refer to drawings pages 150 and 151. The terminals of the plug-in base can be equipped with bare cable connectors. For Compact NS630 spreaders can be fitted to the terminals of the plug-in base.

For Compact NS100/250, the terminals of the plug-in base can be also in the vertical position and equipped with add-on bare cable connectors. In such case, the use of the insulating screen (supplied with the plug-in base) between the front panel and the plug-in base is compulsory. The use of short terminal shields is compulsory.

push to trip

Mounting on a backplate Refer to drawings page 111. Connections must be made to the long insulated horizontal terminals (2 positions: inside or outside) which replace the standard terminals of the plug-in base. Refer to drawings pages 150 and 151 . For Compact NS630, the spreaders can be fitted to the long insulated horizontal terminals. NS100 i 25 d +10 i 10 i6 6.5 i 25 6.5 5

For Compact NS100/250, the long insulated horizontal terminals of the plug-in base can be equipped with add-on bare cable connectors. The use of short terminal shields is compulsory.

E26413

bars

d L e L

L (mm) I (mm) d (mm) e (mm) (mm) lugs L (mm) (mm) torque (Nm) (1)

NS160/250 i 25 d +10 i 10 i6 8.5 i 25 8.5 5

NS400/630 i 32 d +15 i 15 3 i e i 10 10.5 i 32 10.5 20

E50703

(1) For tightening to the terminals

Merlin Gerin

143

Compact: connection

Compact C801 to C1251

Compact C fixed, front connection


by bars
E23961 E23980 E23962 E23963

M10x40

11 11 12,5 = = 25 50 25 50 12,5 12,5

120 70

330 120 70

E23981

450 120 70 120 70

120 70

Terminals comprising threaded studs for direct connection to bars. Pole pitch: 52.5 mm. Tightening torque: 50 Nm.

E23979

90 25 25

20 15 100 70

5 12,2 25 50 12,5

Spreaders increase the pitch for easier connection. The spreaders can themselves be fitted with bare-cable connectors or rightangle terminal extensions, but are not compatible with terminal shields. Pitch: 120 mm.

E23968

E24097

by bare cable connectors copper or aluminium

E23970

E23969

58

38 S

1-3 cable connector 70 mm2 i CSA i 185 mm2 Tightening torque: 31 Nm.
M10

1-4 cable connector 70 mm2 i CSA i 240 mm2 Tightening torque: 42 Nm.

E26808

E23971

by cables with lugs


E23973 E23974

12,5 12,5 50 25 25

int. max. = 23

The additional connectors are suitable for 1 to 4 cables with crimped lugs (CSA i 300 mm2).

M10x40 M12

140 11 41 18 20 41 80 10 13

12 < 13

110 max.

= = 40

Compact C fixed, rear connection


by bars
E23961 E23975 E23965 E23964

by cables with lugs


E23976

11 11

M12

M12

M10x40

M10x40

12,5 = = 25 50

M10x40
25 50 M10x40 12,5 12,5

Connection to flat or edgewise bars, depending on how the terminals are installed.

The additional connectors are suitable for 1 to 4 cables with crimped lugs (CSA i 300 mm2).

144

Merlin Gerin

Compact C withdrawable, rear connection


by bars
E23966 E23967 E23961

11 11 12,5 25 = 50 25 = 12,5 12,5 50

M10x40
M10x40

Connection to flat or edgewise bars, depending on how the terminals are installed.

by cables with lugs


E23977 E23978

The additional connectors are suitable for 1 to 4 cables with crimped lugs (CSA i 300 mm2).

M12 M10x40

M12 M10x40

Compact C1251N 1000 V fixed, front connection


by bars
E43369 E43368

insulated part Isolant part

insulated part
(*) Cache-bornes terminal shields Terminal shields

E43367

Partie isole

500 mm mini 500 mm mini

11 12,5
=

= 25

i 50

E43370

Connection on edgewise terminal kit.

Long terminal shields are mandatory in both cases.


(*) if E is less than 500 mm a fully insulated connection covering at least 50 mm must be used.

Compact C1251N 1000 V fixed, rear connection


Connection identical to standard Compact C. Short terminal shields are mandatory.

Compact C1251N 1000 V withdrawable, rear connected


Connection identical to standard Compact C.

Merlin Gerin

145

Compact: connection

fixed Compact or Vigicompact NS100 to NS630

E21748

P21 P13
E21747

G4
X

G5 G19

Y
Z

K1

K1

K1

front connections
standard terminal
E35578

NS100/160/250
E21554

NS400/630
E21750

10,5

Z 14

70 X
X

113,5

bare cable connector


NS100/160/250
E21553 E21751

NS400/630
Z 14
E21752

Z 19

Z 46,5

70 X
X

113,5

113,5 X

rear connections
E21755

NS100/160/250
E21561

NS400/630
E21756

10 8,6 18 70 43 short RC 88 long RC X Z 20 13

15

13

23,2 14

30

50 short RC 115 long RC

113,5 Z X

(*) Short RC / Long RC

146

Merlin Gerin

connections with accessories


right-angle terminal extensions (upstream side only)
E35577 E35580

straight or edgewise terminal extensions


NS100/160/250
E21556

NS100/160/250
E21563

37,5 39,5(b)

4 20,5

41 Z

30

70 Z X

70 X

NS400/630
E21758

NS400/630
8 34
E21754

F 58 Z 42

vue F

61 Z

8
113,5 X

113,5 X

distribution connectors (phase barriers compulsory)


NS100/160/250
E21565 E21566 E21557

Spreader
E21558

X 70

K10 K8 K8 G27 G26

K8

K9 K8

K8

41
X X

64,5 66,5(b)

Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400/630N/H/L

G4 70 113.5

G5 140 227

G19 215 327

G26 30 39 52,5

G27 41 54 67,5

K1 35 45

K8 45 52.5 70

K9 159 187.5 240

K10 114 135 170

P13 19.5(1) 26

P21 44

(1) P13 = 21.5 mm for NS250N/H/L and Vigi MH module.

(b) Vigi module or NS250. Note: Dimensions of live parts: see pages 138 to 143.
Merlin Gerin

147

Compact: connection

fixed Compact C801 to C1251

front connections
3 poles
E28961 E28962

4 poles
K2 K2 K2 K52 G50 M10 K51 K50 K49 G44

P49

X G51

C801N to C1251N
with Visu module
E28966

P52

E28967

K2

K2

K2 T14

K53 K50 K50 K49 G44

G53 G52

G44 M10 K49 K50 K51 K52

148

Merlin Gerin

rear connections
C801N/H - C1251N/H
E28963 E28964

C801L - C1001L
P50
E28965

K2

K2

K2

P50

P6

G50 X G51

T12 G47 G48

P51 Z X
X

G45 G46

Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI

G44 G45 G46 G47 G48 G50 G51 K2 15 12.5 25 22 44 170 340 70

K49 K50 K51 K52 K53 M10 P6 12.5 25 22.5 45 50 M10 90

P49 P50 P51 P52 T12 T14 25 13 15 47.5 10.6 12.2

Merlin Gerin

149

Compact: connection

plug-in and withdrawable Compact or Vigicompact NS100 to NS630


plug-in base or chassis
E21570 E21569

K1

K1

K1

front connections
standard terminals
E21571

NS400/630 Mounting on backplate or on rails (1)


( )

With spreader
E21939

42 P21

E21572

P21

Z G32 G31 195,5 210,5

G32 G31

bare cable connectors


NS100/160/250 Mounting on backplate or on rails
( )
E21580

NS400/630
E21941

94 68

E21581

Z P28

Z G31
G32 G34

202

(1) When mounting on a backplate, the insulating screen, supplied with the plug-in base, is compulsory. (*) Short terminal shields compulsory.

150

Merlin Gerin

E21583

E21942

( )

NS100/160/250 Mounting through a backplate or on rails


E21582

NS400/630
109 83

P29 P30 Z
Z

G32 G34

X
94
(*) Short terminal shields compulsory.

66

rear connections
mounting through a backplate or on rails
( )

P22 P23

E21573

E21574

G35 G33

P24 P25

(*) Short terminal shields compulsory.

mounting on a backplate
Rear connections fitted at lower limit
E21576 E21577

Long insulated terminals compulsory.


P26 P27 Z

( )

G33

Rear connections fitted at upper limit


E21578

E21579

( )

P26 P27 E

G35

(*) Short terminal shields compulsory.

Dimensions (mm) type NS100/160/250N/H/L NS400N/H/L NS630N/H/L


Merlin Gerin

E 4 6 6

G31 108.5 171 181

G32 100 156.5 166.5

G33 63.5 104 104

G34 110

G35 80.5 129 129

K1 35 45 45

P21 19 26 26

P22 75.5 114.5 124.5

P23 67 100 110

P24 49 82 92

P25 57.5 96.5 104.5

P26 75.5 108.5 108.5

P27 67 94 94

P28 26.5

P29 54.5

P30 36.5

151

Compact: connection

withdrawable Compact C801 to C1251

on universal chassis
C801N/H - C1251N/H
rear connections
E28969 E28968

C801L - C1001L
E28970

K2

K2

K2

P53

P53

P6

G50 X G51
X

T13 G47 G48

P54 X

G45 G46

on horizontal standard chassis


E28971 E28972 E28973

rear connections

P53

P53

P6

G49
X

G49 G49 G49

G49 G49

Y K48

K47

Z T13 G47 G48 P54

G45 G46

152

Merlin Gerin

on vertical standard chassis


E28975 E28976

rear connections
E28974

P53

P53

P6

K2

K2

K2

G50 X G51
X

T13 G47 G48

P54 X

G45 G46

Dimensions (mm) type C801/1001N/H/L C1251N/H C801/1251NI G45 12.5 G46 25 G47 22 G48 44 G49 70 G50 170 G51 340 K2 70 K47 170 K48 340 P6 90 P53 119 P54 14 T13 11

Merlin Gerin

153

Compact: wiring diagrams

legend

symbols
ACP BA BP BP1 : auxiliaries control plate : controller : latching "off" push-button : SDTAM reset button MX MT O OF1/ OF2/ OF3 ON OR : shunt release : motor mechanism module : opening order : changeover switch Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green GY : grey OR : orange RD : red VT : violet WH : white YE : yellow
Note: All diagrams are shown with circuits deenergised, all devices open and relays in normal position.

CAF1/ : early-make switch of rotary handle CAF2 CAO : early-break switch of rotary handle (convertible to CAF) : disconnected position indication contact : connected position indication contact : closing order : breaker for the protection of auxiliary circuits : QN-closing order : QR-closing order : tripped position signal lamp : motor mechanism in manual position signal lamp : QN-closing order : QR-closing order : terminal block and electrical interlocking unit : auxiliary relay

: QN-opening order : QR-opening order

CAO1 : early-break switch of rotary handle CD CE F F1 FN FR H1 H2 IN IR IVE KA1/ KA2/ KA3 KM1 KT KR KG L1 L2 MN

Options: C : communication (COM) F : fault indications R : load monitoring T : residual current type earth fault protection Z : zone selective interlocking Q Q1 : Compact breaker : circuit breaker supplying and protecting the automatic control circuits for the "Normal" source : circuit breaker supplying and protecting the automatic control circuits for the "Replacement" source : normal-source circuit breaker : replacement-source circuit breaker : reset order : bistable relay Telemecanique: RHK-41 : QN-breaker reset order : QN-breaker reset order : trip indication switch : fault indication switch : earth fault indication switch : load-shedding control signal : controller : normal-source voltage : replacement-source voltage

Q2

QN QR R RHK RN

: power contactor : forced operation on replacementsource control signal : additional check before transfer : engine-generator set control signal : "normal" source fault indication lamp : "replacement" source fault indication lamp : undervoltage release

RR SD SDE SDV SH UA UN UR

SDTAM : thermal fault early break signal

154

Merlin Gerin

Compact: wiring diagrams

Compact NS80H-MA Compact NSC100N


with OF1 and CAO1
E43821 E43822

with OF1 and CAF1/CAF2


92 94 12 14
12 14
WH RD

D1

C1

YE

VT

OF1

CAO1

OF1

CAF1

CAF2

dclencheur trip unit MN (1)

MX

SD

D4

C2

91

11
GY

11
WH RD

(1) MN or MX

with MN
E43823

with MX
CN1 - CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2
E43824

CN1

- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2

F1

F1

ordre de tripping order dclenchement H1 D1 92 94

ordre de tripping dclenchement order

H1

D1

92

94

dclencheur trip unit

dclencheur trip unit

MN SD

MX SD

D4

91

D4

91

Symbols Q SD OF1 MN MX CAO1 CAF1/CAF2 F1 H1


Merlin Gerin

: Compact NS : trip indication switch : changeover switch : undervoltage release : shunt release : early-break switch of rotary handle : early-make switch of rotary handle : breaker for the protection of MN/MX : tripped position signal lamp

Note: Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

155

Compact: wiring diagrams

Compact NS100 to NS250 auxiliary circuits


manually operated circuit breaker
GY GY
E18916

314

312 352

354

D1 C1

92

94 12

14 22

24

82

84

CE

D1 C1

92

94 12

14 22

24 72

74 82

84

OF1

OF2

CAF1

CAF2

CAO1

dclencheur trip unit MN (1) MX SD SDV 21


GY

(2)

SDE

Id

Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS250 SD : trip indication switch SDE : fault indication switch SDV : earth fault indication switch OF1/ : changeover switches OF2 MN : undervoltage release MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism module CAF1/ : early-make switch of rotary handle CAF2 CAO1 : early-break switch of rotary handle CE : connected positon indication contact CD : disconnected position indication contact
(1) : MN or MX. (2) : for the withdrawable or plug-in versions, SDV and OF2 switches can be installed in the breaker, but only one can be connected to the automatic auxiliary connectors. (3) : wires supplied, must be connected to ensure correct operation. Note: Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

WH

VT

VT

WH

GN

GN

RD

RD

YE

YE

VT

VT

D4
BL

C2
OR BL

91
GY

11

71
BK

81

CD 311
YE YE

351

D4

C2

91

11

21

81
WH GY RD

circuit breaker with motor mechanism


GY
E18917

RD

YE

VT

314

312 352

354

D1 C1

92

94 12

14 22

24

84

A2

A4

B4

WH

GN

WH

RD

YE

YE

OR

VT

D1 C1

92

94 12

14 22

24 72

RD

CE

VT

74 82

84

B2

A2

A4

BL

GN (3)

B4

Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green GY : grey OR : orange RD : red VT : violet WH : white YE : yellow

GY

VT

VT

OF1

OF2 MT

dclencheur trip unit MN (1) MX SD BK (3) SDV 21 A1 (2) SDE

Id

D4

C2

91

11

71

81

L1

OR

CD 311 351 D4 C2 91 11 21 A1 L1

YE

auxiliary wiring connection plug-in / withdrawable breaker


Connection on automatic auxiliary connectors (wiring cross-sections 0.75 to 2.5 mm2).
E43816

YE

BL

Manual auxiliary connectors (wiring cross-sections 0.75 to 2.5 mm2).


E43817

11 91

12 92

14 94

21

71

22

72

24

74

B4 A4 A2

24 22 21

74 72 71

84 82 81

D4 C2 D1 C1

GN

GY

GY

BK

BL

14 12 11

94 92 91

81

A1

82

L1

84

L1 A1

Fixed part (rear view).


D1 C1 C2 D4 A2 A4 B4

Fixed part (front view / looking into base)

156

Merlin Gerin

Compact: wiring diagrams

Compact NS400 to NS630 auxiliary circuits


manually operated circuit breaker
GY GY WH VT VT RD E22042

314

312 352

354

Z11 e+ T1

D1 C1

92

94 12

14 22

24 32

24

82

84

CE

D1 C1

92

94 12

14 22

24 32

34 72

74 82

84

OF1

OF2

OF3

CAF1

CAF2

CAO1

dclencheur (3) trip unit (3) MN (1) MX SD SDV 21


GY GY

(2)

SDE

Id

WH

D4
RD BL BL

C2
OR BL

91
GY

11

31

71

81

Symbols Q : Compact NS400 to NS630 SD : trip indication switch SDE : fault indication switch SDV : earth fault indication switch OF1/ : changeover switches OF2/ OF3 MN : undervoltage release MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism module CAF1/ : early-make switch of rotary handle CAF2 CAO1 : early-break switch of rotary handle CE : connected positon indication contact CD : disconnected position indication contact
(1) : MN or MX. (2) : for the withdrawable or plug-in versions, SDV and OF2 switches can be installed in the breaker, but only one can be connected to the automatic auxiliary connectors. (3) : options only available for trip unit STR53UE. (4) : wires supplied, must be connected to ensure correct operation. Note: Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

WH

GN

GN

OR

GN

RD

BK

CD 311
YE YE

351

Z12 e

VT

RD

YE

YE

VT

VT

YE

T2

D4

C2

91

11

21

31

81
WH GY A4 B4 BL RD

circuit breaker with motor mechanism


GY GY VT E22043 VT 314 312 352 354
Z11 e+ T1

D1 C1

92

94 12

14 22

24 32

34

84

A2

WH

GN

OR

GN

WH

RD

BK

YE

YE

YE

D1 C1

92

94 12

14 22

24 32

34 72

RD

CE

OR

VT

VT

VT

GN (4) 74 82 84 B2

YE

VT

A2

A4

B4

OF1

OF2

OF3 MT

dclencheur (3) trip unit (3) MN (1) MX SD BK (4) SDV 21 GY GY 31 A1 (2) SDE

Id

Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green GY : grey OR : orange RD : red VT : violet WH : white YE : yellow

WH

D4 RD BL BL

C2 OR BL

91 GY

11

71

81 BK

L1 GN

CD 311 YE YE 351
Z12 e

T2

D4

C2

91

11

21

31

A1

L1

auxiliary wiring connection plug-in / withdrawable breaker


Connection on automatic auxiliary connectors (wiring cross-sections 0.75 to 2.5 mm2).
E43818 E43819

Manual auxiliary connectors (wiring cross-sections 0.75 to 2.5 mm2).


34

11 91

12 92

14 94

21 81

22 82

24 84

31

71

32

72

74

T2 R2 T1 R1 Z12

34 32 31

_ e e+
Z11

A1

L1

Z11

e+

_ e

B4
D1 C1 C2 D4 A2 A4 B4 Z12 T1 R1 T2 R2

24 22 21

74 72 71

84 82 81

D4 C2 D1 C1

14 12 11

94 92 91

A4 A2

L1 A1

Fixed part (front view / looking into base)

Fixed part (rear view).

Merlin Gerin

157

Compact: wiring diagrams

Compact NS100 to NS630 motor mechanism


automatic reset with MN
E43825

CN1

- CN1 + CN2 - CN2

F1

F ordre de tripping order dclenchement (2) D1 H1

O H2

A2

A4

B4

Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 SDE : fault indication switch MN : undervoltage release MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism module F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits and MN/MX H1 : tripped position signal lamp H2 : motor mechanism in manual position signal lamp F : closing order orders O : opening order should not be (must be >150 ms) simultaneous
(1) : wires supplied, must be connected to ensure correct operation.

RD

WH

WH

OR

BL

GN (1) 84 B2

D1

82

A2

A4

B4

(2) : tripping order must lock out closing order. Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually.

Q MT SDE MN BK (1)

dclencheur trip unit

Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

D4

A1

GN

D4 BL

81 BK

A1

L1

Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green OR : orange RD : red WH: white

L1

automatic reset with MX


E43826

CN1

- CN1 + CN2 - CN2

F1

F H1

O H2

tripping ordre de dclenchement order (2) (2)


C1 A2 A4 B4

RD

WH

WH

OR A2 A4

C1

82

84

B2

BL B4 GN L1 L1

GN (1)

Q MT SDE MX BK (1)

dclencheur trip unit

OR

C2

81 BK

A1

C2

A1

158

Merlin Gerin

automatic reset without auxiliary


E43827

CN1

- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2

F1

H1

Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 SDE : fault indication switch MT : motor mechanism module F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits H1 : tripped position signal lamp H2 : motor mechanism in manual position signal lamp F : closing order orders O : opening order should not be (must be >150 ms) simultaneous
O H2 A2 A4 B4

(1) : wires supplied, must be connected to ensure correct operation. Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

RD

WH

OR
A2 A4

82

84

B2

BL
B4

GN (1)

Q MT SDE

dclencheur trip unit

BK (1)

A1

GN

81

A1

L1

Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green OR : orange RD : red WH: white

BK

L1

control via switch or relay


with MN/MX
E43838 E43839

O
locked by par vrouillage trippingde l'ordre order dclenchement

vrouillage locked by par trippingde l'ordre order dclenchement

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

82

81

82

81

Controlled by switch.

Controlled by relay.

without auxiliary
E43840 E43841

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

82

81

82

81

Controlled by switch.
Merlin Gerin

Controlled by relay. 159

Compact: wiring diagrams

Compact NS100 to NS630 motor mechanism


remote reset with MN
E43834

CN1

- CN1 + CN2 - CN2

F1

R ordre de tripping order dclenchement (3) (3) D1 84

O H2

A2

A4

B4

OR

(1) 82 84 B2

D1

A2

A4

BL

RD

Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 SDE : fault indication switch MN : undervoltage release MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism module F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits and MN/MX H2 : motor mechanism in manual position signal lamp R : load monitoring option (must be >150 ms) orders F : closing order should not be O : opening order simultaneous (must be >150 ms) F order has priority
(1) : wires supplied, must be connected to ensure correct operation.

WH

WH

B4

Q MT (2) MN SDE

(2) : connect SDE terminal 81 to auxiliary connector terminal 84. (3) : tripping order must lock out closing order. Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
dclencheur trip unit

GN

D4
BL

81
BK

A1

L1

D4

A1

L1

Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green OR : orange RD : red WH: white

remote reset with MX


E43835

CN1

- CN1 + CN2 - CN2

F1

O H2

ordre de dclenchement tripping (3) order (3) C1 84 A2 A4 B4

WH

OR A2 A4

(1) 82 84 B2

C1

BL B4 GN L1 L1

RD

Q MT (2) MX SDE

dclencheur trip unit

OR

C1

81 BK

A1

C2

A1

WH

160

Merlin Gerin

remote reset without auxiliary


E43836

CN1

- CN1 + CN2 - CN2

F1

O H2

84

A2

A4

B4

Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 SDE : fault indication switch MT : motor mechanism module F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits H2 : motor mechanism in manual position signal lamp R : load monitoring option (must be >150 ms) orders F : closing order should not be O : opening order simultaneous (must be >150 ms) F order has priority
(1) : wires supplied, must be connected to ensure correct operation.

OR
A2 A4

(1) 82 84 B2

BL
B4

RD

WH

(2) : connect SDE terminal 81 to auxiliary connector terminal 84. Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

Q MT (2) SDE

dclencheur trip unit

A1

GN

81

A1

L1

L1

Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green OR : orange RD : red WH: white

control via switch or relay


with MN/MX
E43914 E43915

BK

2 R

O R vrouillage par locked by tripping l'ordre de order dclenchement

locked by vrouillage par tripping l'ordre de order dclenchement

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

81

81

Controlled by switch.

Controlled by relay.

without auxiliary
E43916 E43917

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

81

81

Controlled by switch.
Merlin Gerin

Controlled by relay. 161

Compact: wiring diagrams

Compact NS100 to NS630 motor mechanism


local manual reset with MN
E43837

CN1

- CN1 + CN2 - CN2

F1

F ordre de tripping dclenchement H1

O H2

order

D1

84

A2

A4

B4

Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 SDE : fault indication switch MN : undervoltage release MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism module F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits and MN/MX H1 : electrical fault signal lamp H2 : motor mechanism in manual position signal lamp F : closing order orders O : opening order should not be (must be >150 ms) simultaneous F order has priority
(1) (2) : required to ensure correct indication of an electrical fault. Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually.

WH

WH

OR

RD

D1

82

84

B2

A2

A4

BL

B4

Q MT SDE (2) MN (1)

dclencheur trip unit

Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

BL

D4

A1

GN

D4

81
BK

A1

L1

Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green OR : orange RD : red WH: white

L1

local manual reset with MX


E43919

CN1

- CN1 + CN2 - CN2

F1

F H1 ordre de tripping dclenchement

O H2

order

C1

84

A2

A4

B4

WH

WH

OR

RD

C1

82

84

B2

A2

A4

BL

B4

Q MT SDE (2) MX (1)

dclencheur trip unit

OR

C2

A1

GN

C2

81
BK

A1

L1

L1

162

Merlin Gerin

local manual reset without auxiliary


E43920

CN1

- CN1 + CN2 - CN2

F1

F H1

O H2

Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 SDE : fault indication switch MT : motor mechanism module F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits H1 : electrical fault signal lamp H2 : motor mechanism in manual position signal lamp F : closing order O : opening order orders (must be >150 ms) should not be F order has priority simultaneous
(1) (2) : required to ensure correct indication of an electrical fault. Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

84

A2

A4

B4

WH

OR

RD

82

84

B2

A2

A4

BL

B4

Q MT SDE (2)

dclencheur trip unit

(1)

A1

GN

81
BK

A1

L1

Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green OR : orange RD : red WH: white

L1

control via switch or relay


with MN/MX
E43844 E43845

O
locked by par vrouillage tripping l'ordre de order dclenchement

locked by par vrouillage trippingde l'ordre order dclenchement

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

81

81

Controlled by switch.

Controlled by relay.

without auxiliary
E43912 E43913

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

81

81

Controlled by switch.
Merlin Gerin

Controlled by relay. 163

Compact: wiring diagrams

Compact C801 to C1251 auxiliary circuits


manually operated circuit breaker
E43972
314 312 324 322 352 354 362 364 D1 C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34

WH

GN

RD

RD

GN

YE

YE

VT

D1

C1

92

94 12

14 22

VT

24 32

34 82

84

102

YE
CAO 81

104

OF1

OF2

OF3

dclencheur trip unit MN (1) MX SD

SDE

GY

GY

BK

OR

BK

BL

BK

D4

C2

91

11

21

31

101

CD 311 321

CD 351 361 D4 C2 91 11 21 31

circuit breaker with motor mechanism


type T
E43973
314 312 324 322 352 354 362 364 D1 C1 92 94 12 14 22 24 32 34 A2 A4 B4

GY

VT

CE

CE

GN

RD

type TS
E43974
A2 A4 B4

WH

GN

RD

YE

GN

RD

RD

GN

GN

RD

D1

C1

92

94 12

14 22

24 32

RD

YE

YE

VT

VT

CE

CE

34 82

84

B2

A2

A4

B4

82

84

A2

A4

RD

VT

YE

VT

B4

OF1

OF2

OF3 MT (2)

trip unit MN (1) MX SD SDE

MT (3) SDE

GY

GY

BK

OR

BK

D4
BL

C2

BK

GN

BK

BK

GY

91

11

21

31

81
GY

A1

151

152

81

A1
BK

B1

CD 311 321

CD 351 361 D4 C2 91 11 21 31 (3) A1 B2 B1


A1 B1

Caution: the opening and closing orders are of the impulse type. For maintained orders, terminal B4 must not be connected.

E43973-1

Symbols Q : Compact C801 to C1251 MN : undervoltage release MX : shunt release SD : trip indication switch OF1/ : changeover switches OF2/ OF3 SDE : fault indication switch MT : motor mechanism module CE : connected position indication contact CD : disconnected position indication contact CAO : early-break switch of rotary handle (convertible to CAF)

Legend
(1) : MN or MX. (2) : motor mechanism type T. (3) : motor mechanism type TS. Note: Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green GY : grey OR : orange RD : red VT : violet WH : white YE : yellow Auxiliary wiring connections Fixed or withdrawable device connected to auxiliary connector.
22 31 34 A2 B1 B4 21 12 24 91 32 94 A1 C2 A4 B2

11

14

92

C1 D1

D4

Connection by 6.35 mm tab connectors and 0.6 to 2.5 mm2 wires.

164

Merlin Gerin

circuit breaker equipped with a trip unit


trip unit STR55UE T/R/F - STR45AE T/R/F
E43975 E43980

trip unit STR55UE T/R/F/C - STR45AE T/R/FC

P1

S2
(4)

P1

S2
(4)

P2

S1

P2

S1

(2)

(6)

(5)
R1 R2

(2) (C)
Z11 Z12 T1 T2 e+ e-

Z11 Z12 T1 T2

Q dclencheur (1) trip unit

Q dclencheur (1) trip unit

Z21 Z22 F11 F12 R3 R4

Z21 Z22 F11 F12

(3)

(6)

(3)

auxiliary source

auxiliary source

ili i

(1) : STR55UE RF / STR55UE TRF STR45AE RF / STR45AE TRF.

(1) : STR55UE FC / STR55UE RFC / STR55UE TRF / STR55UE TRFC STR45AE RFC / STR45AE TRFC (R function included in C function).

trip unit STR45BE T/R/C


E43981

P1

S2
(4)

P2

S1

(2) (C)
Z11 Z12 T1 T2 e
+

(2) : zone selective interlocking with the upstream circuit breaker (remove jumper), Lmax = 20m (twisted wires recommended). (3) : zone selective interlocking with the downstream circuit breaker (remove jumper), Lmax = 20m (twisted wires recommended). (4) : wiring specifications: - cross-sectional area: 1.5 mm2 (whether twisted or not) - maximum length: 15 meters - S2 earthed. (5) : contact (Ic1) for the version STR55UE TRF (terminals R1-R2). (6) : T1 - T2 or R3 - R4 for withdrawable versions.

e-

Q dclencheur (1) trip unit

Z21 Z22

(3)

(1) : STR45BE C / STR45BE RC / STR45BE TC STR45BE TRC (R function included in C function).

Symbols Q : Compact C801 to C1251 C : communication (COM) F : fault indications R : load monitoring T : residual current type earth fault protection Z : zone selective interlocking
Note: All diagrams are shown with circuits de-energised, all devices open and relays in normal position.
Merlin Gerin

Auxiliary wiring connections Fixed or withdrawable device connected to auxiliary connector.


E43973-2

e+ R1 e R2

T1

Z11 Z12

Z21 F12

F11 Z22

R3 T2 R4

Connection by 6.35 mm tab connectors and 0.6 to 2.5 mm2 wires.

165

Compact: wiring diagrams

Compact C801 to C1251 T motor mechanism


automatic reset with MN
E43960

CN1

- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2

F1

ordre tripping de dclenchement order (1) (1)

D1

94

A2

A4

B4

Symbols Q : Compact C801 to C1251 SDE : fault indication switch SD : trip indication switch OF1/ : changeover switches OF2/ OF3 MN : undervoltage release MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism module (type T) F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits and MN/MX F : closing order orders should not be O : opening order simultaneous
(1) : tripping order must lock out closing order.

WH

RD

GN

D1

92

94 12

14 22

24 32

34 82

84

B2

A2

A4

RD B4

YE

VT

Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually.
Q OF1 OF2 OF3 MT SD MN SDE

Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

dclencheur trip unit

BK

BL

GY

GN

D4

91

11

21

31

81

A1

151

152

D4

91

A1

B2

Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green GY : grey OR : orange RD : red VT : violet WH : white YE : yellow

automatic reset with MX


E43961

CN1

- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2

F1

BK

ordretripping de dclenchement order (1) (1)

C1

94

A2

A4

B4

WH

RD

GN

C1

92

94 12

14 22

24 32

34 82

84

B2

A2

A4

RD
B4 151 152 B2

YE
A1 A1

OF1

OF2

OF3 MT

dclencheur trip unit SD MX SDE

OR

BK

C2

91

GY

GN

C2

91

11

21

31

BK

81

VT

166

Merlin Gerin

automatic reset without auxiliary


E43962

CN1

- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2

F1

Symbols Q : Compact C801 to C1251 SDE : fault indication switch SD : trip indication switch OF1/ : changeover switches OF2/ OF3 MT : motor mechanism module (type T) F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits F : closing order orders should not be O : opening order simultaneous
A4 B4

94

A2

RD

GN

RD

YE

VT

Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

92

94 12

14 22

24 32

34 82

84

B2

A2

A4

B4

OF1

OF2

OF3 MT

dclencheur trip unit SD SDE

Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black GN : green GY : grey RD : red VT : violet YE : yellow
151 152

BK

GY

GN

91

11

21

31

BK

81

A1

91

A1

B2

control via switch or relay


with MN/MX
E43921 E43922

F verrouillage locked by par l'ordre trippingde dclenchement order

verrouillage locked by par l'ordre trippingde order dclenchement

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

82

82

Controlled by switch.

Controlled by relay.

without auxiliary
E43923 E43924

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

82

82

Controlled by switch.
Merlin Gerin

Controlled by relay. 167

Compact: wiring diagrams

Compact C801 to C1251 T motor mechanism


local manual reset with MN
E43982

CN1

- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2

F1

F H1

ordre de tripping dclenchement (1)order (1)

Symbols Q : Compact C801 to C1251 SDE : fault indication switch MN : undervoltage release MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism module (type T) F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits and MN/MX H1 : electrical fault signal lamp F : closing order orders should not be O : opening order simultaneous
A4 B4

D1

A2

(1) : tripping order must lock out closing order. Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

WH

GN

D1

RD

82

84

B2

A2

A4

RD

YE

VT

B4

dclencheur trip unit SDE MN

MT

GY

BL

D4

A1

GN

D4

81

A1

151

152

B2

Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green GY : grey OR : orange RD : red VT : violet WH : white YE : yellow

local manual reset with MX


E43983

CN1

- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2

F1

BK

F H1

ordre de tripping dclenchement (1) order (1)

C1

A2

A4

B4

WH

GN

RD

C1

82

84

B2

A2

A4

RD

YE

VT

B4

dclencheur trip unit SDE MX

MT

BK

OR

GY

GN

C2

81

A1

151

152

C2

A1

B2

170

Merlin Gerin

local manual reset without auxiliary


E43984

CN1

- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2

F1

Symbols Q : Compact C801 to C1251 SDE : fault indication switch MT : motor mechanism module (type T) F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits H1 : electrical fault signal lamp F : closing order orders should not be O : opening order simultaneous
Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually.
A4 B4

H1

A2

Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

GN

RD

RD

YE

VT

82

84

B2

A2

A4

B4

dclencheur trip unit SDE

MT

Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black GN : green GY : grey RD : red VT : violet YE : yellow

BK

GY

GN

81

A1

151

152

A1

B2

control via switch or relay


with MN/MX
E43971 E43970

verrouillage par locked by l'ordre de tripping order dclenchement B2 A2 MT A4 B4

verrouillage locked by par l'ordre de tripping order dclenchement B2 A2 MT A4 B4

Controlled by switch.

Controlled by relay.

without auxiliary
E43929 E43930

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

B2

A2 MT

A4

B4

Controlled by switch.
Merlin Gerin

Controlled by relay. 171

Compact: wiring diagrams

Compact C801 to C1251 TS motor mechanism


remote reset without auxiliary
E43963

CN1

- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2

F1

Symbols Q : Compact C801 to C1251 SDE : fault indication switch MT : motor mechanism module (type TS) F1 : breaker for the protection of the motor mechanism module circuits and MN/MX H1 : tripped position signal lamp F : closing order orders should not be O : opening order simultaneous
O H1 F

A2

A4

B4

Caution: the opening and closing orders are of the impulse type. For maintained orders, terminal B4 must not be connected.
Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

GN

82

RD

A2

A4

RD
B4

YE

VT

dclencheur trip unit SDE

MT

GY

A1

BK

81

A1

B1

Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black GN : green GY : grey RD : red VT : violet YE : yellow

BK

B1

172

Merlin Gerin

control via switch or relay


without MN/MX
E43931 E43956

1 F O

2 F O

A2 MT 82

A4

B4

A2 MT 82

A4

B4

Controlled by switch.

Controlled by relay.

Merlin Gerin

173

Compact: wiring diagrams

automatic source-changeover systems Compact NS100 to NS630


source-changeover systems without controller
E28449

local reset
E29491

without auxiliary
N

11 12 13 14 15 16

N
IVE

R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

22

24

82

84

B2

A2

A4

B4

remote reset
QN
OF2

MT
dclencheur trip unit
SDE

E29492

11 12 13 14 15 16

N
IVE

R
21 81 A1 L1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

RN

RR

automatic reset
22 24 82 84 B2 A2 A4 B4

QR
OF2

11 12 13 14 15 16

MT
dclencheur trip unit
SDE

(1) (1)

N
IVE

R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

21

81

A1

L1

Symbols QN : "normal-source" Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism QR : "replacement-source" Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism SDE : fault indication switch IVE : terminal block and electrical interlocking unit 174

MT OF2 RN RR

: : : :

motor mechanism contact position indication switch QN-breaker reset order QR-breaker reset order

Note: Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

(1) : factory wiring: cannot be modified.

Merlin Gerin

recommended control system

E43832

L1 L2 11 12 13 14 15 84 84 16

N
SDE"N" SDE"R"

(2) R

(2)
81 81

IVE

10

ON OR FN FR

order de transfert sur ordre for transfer to la source "remplacement" "replacement" source (1) (1) order for return transfer to ordre de retour sur la source source (1) "normal" "normal" (1)

(1) : the orders for transfers between the "normal" and "replacement" sources must be electrically interlocked. (2) : simplified wiring diagram. The SDE signals are transmitted to the IVE unit. The SDE contacts are fitted in the circuit breakers.

CN 1 CN 2

+ CN 1 + CN 2

IVE operation
E27119

ON IN

I O I O
>150 ms

OR IR

I O I O
>150 ms

QN

I O
250 ms 500 ms

QR

I O
250 ms 500 ms 250 ms

Symbols FN : QN-closing order FR : QR-closing order ON : QN-opening order OR : QR-opening order IN : QN-closing order IR : QR-closing order L1 : "normal" source fault indication lamp L2 : "remplacement" source fault indication lamp QN : normal-source Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism QR : replacement-source Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism Wire cross-sections: 1.5 to 2.5 mm2.

Following voluntary tripping See page 158 for information on motormechanism connection. Terminals 1, 2, 3 and 4 may be short-circuited for immediate, automatic resetting. A local or voluntary remote reset possibility may be implemented by modifying the wiring of these terminals (see opposite page). Following fault tripping Following an electrical fault (overload, shortcircuit, earth fault), a manual reset on the front panel of the motor mechanism is mandatory.

Legend c O position: circuit open c I position: circuit closed : no effect O or I. c

Merlin Gerin

175

Compact: wiring diagram

automatic source-changeover systems Compact NS100 to NS630


source-changeover systems without controller
with emergency off by MN / automatic reset
E43988

NORMAL

D1

D1

22

24

82

84

B2

A2

A4

B4

QN
OF2 MT dclencheur trip unit SDE

MN

D4

21

81

A1

L1

D4

CN1

- CN1 +

(2)

REPLACEMENT REMPLACEMENT
KA3

BP
KA3

CN2
D1

- CN2

D1

22

24

82

84

B2

A2

A4

B4

Automatic reset Rarmement automatique


QR
OF2 MT dclencheur trip unit SDE

(1) (1)

N IVE R
1 KA3 2 3 KA3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

MN

D4

21

81

A1

L1

D4

Symbols QN : "normal-source" Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism QR : "replacement-source" Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism MN : undervoltage release OF2 : contact position indication switch SDE : fault indication switch MT : motor mechanism IVE : terminal block and electrical interlocking unit BP : latching "off" push-button 176

KA3 : auxiliary relay


(1) : prefabricated wiring supplied (2) : independent auxiliary source

Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

Merlin Gerin

source-changeover systems without controller


with emergency off by MX / automatic reset
E4398

NORMAL

CN4 CN3

- CN4 - CN3 +

(2)

ordre de order dclenchement

tripping

KA1

KA1

C1

22

24

82

84

B2

A2

A4

B4

QN
OF2 MT dclencheur trip unit SDE
MX

C2

21

81

A1

L1

REPLACEMENT REMPLACEMENT CN6


CN5
ordre de tripping dclenchement

- CN6 - CN5 +

(2)

order

KA2

KA2

Automatic automatique Rarmementreset


C1

22

24

82

84

B2

A2

A4

B4

(1)

QR
OF2 MT dclencheur trip unit SDE
MX

N IVE R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

(1)

KA1

(3)

KA2

C2

21

81

A1

L1

Symbols QN : "normal-source" Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism QR : "replacement-source" Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism SDE : fault indication switch OF2 : contact position indication switch MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism IVE : terminal block and electrical interlocking unit

KA1 : time delayed auxiliary relay KA2


(1) : prefabricated wiring supplied (2) : this source can be - the source present for installation with voltage monitoring - an independent source. In both cases, protection must be provided for the MX. (3) : the reset orders must be delayed by 0.3 seconds.

Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

Merlin Gerin

177

Compact: wiring diagrams

automatic source-changeover systems Compact C801 to C1251


source-changeover systems without controller
without auxiliary
E33074

NORMAL

92

94 12

14 22

24 32

34 82

84

152

A4

A2

B2

B4

QN OF1 OF2 OF3 MT SDE

dclencheur trip unit

SD

91

11

21

31

81

151

A1

(1)

REPLACEMENT REMPLACEMENT

(1)

IVE R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

92

94 12

14 22

24 32

34 82

84

152

A4

A2

B2

B4

QR OF1 OF2 OF3 MT SDE

dclencheur trip unit

SD

91

11

21

31

81

151

A1

Symbols QN : normal-source Compact C circuit breaker with motor mechanism QR : replacement-source Compact C circuit breaker with motor mechanism SD : trip indication switch SDE : fault indication switch OF1 : contact position indication switches OF2 OF3 MT : motor mechanism IVE : electrical interlocking and terminal block RN : QN-reset order RR : QR-reset order
(1) factory wiring: cannot be modified

Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, manual local resetting is required. Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

178

Merlin Gerin

recommended control system

E43832

L1 L2 11 12 13 14 15 84 84 16

N
SDE"N" SDE"R"

(2) R

(2)
81 81

IVE

10

ON OR FN FR

order for transfer to ordre de transfert sur "replacement" source (1) la source "remplacement" (1) order for return transfer to ordre de retour sur la source source (1) "normal" "normal" (1)

(1) : the orders for transfers between the "normal" and "replacement" sources must be electrically interlocked. (2) : simplified wiring diagram. The SDE signals are transmitted to the IVE unit. The SDE contacts are fitted in the circuit breakers.

CN 1 CN 2

+ CN 1 + CN 2

IVE operation
E27119

ON IN

I O I O
>150 ms

OR IR

I O I O
>150 ms

QN

I O
1s 500 ms

QR

I O
1s 500 ms 1s

Symbols FN : QN-closing order FR : QR-closing order QN : normal-source Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism QR : replacement-source Compact NS circuit breaker with motor mechanism ON : QN-opening OR : QR-opening IN : QN-closing IR : QR-closing L1 : "normal" source fault indication lamp L2 : "replacement" source fault indication lamp Wire cross-sections: 1.5 to 2.5 mm2.

Following tripping Whatever the cause (overload, short-circuit, earth fault, voluntary), a manual reset on the front panel of the motor mechanism is mandatory.

Legend c O position: circuit open c I position: circuit closed : no effect O or I. c

Merlin Gerin

179

Compact: wiring diagram

automatic source-changeover systems Compact C801 to C1251


source-changeover systems without controller
with emergency off by MN / local manual reset
E43985

CN2 NORMAL

- CN2 CN1

(2)

- CN1 +

tripping order dclenchement

ordre de

D1

92

94 12

14 22

24 32

34 82

84

152

A4

A2

B2

B4

QN OF1 OF2 OF3 MT SDE MN SD

dclencheur trip unit

D4

91

11

21

31

81

151

A1

(1)

REPLACEMENT REMPLACEMENT

(1)

IVE R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

D1

92

94 12

14 22

24 32

34 82

84

152

A4

A2

B2

B4

QR OF1 OF2 OF3 MT SDE MN SD

dclencheur trip unit

D4

91

11

21

31

81

151

A1

Symbols QN : Compact C "Normal" circuit breaker with motor mechanism QR : replacement-source Compact C circuit breaker with motor mechanism SDE : fault indication switch SD : trip indication switch OF1/ : changeover switches OF2/ OF3 MN : undervoltage release MT : motor mechanism module (type T)
(1) : prefabricated wiring supplied (2) : independent auxiliary source

Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

180

Merlin Gerin

source-changeover systems without controller


with emergency off by MX / local manual reset
E43986

CN2 NORMAL

- CN2 CN1

(2)

- CN1 + ordre de tripping order dclenchement

C1

92

94 12

14 22

24 32

34 82

84

152

A4

A2

B2

B4

QN OF1 OF2 OF3 MT SDE MX SD

dclencheur trip unit

C2

91

11

21

31

81

151

A1

(1)

REPLACEMENT REMPLACEMENT

(1)

IVE R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

C1

92

94 12

14 22

24 32

34 82

84

152

A4

A2

B2

B4

QR OF1 OF2 OF3 MT SDE MX SD

dclencheur trip unit

C2

91

11

21

31

81

151

A1

Symbols QN : Compact C "Normal" circuit breaker with motor mechanism QR : replacement-source Compact C circuit breaker with motor mechanism SDE : fault indication switch SD : trip indication switch OF1/ : changeover switches OF2/ OF3 MX : shunt release MT : motor mechanism module (type T)
(1) : prefabricated wiring supplied. (2) : this source can be: - the source present for installation with voltage monitoring, - an independent source. In both cases, protection must be provided for the MX.

Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

Merlin Gerin

181

Compact: wiring diagram

automatic source-changeover systems Compact NS and C


source-changeover systems with controller BA
E33075

indication
E43968 f

N R auto stop

selecteur selector

23 22

14 13 16 15 11 12 10 9 5 7
1 3 5 1 3 5

6 8

Q1

Q2

transfer conditions
E43969 f

ACP

2 N O L 17 18 20 21

R E 25

24

10

25

si contact ferm if contact closed

ordre de permutation voluntary transfer volontaire (ex: EJP)

24

25

Connectors 20 and 21: additional check contact (not carried out by the controller)

23 22

BA

17 18 20 21

11 12

13 14 15 16 10

11 12 13 14 15 16

IVE
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

enlever remove for C801/1251 pour C801/1251

Symbols Q1 : circuit breaker supplying and protecting the automatic control circuits for the "Normal" source Q2 : circuit breaker supplying and protecting the automatic control circuits for the "Replacement" source ACP : auxiliaries control plate BA : controller IVE : electrical interlocking and terminal block unit

Note: Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

Tests on "Normal" and "Replacement" voltages Single-phase check for UN and UR: tested across terminals 1 and 5 of circuit breakers Q1 and Q2.

182

Merlin Gerin

operation
E27121

UN or KT

I O I UR O I KR O I O I QR O

QN

T1 0,130 s 0.130 s

500 ms

250 ms

T2 0,1240s 0.130 s

500 ms

250 ms

Inputs UN : normal-source voltage UR : replacement-source voltage KT : forced operation on replacementsource control signal KR : additional check before transfer. Outputs QN : normal-source circuit breaker QR : replacement-source circuit breaker.

Important If UR is not in I state when the transfer order (KT or UN) is given, transfer is not carried out. If KR is not in I state when the transfer order (KT or UN) is given, transfer takes place only once KR has changed to I state.

Legend c O position: circuit open c I position: circuit closed : no effect O or I. c

Merlin Gerin

183

Compact: wiring diagram

automatic source-changeover systems Compact NS and C


source-changeover systems with controller UA
E43965 E43918

load-shedding and genset management


N R auto stop

selecteur dlestage dmarrage groupe selector load shedding generator order start-up order

23 22

27 26 28

30 29 31

14 13 16 15 11 12 10 9 5 7

6 8

Q1

Q2

ACP
E43964

transfer conditions
10 R E 25

24

24 N O L
A B C 01

17 18 20 21

R E 25

see "normal" UN voir tableau contrle de la test table tension "normal" UN

/ voltage A=0 1 phase control A=1 3 phases control


N

si contact ferm if contact closed

EJP / voluntary B=0 N=off fault B=1 N=on generator


24 N O L R E 25

C=0 t6=120s t max C=1 t6=180s start generator

ordre de permutation volontaire (ex: EJP) voluntary transfer

23 22

Connectors 20 and 21 : additional a check contact (not carried out by the controller)
UA

17 18 20 21

11 12

13 14 15 16 10

"Normal" and "Replacement" UN tests


"Normal" UN test
ref. UA ref. UA150
tension d'alimentation supply position switch de l'interrupteur position

29472 29474

29472 29474

29473 29475

/ / N/N 380/415VCA voltage 220/240VCA 220/240VAC 380/415VAC 220/240VAC 220/240VCA 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 440V - 60Hz N

11 12 13 14 15 16

A=0
N

1L1 3L2 5L3

1L1 3L2 5L3

1L1 3L2 5L3

IVE
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Q1

Q1

Q1

enlever remove for C801/1251 pour C801/1251

A=1

1L1 3L2 5L3

1L1 3L2 5L3

Q1

Q1

"Replacement" UR test Single-phase check for voltage UR across terminals 1 and 5 of circuit breaker Q2.

Symbols Q1 : circuit breaker supplying and protecting the automatic control circuits for the "Normal" source Q2 : circuit breaker supplying and protecting the automatic control circuits for the "Replacement" source ACP : auxiliaries control plate UA : controller IVE : electrical interlocking and terminal block unit

Note: Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

184

Merlin Gerin

controller operating parameters


E43966 E43967

communication (COM)
boucle COM COM loop

24 N O L 17 18 20 21
A B C 01
N / voltage A=0 1 phase control A=1 3 phase control

R E 25
+ 24v 0v 0v 24v + si contact ferm if contact closed

4 2 1 14 3 1 15 13 5

6 8 10 12 7 9 11

24 N O L 17 18 20 21
A B C 01

R E 25
+ 24v 0v 0v 24v + si contact ferm if contact closed

4 2 1 14 3 1 15 13 5

6 8 10 12 7 9 11

BBus

/ voltage A=0 1 phase control A=1 3 phase control


N

BBus

EJP / voluntary B=0 N=off fault B=1 N=on generator C=0 t6=20s t max C=1 t6=180s start generator

ordre de permutation volontaire (ex: EJP) voluntary transfert

EJP / voluntary B=0 N=off fault B=1 N=on generator C=0 t6=20s t max C=1 t6=180s start generator

ordre de permutation volontaire (ex: EJP) voluntary transfert

c monitoring of voltage N A = 0 single-phase monitoring, A = 1 three-phase monitoring. c voluntary transfer v taking generator failure into account, B = 0 circuit breaker N opens, B = 1 circuit breaker N remains closed. v max generator start time (T6) C = 0 T = 120 s, C = 1 T = 180 s. After this time T, the generator is considered to be faulty.

Setting the UA address using the two BBUS encoder wheels.

operation
E30189

or UN ou KT UR KR KG

I O I O I O I O

SH I O QN I O QR I O T1 0.130s 0,1...30s 120-180s T3 0.530s 0,5...30s T2 10240s 10...240s T4 0.530s 0,5...30s T5 60...600s

Inputs UN : normal-source voltage UR : replacement-source voltage KT : forced operation on replacementsource control signal KR : additional check before transfer. Outputs KG : engine-generator set control signal SH : load-shedding control signal QN : normal-source circuit breaker QR : replacement-source circuit breaker.

Important If UR is not in I state when the transfer order (KT or UN) is given, transfer is not carried out. If KR is not in I state when the transfer order (KT or UN) is given, transfer takes place only once KR has changed to I state.

Legend c O position: circuit open c I position: circuit closed : no effect O or I. c

Merlin Gerin

185

Compact: wiring diagrams

automatic source-changeover systems Compact NS and C


BA operation
Operation A four-position switch can be used to select: c automatic operation, c forced operation on source N, c forced operation on source R, c stop (both "Normal" and "Replacement" sources off). Time delay settings t1: time delay before QN opens when the voltage UN of the "Normal" source disappears. t2: time delay before QR opens when the voltage UN of the "Normal" source is restored. Adjustment of time delays in front: c t1 from 0.1 to 30 seconds, c t2 from 0.1 to 240 seconds.

4-position switch in "stop" position


E27107 E27108

4-position switch in "auto" position (automatic operation)


E30187

4-position switch in "N " position (forced operation on "Normal" source)

stop

QN and QR open

operat. on source N

N I

R O

4-position switch N and UN present

"auto" reset duration a 1 s

UN fail (duration > t1) or voluntary switching order received QN opens t > 0.5 s

QR opens

end of reset t > 0.5 s QR closed "stop" QR closes QN closes QN closed


operat. on source N
N O R I N I R O

It is not necessary to set controller UA to stop position before operating circuit breakers QN or QR manually. The circuit breakers will return to their initial state when the controller is reset to auto.

operat. on source N

action on 4-positions switch

UN present for t > t2 or voluntary switching order stopped QR opens t > 0.5 s t > 0,5 s

4-position switch in "R" position (forced operation on "Replacement" source)


E32708

QN closes QN closed

4-position switch in "R" position and "UR" present QN opens t > 0.5 s QR closes QR closed
operat. on source N
N O R I

action on 4-position switch

Inputs UN UR QN QR normal-source voltage replacement-source voltage normal-source circuit breaker replacement-source circuit breaker.

Legend c O position: circuit open c I position: circuit closed

186

Merlin Gerin

UA operation
Operation A four-position switch can be used to select: c automatic operation, c forced operation on source N, c forced operation on source R, c stop (both "Normal" and "Replacement" sources off). Time delay settings t1: time delay before QN opens when the voltage UN of the "Normal" source disappears. t2: time delay before QR opens when the voltage UN of the "Normal" source is restored. t3: time delay before QR closes once QN has opened and the load has been shed. t4: time delay before QN closes once QR has opened and the load has been reconnected. t5: time delay for confirmation of presence of UN before stopping the generator set. Adjustment of time delays in front: c t1 from 0.1 to 30 seconds, c t2 from 10 to 240 seconds, c t3 from 0.5 to 30 seconds, c t4 from 0.5 to 30 seconds, c t5 from 60 to 600 seconds.

4-position switch in "stop" position


E27107 E30185

4-position switch in "auto" position (automatic operation)


E30187

4-position switch in "N" position (forced operation on "Normal" source)

stop

QN and QR open

operat. on source N

N I

R O

genset off

4-position switch in "N" and UN present QR opens and load shedding t > t4 QN closes QN closed
operat. on source N
N I R O

"auto" reset duration a 1 s

UN fails (duration > t1) or voluntary switching order received genset startup UR present for t < 120 s or 180 s Test for UR positive (UR contact closed) QN opens and load shedding

end of reset

"stop" t > t3

genset off

It is not necessary to set controller UA to stop position before operating circuit breakers QN or QR manually. The circuit breakers will return to their initial state when the controller is reset to auto.

QR closes QR closed
operat. on source N
N O R I

action on 4-position switch

genset on

QR opens and load reconnection t > t4 QN closes QN closed genset remains on UN present for t > t5 and no voluntary switching order received genset off UR absent

E30186

UN present for t > t2 or voluntary switching order stopped

4-position switch in "R" position (forced operation on "Replacement" source)

4-position switch in "R" and UN present

genset startup UR present for t > 120 s or 180 s QN opens and load shedding t > t3 QR closes QR closes
operat. on source N
N O R I

genset on

action on 4-position switch

Inputs UN normal-source voltage UR replacement-source voltage QN normal-source circuit breaker QR replacement-source circuit breaker.
Merlin Gerin

Legend c O position: circuit open c I position: circuit closed

187

Compact: wiring diagrams

motor protection

Compact NS100 to NS250 - trip unit STR22ME Compact NS400 and NS630 - trip unit STR43ME
thermal fault early break signal: SDTAM
Thermal fault indication
E28434

CN1

- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2

F1

D1

BP1

WH

97 KA1

13

43

14

KA1

44

Q1

trip unit SDTAM

98

BL
D4

A1 KA1 A2 H1

X1 X2

Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 F1 : breaker for the protection of the auxiliary circuits SDTAM : thermal fault early break signal BP1 : SDTAM reset button KA1 : auxiliary relay - Telemecanique CA...DN31 or CA...DN22 H1 : SDTAM fault indication light

Note: Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BL : blue WH : white

188

Merlin Gerin

Operation
E28435

I surcharge overload O I SDTAM O BP1 H1 Q I O I O I O

tr

IQ

Input tr

: overload (long time) protection tripping time overload : current greater than Ir (long time tripping threshold) IQ : closing order for circuit breaker Q

Note: Only circuit breaker Q opens. The above automatic control sequence is not run.

Legend c O state: off-state (circuit open) c I state: on-state (circuit closed) : either on - or off-state c

Merlin Gerin

189

Compact: connection

motor protection (cont.)

Compact NS100 to NS250 - trip unit STR22ME Compact NS400 and NS630 - trip unit STR43ME (cont.)
thermal fault early break signal: SDTAM
Thermal fault indication and differentiated tripping
E28436

CN1

- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2

F1

D1

WH

97

21 Q1 BP1 dclencheur trip-unit SDTAM KA1 22 KA1

42

44

(1) 98

BL
D4

E1

A1 KA1 KM1 A2 KA2 E2 KM1

A1 H1 A2

X1 X2

Symbols Q1: Compact NS100 to NS630 F1: auxiliary circuit breaker SDTAM: thermal fault early break signal

BP1: SDTAM reset button KA1: auxiliary relay - Telemecanique CA...DN31 or CA...DN22 H1: SDTAM fault indication light

Accessories such as the lamps and the auxiliary circuit breaker are not supplied with the circuit breaker. All schemes are shown without the supply voltage present, all devices open and relays in the de-energised position.

190

Merlin Gerin

Operation I surcharge overload O I SDTAM O I BP1 O I H1 O KM1 Q1 I O I O On short-circuit or earth fault Only circuit breaker Q1 opens. The above automatic control sequence is not run. Legend c O state: off-state c I state: on-state : either on - or off-state c
E28437

tr

tr: overload (long time) protection tripping time overload: current greater than Ir (long time tripping threshold) Same automatic system using a bistable relay
CN1 - CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2

F1

D1

D4

BP1

Symbols Q1: Compact NS100 to NS630 F1: auxiliary circuit breaker SDTAM: thermal fault early break signal BP1: SDTAM reset button KA1: auxiliary relay - Telemecanique CA...DN31 or CA...DN22 H1: SDTAM fault indication light Accessories such as the lamps and the auxiliary circuit breaker are not supplied with the circuit breaker. All schemes are shown without the supply voltage present, all devices open and relays in the de-energised position.

E28438

E4

RHK

12 11 14

22 21 24

(1)

A1 KM1 A2 H1

X1 X2

Merlin Gerin

191

Compact: wiring diagrams

motor protection (cont.)

Compact NS100 to NS250 - trip unit STR22ME Compact NS400 and NS630 - trip unit STR43ME
thermal fault early break signal: SDTAM
Thermal fault indication and differentiated tripping
E43828

CN1

- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2

F1

D1

WH

97

21 Q BP1 KA1 22 KA1

42

44

trip unit dclencheur


SDTAM

(1) 98

BL
D4

E1

A1 KA1 KM1 A2 KA2 E2 KM1

A1 H1 A2

X1 X2

Symbols Q : Compact NS100 to NS630 F1 : breaker for the protection of the auxiliary circuits SDTAM : thermal fault early break signal BP1 : SDTAM reset button KA1 : auxiliary relay - Telemecanique CADN31 or CADN22 KA2 : mechanical latching unit Telemecanique LA6 DK1 H1 : SDTAM fault indication light KM1 : power contactor
(1) : KM1 operation conditions to be inserted between 22 and A1

Note: Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BL : blue WH : white

192

Merlin Gerin

Operation
E28437

I surcharge overload O I SDTAM O I BP1 O I H1 O KM1 Q I O I O

tr

Input tr: overload (long time) protection tripping time. Overload: current greater than Ir (long time tripping threshold).

Note: On short-circuit or earth fault, only circuit breaker Q1 opens. The above automatic control sequence is not run.

Legend c O state: off-state (circuit open) c I state: on-state (circuit open) s : either on - or off-state

Same automatic system using a bistable relay


E43829

CN1

- CN 1 + CN2 - CN 2

F1

D1

Symbols Q : Compact NS100-160-250 F1 : breaker for the protection of the auxiliary circuits SDTAM : thermal fault early break signal BP1 : SDTAM reset button RHK : bistable relay Telemecanique : RHK-41 H1 : SDTAM fault indication light KM1 : power contactor
(1) : KM1 operation conditions to be inserted between 22 and A1

BP1 D4

Note: Diagram shown with circuits "de-energised", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.
E4

RHK

12 11 14

22 21 24

(1)

A1 KM1 A2 H1

X1 X2

Merlin Gerin

193

Compact: wiring diagrams

Compact NS80H-MA/NSC100/NS100 to NS630 early-make switch (CAF)


with MN
E43831
CN1 CN2 - CN1 + - CN2 (1)

tripping ordre de dclenchement order


X1

Symbols Q : Compact NS SD : trip indication switch MN : undervoltage release CAF1/ : early make switch of rotary handle CAF2 XI : terminal block and wiring accessory for CAF (not included, must be ordered separately)
(1) : independent auxiliary source

WH

WH

WH

D1

D1 C1

Remark: NS80H-MA and NSC100 circuit breakers are not plug-in or withdrawable devices. As a result there is no automatic auxiliary wiring connector. Connections are made directly to the device. Note: After tripping on an electrical fault, resetting is carried out locally and manually. Diagram shown with circuit "de-energized", all devices "open" and relays in "normal" position.

RD

WH

CAF1

CAF2

dclencheur trip unit MN

RD

BL

D4
BL

D4

Colour codes for auxiliary wiring BK : black BL : blue GN : green RD : red WH : white

with MN + SD
E43830

CN1 CN2

- CN1 + - CN2

(1)

tripping ordre de dclenchement order


X1

WH

WH

WH

GN

RD

RD

D1

92

94

WH

GN

D1 C1

92

RD

94

CAF1

CAF2

dclencheur trip unit MN SD

D4
BL BL

91

D4

91

BK

BL

194

Merlin Gerin

LV circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

Compact 80 to 1250 A complementary technical information


page tripping curves protection of low-voltage distribution networks: c Compact NS c reflex tripping c Compact C motor starter protection protection of industrial control panels earth fault protection and load monitoring effect of high temperatures altitude derating power dissipation, resistance current limiting 400 Hz applications circuit breaker selection for DC applications switch-disconnectors protection protection of LV/LV transformers cascading protection discrimination motor protection discrimination cascading and enhanced discrimination protection of motor circuits circuit breaker/contactor coordination type 2 coordination type 1 coordination

196 199 200 202 204 205 206 209 210 212 216 218 220 222 224 236 265 270 280 287 303

coordination between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking

195

Compact: complementary technical information

tripping curves protection of low-voltage distribution networks


trip units for Compact NS100NS250
TM16D / TM16G
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
TM16G : 4 x In
E28452 E28453

TM25D / TM25G
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s)
TM16D : 12 x In

2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1


TM25G : 3.2 x In

TM25D : 12 x In

reflex tripping: dclenchement rflexe : t < 10 ms 10 ms

reflex tripping: dclenchement rflexe : t < 10 ms 10 ms

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

TM32D / TM40D / TM40G


E28454

TM50D / TM63D / TM63G


10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s)
TM40D : 12 x In
E28455

10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
TM40G : 2 x In

2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05
TM63G : 2 x In

TM63D : 8 x In

TM32D : 12,5 x In

TM50D : 10 x In

reflex tripping: dclenchement rflexe : 10 ms t t<<10 ms

.02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1

reflex tripping: dclenchement rflexe : < 10 ms tt< 10 ms

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

196

Merlin Gerin

TM80D / TM100D
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
reflex tripping: dclenchement rflexe : < 10 ms t t< 10 ms
E28456 E28457

TM125D / TM160D
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s)
NS160/250 Im = 12 x In NS100 Im = 8 x In

TM125D 10 x In

2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1

TM160D 8 x In

reflex tripping: dclenchement rflexe : 10 ms t t<<10 ms

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

TM200D / TM250D
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
reflex tripping: dclenchement rflexe : < 10 tt < 10 ms
Im = 5 10 x In
E28458

Effect of high temperatures: see page 206. Reflex tripping: see page 199.

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

Merlin Gerin

197

Compact: complementary technical information

tripping curves protection of low-voltage distribution networks (cont.)


trip units for Compact NS100NS250 (cont.)
STR22SE - 40100 A
E28459 E28460

STR22SE - 160250 A
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s)
Im = 210 x Ir

10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
reflex tripping dclenchement rflexe : tt < 10 ms ms
I = 11 x In Ir = 0.41 x In

Ir = 0.41 x In

2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1

Im = 210 x Ir

reflex tripping dclenchement rflexe : tt < 10 ms ms

I = 11 x In

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

STR22GE - 40100 A
E28409

STR22GE - 160250 A
E28410

10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
reflex tripping : t < 10 ms Im = 210 x Ir Ir = 0.41 x In

10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500


Ir = 0.41 x In

200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5


Im = 210 x Ir

.2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1


reflex tripping : t < 10 ms

I = 11 x In

I = 11 x In

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

198

Merlin Gerin

trip units for Compact NS400NS630


STR23SE
E28461

STR53UE
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s)
Im = 210 x Ir
tr = 116 s Ii = 1.511 x In rflex tripping : t < 10 ms Ir = 0.41 x In
E28462

10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
reflex tripping dclenchement rflexe : t < 10 ms 10 ms
I = 11 x In Ir = 0.41 x In

2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1

Isd = 1.510 x Ir

i2 t ON 0.3 0.2 0.1 0

i 2 t OFF

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 5 7 10

20 30 50 I / In

Effect of high temperatures: see page 206.

reflex tripping Compact NS


All Compact NS circuit breakers and switchdisconnectors incorporate the exclusive reflex tripping system. This extremely simple system breaks very high fault currents by mechanically tripping the device via a "piston" actuated directly by the pressure produced in the breaking units resulting by a short-circuit. For high short-circuits, thermal withstand this system provides a faster break and a trip guarantee, as well as natural total discrimination. Reflex tripping curves are exclusively a function of the circuit breaker rating.
E28463

20
NS630
STR22SE160

NS250

NS400

10 t 8 (ms) 7 6 5 4

TM160D

TM16D...TM100D

NS100-NS160

3 2 3 4 6 10 20 30 40 kA rms kA eff 60 100 200

Merlin Gerin

199

Compact: complementary technical information

tripping curves protection of low-voltage distribution networks (cont.)


trip units for Compact C801C1251
STR25DE
E24056 E24057

STR35SE / ME
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 t (s)
I = 1.510 x Ir STR35ME in OFF position Ir = 0.41 x In
Inst. (*)
C801 N-H C1001 N-H 15 In C801 L C1001 L 8 In C1251 N-H 12 In

10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 t (s) 5 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 x Ir 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
Ir = 0.41 x In

5 2 1 .5
0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1

I2t ON

Im = 1.510 x Ir

Inst (*)

.2 .1 .05
I2t OFF

0.2 0.1

.02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 x Ir 20 3 5 7 10 x In 20 30

STR35GE
E24058 E24059

STR55UE
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10
Im = 1.510 x Ir Ir = 0.41 x In
Inst. (*)
C801 N-H C1001 N-H 15 In C801 L C1001 L 8 In C1251 N-H 12 In

10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 t (s) 5 2 1 .5


0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1
Inst. (*)

Ir = 0.41 x In

C801 N-H C1001 N-H 15 In

C801 L C1001 L 8 In

C1251 N-H 12 In

tr = 15480s

t (s)
Inst (*)

5 2
I2t ON

Im = 1.510 x Ir

I2t ON

1 .5

Inst (*)

0.3

0.3 0.2 0.1

.2 .1 .05 .02
I2t OFF

0.2 0.1

.2 .1 .05 .02
I2t OFF

0.2 0.1

.01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 x Ir 20 3 5 7 10 x In 20 30

.01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 x Ir 20 3 5 7 10 x In 20 30

200

Merlin Gerin

STR45AE
E24063

STR45BE
S (*)
C801 N-H 20 In C1001 N-H 23 In C1251 N-H 18 In

E24060

10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5


Im = 1.510 x Ir Ir = 0.41 x In

10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 2


I2t ON
limit if Ir = 0.4 x In
0.3

Ir = 0.41 x In

tr = 15480s

tr = 15480s

t (s)

t (s)
S (*)

Im = 1.510 x Ir (max 8 x In)

2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1

I2t ON

1 .5

0.3 0.2

.2 .1 .05
I2t OFF

sellim

0.2 0.1

I2t OFF

0.1

limit if Ir = 1 x In
0

.02 .01 .005 .002

3 4 5 7 10 x Ir

20

5 7 10 x In

20 30

.001 .5 .7

3 4 5 7 10 x Ir

20 30

50 70 100

200 300

Effect of high temperatures: see page 206.

Merlin Gerin

201

Compact: complementary technical information

tripping curves motor starter protection


Compact NS80
MA1.5MA80
E28466 E30212

trip units for Compact NS100NS250


MA2.5MA100
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s)
Im = 614 x In
thermal withstand tenue thermique

10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1

2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1

Im = 6 14 x In

reflex tripping: dclenchement rflexe : t < < 10 ms t 10 ms

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

3 4 5 7 10 I / In

20 30

50 70100

200300

trip units for Compact NS100NS250


MA150 and MA220
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
reflex tripping : t < 10 ms maximum thermal withstand MA220 MA150
E28467 E28370

STR22ME - 10220 A
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s)
Im = 9 14 x In

Ir

class 10 (IEC 947-4)

2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1


I = 15 x In reflex tripping : t < 10 ms Im = 13 x Ir

3 4 5 7 10 I / In

20 30

50 70100

200300

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

202

Merlin Gerin

trip units for Compact NS400NS630


MA320MA500
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
Im = 9 ... 14 x In maximum thermal withstand
E28369 E28468

STR43ME - 120 to 500 A - class 10 A


10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5
Isd = 613 x Ir hot tripping curve cold tripping curve class 10 A

.2 .1 .05

reflex tripping : t < 10 ms

.02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1


Ii = 10,4 x In

reflex tripping t < 10 ms

3 4 5 7 10 I / In

20 30

50 70100

200300

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

STR43ME - 120 to 500 A - class 10


E38879

STR43ME - 120 to 500 A - class 20


10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100
E38946

10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5


Isd = 613 x Ir hot tripping curve cold tripping curve class 10

class 20

50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5
Isd = 613 x Ir hot tripping curve cold tripping curve

.2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1


Ii = 10,4 x In reflex tripping t < 10 ms

.2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1


Ii = 10,4 x In reflex tripping t < 10 ms

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

Thermal withstand capacities are given for circuit breakers working under 65 C of ambient temperature.

Reflex tripping: see page 199.

trip units for Compact C801C1251 See STR35ME and STR55UE curves page 200.
Merlin Gerin

203

Compact: complementary technical information

tripping curves protection of industrial control panels


NSC100N
TM16D / TM25D / TM32D / TM40D
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
16A : Im = 37,5 x In 20A : Im = 30 x In 25A : Im = 24 x In 32A : Im = 19 x In 40A : Im = 15 x In
E44454 E44455

TM50D / TM63D / TM80D


10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1

50A : Im = 20 x In 63A : Im = 16 x In 70A : Im = 14,3 x In 80A : Im = 12,5 x In

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

TM100D
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
100A : Im = 12,5 x In
E44456

3 4 5 7 10 I / Ir

20 30

50 70100

200300

204

Merlin Gerin

Compact: complementary technical information

tripping curves earth fault protection and load monitoring


Compact NS400 and NS630: options for trip unit STR53UE
earth fault protection
10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .05 .07 .1
I2t OFF I2t ON Ig = 0.21 x In
E28371

0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1

.2 .3 .4 .5 .7 1 I / In

5 7 10

20 30

Compact C801 to C1251: options for trip units STR45/55


earth fault protection
E24061 E24062

load monitoring
10 000 5 000 2 000
Ih = 0.20.6 x In
Ir = 0.41 x In Ic1 = 0.81 x Ir Ic2 = 0.51 x Ir tr = 15480s tr1 = tr / 2 tr2 = tr / 4

10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 t (s) 5 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .05.07 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .7 1 x In 2 3 5 7 10 20 30
I2t OFF
0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1

1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 t (s) 5 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .05.07 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .7 1 x Ir

I2t ON

5 7 10

20 30

Merlin Gerin

205

Compact: complementary technical information

effect of high temperatures

Compact NS with thermal-magnetic trip units


When the ambient temperature is greater than 40 C, overload-protection characteristics are slightly modified. When determining tripping times using time/ current curves, use Ir values corresponding to the thermal setting on the circuit breaker multiplied by the coefficients below.

These values are not modified for fixed circuit breakers equipped with one of the following elements: c Vigi module, c ammeter module, c insulation monitoring module, c current transformer module. They are also valid for plug-in / withdrawable configurations equipped with: c ammeter module, c current transformer module. However, for plug-in / withdrawable configurations equipped with Vigi or insulation monitoring modules, the following coefficients must be applied: trip unit coefficient TM16 to TM125 1 TM160 to TM250 0.9

single-pole and two-pole Compact NS 45 C 50 C rat. (A) 40 C 16 16 15.6 15.2 25 25 24.5 24 40 40 39 38 63 63 61.5 60 80 80 78 76 100 100 97.5 95 125 125 122 119 160 160 156 152 200 200 195 190 250 250 244 238

55 C 14.8 23.5 37 58 74 92.5 116 147.2 185 231

60 C 14.5 23 36 57 72 90 113 144 180 225

65C 14 22 35 55 70 87.5 109 140 175 219

70C 13.8 21 34 54 68 85 106 136 170 213

Compact NS100 to NS250 with TM-D and TM-G trip units 45 C 50 C 55 C 60 C rat. (A) 40 C 16 16 15.6 15.2 14.8 14.5 25 25 24.5 24 23.5 23 32 32 31.3 30.5 30 29.5 40 40 39 38 37 36 50 50 49 48 47 46 63 63 61.5 60 58 57 80 80 78 76 74 72 100 100 97.5 95 92.5 90 125 125 122 119 116 113 160 160 156 152 147.2 144 200 200 195 190 185 180 250 250 244 238 231 225

65C 14 22 29 35 45 55 70 87.5 109 140 175 219

70C 13.8 21 28.5 34 44 54 68 85 106 136 170 213

206

Merlin Gerin

Compact NS with electronic trip units


Tripping thresholds of electronic trip units are not influenced by temperature fluctuations. However, the maximum permissible current in the circuit breaker still depends on the ambient temperature.

Compact NS100...NS250
These values are not modified for fixed circuit breakers equipped with one of the following elements: c Vigi module, c ammeter module, c insulation monitoring module, c current transformer module. They are also valid for plug-in / withdrawable configurations equipped with: c ammeter module, c current transformer module. However, for plug-in / withdrawable configurations equipped with Vigi or insulation monitoring modules, the following coefficients must be applied: breaker trip unit coeff. NS100N/H/L STR22SE/GE 40 to 100 1 NS160N/H/L STR22SE/GE 40 to 160 1 NS250N/H/L STR22SE/GE 100 and 160 1 NS250N/H/L STR22SE/GE 250 0.86

The following tables give the maximum longtime protection setting to be used as a function of the ambient temperature around the circuit breaker. NS100N/H/L 40C 45C In : 40 to 100 A no derating Ir max 1 1 NS160N/H/L 40C 45C In : 40 to 160 A no derating Ir max 1 1 45C NS250N/H/L 40C In : 100A 100 100 Ir max 1 1 In : 160A 160 160 Ir max 1 1 In : 250A 250 250 Ir max 1 1 50C 1 50C 1 50C 100 1 160 1 250 1 55C 1 55C 1 55C 100 1 160 1 237.5 0.95 60C 1 60C 1 60C 100 1 160 1 237.5 0.95 65C 1 65C 1 65C 100 1 160 1 225 0.90 70C 1 70C 1 70C 100 1 160 1 225 0.90

Compact NS400 and NS630


These values are not modified for fixed or plug-in / withdrawable configurations equipped with: c ammeter module, c current transformer module. However, for plug-in / withdrawable configurations equipped with Vigi or insulation monitoring modules, the following coefficients must be applied: breaker trip unit coeff. NS400N/H/L STR23SE and 53UE 0.97 NS630N/H/L STR23SE and 53UE 0.9 Note: when equipped with a Visu module, a Compact NS630 can not receive a Vigi module. For earth fault protection, see Vigirex catalogue.

The following tables give the maximum longtime protection setting to be used as a function of the ambient temperature around the circuit breaker. NS400N/H/L fixed plug-in / withdrawable NS630N/H/L fixed plug-in / withdrawable 40C 400 1/1 400 1/1 40C 630 1/1 570 1/0.9 45C 400 1/1 390 1/0.98 45C 615 1/0.8 550 1/0.88 50C 400 1/1 380 1/0.95 50C 600 1/0.95 535 1/0.85 55C 390 1/0.98 370 1/0.93 55C 585 1/0.93 520 1/0.83 60C 380 1/0.95 360 1/0.9 60C 570 1/0.9 505 1/0.8 65C 370 1/0.93 350 1/0.88 65C 550 1/0.88 490 0.8/0.98 70C 360 1/0.9 340 1/0.85 70C 535 1/0.85 475 0.8/0.95

In : 400A Io/Ir max In : 400 Io/Ir max In : 630A Io/Ir max In : 570A Io/Ir max

Merlin Gerin

207

Compact: complementary technical information

effect of high temperatures (cont.)

Compact with electronic trip units (cont.)


Compact C801C1251
The following tables give the maximum longtime protection setting to be used as a function of the ambient temperature around the circuit breaker. C801N/H/L fixed plug-in/ withdrawable C1001N/H fixed plug-in/ withdrawable C1001L fixed In (A) Io/Ir max In (A) Io/Ir max 40 C 800 1/1 40 C 1000 1/1 40 C 1000 1/1 910 1/0.9 40 C 1250 1/1 1160 1/0.925 45 C 790 1/0.975 45 C 975 1/0.975 45 C 975 1/0.975 885 1/0.875 45 C 1200 1/0.95 1120 1/0.875 50 C 780 1/0.975 50 C 950 1/0.95 50 C 950 1/0.95 860 1/0.85 50 C 1150 1/0.9 1080 1/0.85 55 C 770 1/0.95 55 C 925 1/0.925 55 C 925 1/0.925 835 1/0.8 55 C 1100 1/0.875 1040 1/0.8 60 C 760 1/0.95 60 C 900 1/0.9 60 C 900 1/0.9 810 1/0.8 60 C 1050 1/0.8 1000 1/0.8 65C 750 1/0.925 65C 875 1/0.875 65C 875 1/0.875 785 0.8/0.975 65C 1000 1/0.8 960 0.8/0.95 70 C 740 1/0.925 70 C 850 1/0.85 70 C 850 1/0.85 760 0.8/0.95 70 C 950 0.8/0.95 920 0.8/0.9

In (A) Io/Ir max withdrawable In (A) Io/Ir max C1251N/H fixed In (A) Io/Ir max withdrawable In (A) Io/Ir max

208

Merlin Gerin

Compact: complementary technical information

altitude derating

Altitude does not significantly affect circuitbreaker characteristics up to 2000 m. Above this altitude, it is necessary to take into account the decrease in the dielectric strength and cooling capacity of air.

The following table gives the corrections to be applied for altitudes above 2000 m. The breaking capacities remain unchanged.

altitude (m) dielectric strength (V) max. service voltage (V) thermal rating at 40C (A)

2000 3000 690 1 x In

3000 2500 550 0.96 x In

4000 2100 480 0.93 x In

5000 1800 420 0.9 x In

Merlin Gerin

209

Compact: complementary technical information

power dissipation, resistance

Compact NS with thermalmagnetic trip unit


Power dissipation: in watts (W) per pole. Resistance: in milliohms (m) per pole.

Compact NSC100N with TM-D trip unit / NSC100NA fixed breaker additional power 3/4 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole Vigi Vigi (N, L3) (L1, L2) NSC100N 16 15 4 0.06 0.06 20 11.2 4.5 0.1 0.1 25 8 5 0.16 0.16 32 5.4 5.5 0.26 0.26 40 3.7 6 0.4 0.4 50 2.8 7 0.63 0.63 63 2 8 1 1 70 2 10 1.3 1.3 80 1.4 9 1.6 1.6 100 1 10 2.5 2.5 NSC100NA 100 0.6 6 2.5 2.5 Compact NS100 to NS250 with TM-D and TM-G trip unit fixed breaker additional power 3/4 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole Vigi Vigi (N, L3) (L1, L2) NS100N/H/L 16 11.42 2.92 0 0 25 6.42 4.01 0 0 40 3.42 5.47 0.10 0.05 63 2.17 8.61 0.3 0.15 80 1.37 8.77 0.4 0.2 100 0.88 8.8 0.7 0.35 NS160N/H/L 80 1.26 8.06 0.4 0.2 100 0.77 7.7 0.7 0.35 125 0.69 10.78 1.1 0.55 160 0.55 13.95 1.8 0.9 NS250N/H/L 125 0.61 9.45 1.1 0.55 160 0.46 11.78 1.8 0.9 200 0.39 15.4 2.8 1.4 250 0.3 18.75 4.4 2.2 Compact NS80/NS100 to NS630 with MA trip unit fixed breaker additional power 3 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole Vigi Vigi (N, L3) (L1, L2) NS80H 1.5 93.3 0.21 2.5 89.6 0.56 6.3 75.6 3 12.5 12.8 2 25 2.24 1.4 50 1.04 2.6 80 0.94 6.02 NS100N/H/L 2.5 148.42 0.93 0 0 6.3 99.02 3.93 0 0 12.5 4.05 0.63 0 0 25 1.66 1.04 0 0 50 0.67 1.66 0.2 0.1 100 0.52 5.2 0.7 0.35 NS160N/H/L 150 0.38 8.55 1.35 0.68 NS250N/H/L 220 0.3 14.52 2.9 1.45 NS400H/L 320 0.12 12.29 3.2 1.6 NS630H/L 500 0.1 25 13.99 7 Compact NS100 to NS160 single pole and two poles fixed breaker 1/2 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole NS100N/H 16 11.3 2.89 20 6.3 2.52 30 2.9 2.61 40 2.9 4.64 50 1.4 3.5 63 1.4 5.56 80 1.25 8 100 0.76 7.6 NS160N/H 125 0.63 9.84 160 0.48 12.29

withammeter transf. drawable module module 0 0 0 0.1 0 0 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.6 0.1 0.1 1 0.2 0.2 0.6 0.1 0.1 1 0.2 0.2 1.6 0.3 0.3 2.6 0.5 0.5 1.6 0.3 0.3 2.6 0.5 0.5 4 0.8 0.8 6.3 1.3 1.3

withammeter transf. drawable module module

0 0 0 0.1 0.3 1 2.6 4.89 6.14 15

0 0 0 0 0.1 0.2 0.45 0.97 1.54 3.75

0 0 0 0 0.1 0.2 0.45 0.97 1.54 3.75

210

Merlin Gerin

Compact NS with electronic trip unit


Power dissipation: in watts (W) per pole. Resistance: in milliohms (m) per pole.

Compact NS100 to NS630 fixed breaker 3/4 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole NS100N/H/L 40 100 NS160N/H/L 40 100 160 NS250N/H/L 100 250 NS400N/H/L 400 NS630N/H/L 630 (1) 0.84 0.468 0.73 0.36 0.36 0.27 0.28 0.12 0.1 1.34 4.68 1.17 3.58 9.16 2.73 17.56 19.2 39.69

additional power Vigi Vigi (N, L3) (L1, L2) 0.1 0.05 0.7 0.35 0.4 0.2 0.7 0.35 1.8 0.9 1.1 0.55 4.4 2.2 3.2 1.6 6.5 3.25

withdrawable 0.2 1 0.6 1 2.6 1.6 6.3 9.6 19.49

ammeter module 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.2 1.3 2.4 5.95

bloc transfo. 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.2 1.3 2.4 5.95

(1) additional power dissipation for Vigi and withdrawable breaker: given for 570 A.

Compact C with electronic trip unit


Power dissipation: in watts (W) per pole. Resistance: in milliohms (m) per pole.

Compact C801 to C1251 fixed breaker 3/4 poles rat. (A) R/pole P/pole C801N/H 800 0.065 41.6 C801L 800 0.1 64 C1001N/H 1000 0.06 60 C1001L 1000 (1) 0.1 100 C1251N/H 1250 (2) 0.06 93.75 C1251N 400 0.06 9.6 1000 V 800 0.06 38.4 1250 (2) 0.06 93.75

additional power R/pole P/pole 0.09 57.6 0.14 89.6 0.085 85 0.14 115.93 0.085 114.38 0.085 13.6 0.085 54.4 0.085 114.38

(1) power dissipation withdrawable breaker given for 910 A. (2) power dissipation withdrawable breaker given for 1160 A.

Merlin Gerin

211

Compact: complementary technical information

current limiting

circuit-breaker current limiting capacity


The limiting capacity of a circuit breaker is its aptitude to limit short-circuit currents. Roto-active breaking - exceptional current limiting capacity
E28801

Ics = 100% Icu


The exceptional limiting capacity of the Compact NS range greatly reduces the forces created by fault currents in devices. The result is a major increase in breaking performance. In particular, the service breaking capacity Ics is equal to 100% of Icu. The Ics value, defined by IEC standard 947-2, is guaranteed by tests comprising the following operations: c breaking a fault current equal to 100% of Icu three times consecutively; c checking that the device continues to function normally: v it conducts the rated current without abnormal temperature rise, v protection functions perform within the limits specified by the standard, v suitability for isolation is not impaired.
t

longer service life of electrical installations


Current limiting circuit breakers greatly reduce the negative effects of short-cicruits on installations. Thermal effects Less temperature rise in conductors, therefore longer sevice life for cables. Mechanical effects Reduced electrodynamic forces, therefore less risk of electrical contacts or busbars being distorted or broken. Electromagnetic effects Less disturbance for measuring devices located near electrical circuits.

Icc prospective Isc peak prospective current prospective Isc limited Isc peak limited Isc
tc

actual current

economy by means of cascading


Cascading is a technique directly derived from current limiting. Circuit breakers with breaking capacities less than the prospective short-circuit current may be installed downstream from a current limiting circuit breaker. The breaking capacity is enhanced by the limiting capacity of the upstream device. It follows that substantial savings can be made on downstream switchgear and enclosures.

The exceptional limiting capacity of the Compact NS range is due to the rotating double break technique (very rapid natural repulsion of contacts and the appearance of two arc voltages in series with a very steep wavefront).

212

Merlin Gerin

current limiting curves

The current limiting capacity of a circuit breaker is expressed by two curves which give, as a function of the prospective shortcircuit current (the current which would flow if no protection devices were installed): c the actual peak current (limited current); c the thermal stress (A2s), i. e. the energy dissipated by the short-circuit in a conductor with a resistance of 1 . The table below indicates the maximum permissible thermal stresses for cables depending on their insulation, material (Cu or Al) and CSA. CSA values are given in mm2 and thermal stresses in A2s.

Example 1 What is the real value of a 150 kA rms prospective short-time (i. e. 330 kA peak) limited by an NS250L upstream? Answer: 30 kA peak (see page 214). Example 2 Is an Cu/PVC cable with a cross-section of 10 mm2 adequately protected by an NS160N? Answer: The table opposite indicates that the permissible stress is 1.32 106 A2s. All short-circuit currents at the point where an NS160N (Icu = 35 kA) is installed are limited with a thermal stress less than 6 105 A2s (see page 214). Cable protection is therefore ensured up to the limit of the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker. 25 8.26 106 3.38 106 1.39 107 4.70 106 35 1.62 107 6.64 106 2.23 107 9.23 106 50 3.31 107 1.35 107 4.56 107 1.88 107

maximum permissible cable stress

CSA (mm2) PVC PRC Cu Al Cu Al

1.5 2.97 104 4.10 104

2.5 8.26 104 1.39 105

4 2.12 105 2.92 105

6 4.76 105 6.56 105

10 1.32 106 5.41 105 1.82 106 7.52 105

16 3.4 106 1.39 106 4.69 106 1.93 106

Merlin Gerin

213

Compact: complementary technical information

current limiting (cont.)

current limiting curves for 380/415 V


peak current
E28469

200
C801 C1001 C1251 H C801 C1001 C1251 L C801 C1001 L H N L H N NS630 NS400 NS250 NS160 NS100
TM32...250 TM25 TM16

100 80 70 60 50 40 k 30 20

10 8 7 6 5 4 2 3 4 6 10 20 30 40 60 100 200 300 kA eff kA rms


E28470

thermal stress

10 5 3 2

C801 C1001 C1251 N

C801 H C1001 C1251 L C801 C1001

10 5 3 2 A S 2 10 5

N N
6

H H

L NS630 L NS400 L NS250 NS160 NS100


TM32250

3 2 10 5 3 2 2 3 4 6 10 20 30 40 60 100 200 300 kA eff kA rms


5
TM16 TM25

214

Merlin Gerin

current limiting curves for 690 V


E27104

peak current

200

100 80 70 60 50 40 30 k 20
N NH H

C801H C1001H C1251H C801N C1001N C1251N L NS630

C801L C1001L

L NS400

L L NS250

NS100-NS160
TM 40160 TM 25

10 8 7 6 5 4 2 3 4 6 10 20 30 40 60

TM 16

100

200

300

kA eff kA rms

E27105

thermal stress

10 5 3 2 10 5 3 2 2 A S 10 5 3 2 10 5 3 2

C801H C1001H C1251H C801N C1001N C1251N L H N N H N H L NS250 NS100-NS160


TM 32160

C801L C1001L

NS630

L NS400

TM 25 TM 16

10

20

30 40

60

100

200

300

kA rms kA eff

Merlin Gerin

215

Compact: complementary technical information

400 Hz applications

tripping thresholds
The 400 Hz current settings are obtained by multiplying the 50 Hz values by the following coefficient: c K1 for thermal trip units; c K2 for magnetic trip units. On adjustable trip units, these adaptation coefficients are independent of the unit adjustment knob position.

For thermal trip units, the current settings are lower at 400 Hz than at 50 Hz (K1 i 1). For magnetic trip units, the current settings are conversely higher at 400 Hz than at 50 Hz (K2 u 1). Adjustable trip units should be set to minimum, or use Compact circuit breakers equipped with low magnetic trip units (type G).

Electronic trip units The use of electronics offers the advantage of greater operating stability when the frequency is varied. However, the devices are still subjected to frequency related temperature effects which may sometimes pose restrictions on their use. Column K1 of the table below gives the maximum permissible current to be used for the current setting (knob position).

thermal-magnetic trip units


circuit breaker NS100N trip unit TM16G TM25G TM40G TM63G TM16D TM25D TM40D TM63D TM80D TM100D TM125D TM160D TM200D TM250D thermal setting at 40 C 16 25 40 63 16 25 40 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 K1 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 magnetic setting 63 80 80 125 240 300 500 500 650 800 1000 1250 1000 (*) 1250 (*) K2 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6

NS250N

(*) for TM 200D and TM250D, Im must be set to its maximum

electronic trip units


Adaptation coefficients Compact
circuit breaker NS100N NS250N NS400N NS630N NS400N NS630N C801N C1001N C1251N trip unit STR22SE STR22SE STR23SE STR23SE STR53SE STR53SE STR25DE STR35SE/GE STR25DE STR35SE/GE STR25DE STR35SE/GE rating Ir at 50 Hz (A at 40 C) 40...100 100...250 400 630 400 630 800 800 1000 1000 1250 1250 long-time Ir maxi K1 0.4 to 1 0.4 to 0.9 0.4 to 0.8 0.4 to 0.8 0.4 to 0.8 0.4 to 0.8 0.4 to 0.75 0.4 to 0.75 0.4 to 0.75 0.4 to 0.75 0.4 to 0.75 0.4 to 0.75 short-time Irm at 50 Hz (A) 2 to 10 Ir 2 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir 1.5 to 10 Ir K2 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97

216

Merlin Gerin

breaking capacity of Compact NS and Compact C circuit breakers at 400 Hz


At 440 V, 400 Hz:
circuit breaker NS100N NS250N NS400N NS630N C801N C1001N C1251N breaking capacity 12 kA 4,5 kA 10 kA 10 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA

auxiliary releases
For Compact NS100-630 For circuit breakers on 400 Hz systems, only 125 V DC rated releases can be used. The release must be supplied by the 400 Hz system via a rectifier bridge (to be selected from the table opposite) and an additional resistor with characteristics depending on the system voltage and the type of circuit breaker. Connection
E27172

U (V) 400 Hz 110/127 V

220/240 V

380/420 V

rectifier Thomson 110 BHz or General Instrument W06 or Semikron SKB at 1,2/1,3 Thomson 110 BHz or General Instrument W06 or Semikron SKB at 1,2/1,3 Semikron SKB at 1,2/1,3

additional resistor 10 k-2 W

22 k-8 W

33 k-15 W

Note : other models of rectifier bridges can be used if their characteristics are at least equivalent to those stated above.

R MN/MX

U volt 400 Hz

125 V DC

For Compact C801-1251 The following auxiliary releases are designed to operate at 400 Hz.

U (V) 400 Hz MN 110/130 V MN 208/250 V MN 380/415 V MX 380/415 V

catalogue number 44925 44926 44932 44914

Merlin Gerin

217

Compact: complementary technical information

circuit breaker selection for DC applications

selection criteria
The selection of the type of circuit breaker most suitable for protection of a DC installation depends mainly on the following criteria: c the rated current, which determines the rating of the equipment;
type of system diagrams and various cases of faults

c the rated voltage, which determines the number of poles in series necessary for breaking; c the maximum short-circuit current at the point of installation, which determines the breaking capacity; c the type of network (see below).
insulated systems a centre point of the DC supply is earthed i a
+

earthed systems one polarity of the DC supply is earthed i a


+

i
+

a R B b C A

R B b C A

U/2 + U/2 b

R B C A

fault effect

fault A fault B fault C

max. Isc the positive polarity is the only one involved max. Isc both polarities are involved no effect fault A the poles required to perform the break are in series on the positive polarity

most unfavorable case distribution of the breaking poles

Isc close to max. Isc the positive polarity is the only one involved, voltage U/2 max. Isc both polarities are involved same as fault A but this is the negative polarity which is involved faults A and C on each polarity there must be the number of poles required to perform the break of max. Isc at U/2

no effect max. Isc both polarities are involved no effect fault B the poles required to perform the break are shared between the 2 polarities

Calculation the short-circuit current (Isc) across the terminals of a battery When a short-circuit occurs across its terminals, a battery discharges a current given by Ohm's law:
Isc = Vb Ri

where Vb = the maximum discharge voltage (battery 100% charged). and Ri = the internal resistance equivalent to the sum of the cell resistances (figure generally given by the manufacturer according to the capacity of the battery).

Example What is the short-circuit current at the terminals of a standing battery with the following characteristics: c capacity: 500 Ah; c max. discharge voltage: 240 V (110 cells of 2.2 V); c discharge current: 300 A; c autonomy: 1/2 hour; c internal resistance: 0.5 m per cell. Ri = 110 x 0.5 10-3 = 55 10-3
Isc = 240 = 4.4kA 55 103

As the above calculation shows, the shortcircuit current is relatively weak.


Note: If the internal resistance is not known, the following approximate formula can be used: Isc = kC, where C is the capacity of the battery expressed in Ampere-hours, and k is a coefficient close to 10 but in any case always lower than 20. 240 V DC 300 A 500 Ah Ri = 0.5 m/cell
E27173

Isc

Example 1 Determine the protection required for a 80 A feeder on a 125 V DC network with an earthed negative pole and an Isc of 15 kA.
E28206 E28208

Example 2 Determine the protection required for a 100 A feeder on a 250 V DC network with an earthed middle point and an Isc of 15 kA.
E28210

Example 3 Determine the protection required for a 400 A feeder on an unearthed 250 V DC network with an Isc of 35 kA.

+ 125 V = -

+ 250 V = -

+ 250 V = -

NC100 H 3P 80 A load load

NC100 H 4P 100 A

NS400H 2P 400 A load

The table opposite indicates that a NC100H circuit breaker (30 kA, 2P, 125 V) should be used. The table above indicates that both circuit breaker poles should be fitted on the positive pole of the network. An additional circuit breaker pole can be fitted on the negative pole of the network for isolation purposes.

Each pole will be exposed to a maximum of U/2 = 125 V. The table opposite indicates that NC100H (30 kA, 2P, 125 V), NS100N (50 kA, 1P, 125 V) or NS160N (50 kA, 1P, 125 V) circuit breakers should be used. The table above indicates that both circuit breaker poles must take part in the breaking at a voltage of 125 V.

The table opposite indicates that NS400H circuit breakers (85 kA, 1P, 250 V) should be used. At least 2 poles must take part in breaking. The table above indicates that the half the number of circuit breaker poles required for breaking should be fitted on the positive pole of the network and the other half on the negative pole.

218

Merlin Gerin

selection table of DC circuit breakers


type rated current (A) and trip units 16-25-40-63-80-100 16-25-40-63-80-100 16-25-40-63-80-100 80-100-125-160 80-100-125-160 80-100-125-160 160-200-250 160-200-250 160-200-250 MP1/MP2/MP3 MP1/MP2/MP3 P21/P41-1250 breaking capacity (kA) (L/R i 0.015 s) (and number of poles required to perform the break) 24/48 V 125 V 250 V 500 V 750 V 50(1p) 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (2p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (2p) 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (2p) 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (2p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (2p) 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (2p) 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (2p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (2p) 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (1p) 100 (2p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (2p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (1p) 85 (2p) 50 (1p) 50 (1p) 50 (2p) 50 (3p) 25 (3p) protection against overloads (thermal) same as for trip units used on AC systems protection against short-circuits (magnetic)

NS100N NS100H NS100L NS160N NS160H NS160L NS250N NS250H NS250L NS400H NS630H C1251N-DC

no thermal protection: an external relay must be provided

specially designed for DC

Merlin Gerin

219

Compact: complementary technical information

switch-disconnectors protection

E31431

Compact switch-disconnectors upstream protection


by circuit breaker
push to trip

STR
90 %Ir 105

22 DE
z test

50/60H

Im Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 2 1.5 xIr 10 3 8 4 5 6

alarm
Ir Im

push to trip

by fuse

type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type aM (1) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) type gl (2) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) type gl (1) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) type BS (2) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) type BS (1) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V)

kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak

Compact switch-disconnectors upstream protection


by circuit breaker type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type / maximum rating (A) Isc max. (380/415 V) making capacity (380/415 V) type aM (1) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) type gl (2) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) type gl (1) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) type BS (2) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) type BS (1) maximum rating (A) Isc max. (500 V) making capacity (500 V) kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak kA rms kA peak
Merlin Gerin

by fuse

(1) Protection by external thermal relay obligatory. (2) Without external thermal relay.

220

NS100NA
NS100N / 100 25 52 NS160-250N / 100 36 75 NS100-250H / 100 70 154 NS100-250L / 100 150 330 NSA160N / 100 30 63 100 80 176 80 100 220 160 100 220 80 & 63M80 80 176 160 & 100M160 80 176

NS160NA
NS160-250N / 160 36 75 NS160-250H / 160 70 154 NS160-250L / 160 150 330 NSA160N / 160 30 63

NS250NA
NS250N / 250 36 75 NS250H / 250 70 154 NS250L / 250 150 330

160 33 69 125 100 220 160 100 220 125 & 100M125 80 176 160 & 100M160 80 176

250 100 220 200 100 220 250 100 220 200 & 100M200 80 250 & 200M250 80 176

NS400NA
NS400-630N / 400 45 94 NS400-630H / 400 70 154 NS400-630L / 400 150 330

NS630NA
NS630N / 630 45 94 NS630H / 630 70 154 NS630L / 630 150 330

C801NI
C801-1251N / 800 50 105 C801-1251H / 800 70 154 C801-1001L / 800 150 330

C1251NI
C1251N / 1250 50 105 C1251H / 1250 70 154

400 100 220 315 100 220 400 100 220 315 & 200M315 80 176 355 & 315M355 80 176
Merlin Gerin

500 100 220 500 100 220 630 100 220 500 80 176 450 & 400M450 80 176 221

Compact: complementary technical information

protection of LV/LV transformers

inrush currents
E17531

When LV/LV transformers are switched on, very high inrush currents are produced which must be taken into account when choosing overcurrent protection devices.

1st crte 1erepeak 10 25In In 10 to 25

The peak value of the first current wave often reaches 10 to 15 times the rated rms current of the transformer and may reach values of 20 to 25 times the rated current even for transformers rated less than 50 kVA. This transient inrush current decays very quickly (in a few milliseconds).

In

selecting the protection


E15401

eprimary winding p

Merlin Gerin has conducted an extensive test programme to optimise the protection of LV/LV transformers. The Compact and Masterpact circuit breakers detailed in the following tables offer the following advantages: c protection of the transformer in the event of abnormal overloads; c no nuisance tripping when the primary winding is energised; c unimpaired electrical endurance of the circuit breaker.

The transformers used for the tests are standard. The values in the tables have been calculated for a crest factor of 25. These tables indicated the circuit breaker and trip unit to be used depending on: c the primary supply voltage (230 V or 400 V); c the type of transformer (single-phase or three-phase). They correspond to the most frequent case in which the primary is wound externally (1). The type of circuit breaker to be used (i.e. N, H or L) depends on the breaking capacity required at the point of installation.

protection using Compact circuit breakers

Compact NS100 to NS250 equipped with TM-D thermal-magnetic trip unit transformer rating (kVA) protective device 230 V 1-ph 230 V 3-ph/ 400 V 3-ph circuit breaker trip unit 400 V 1-ph 3 5 to 6 9 to 10 NS100N/H/L TM16D 5 8 to 9 14 to 16 NS100N/H/L TM25D 7 to 9 13 to 16 22 to 28 NS100N/H/L TM40D 12 to 15 20 to 25 35 to 44 NS100N/H/L TM63D 16 to 19 26 to 32 45 to 56 NS100N/H/L TM80D 18 to 23 32 to 40 55 to 69 NS160N/H/L TM100D 23 to 29 40 to 50 69 to 87 NS160N/H/L TM125D 29 to 37 51 to 64 89 to 111 NS250N/H/L TM160D 37 to 46 64 to 80 111 to 139 NS250N/H/L TM200D Compact NS100 to C1251 equipped with STR electronic trip unit transformer rating (kVA) protective device 230 V 1-ph 230 V 3-ph/ 400 V 3-ph circuit breaker trip unit 400 V 1-ph 4 to 7 6 to 13 11 to 22 NS100N/HL STR22SE 40 9 to 19 16 to 32 27 to 56 NS100N/H/L STR22SE 100 15 to 30 25 to 52 44 to 90 NS160N/H/L STR22SE 160 23 to 46 40 to 80 70 to 139 NS250N/H/L STR22SE 250 37 to 74 64 to 128 111 to 222 NS400N/H/L STR23SE 400 58 to 115 100 to 200 175 to 346 NS630N/H/L STR23SE 630 74 to 184 127 to 319 222 to 554 C801N/H STR35SE 800 92 to 230 159 to 398 277 to 693 C1001N/H STR35SE 1000 115 to 288 200 to 498 346 to 866 C1251N/H STR35SE 1250

Ir max setting 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 1 1 1

(1) For other windings, please consult us. If a circuit breaker upstream of a transformer with a transformation ratio of 1 and a rated power of less than 5 kVA is subject to nuisance tripping, before choosing a circuit breaker with a higher rating, invert the input and the output of the transformer (the inrush current may be doubled if the primary is wound internally rather than externally).

222

Merlin Gerin

protection using a Masterpact circuit breaker

3-phase transformers (400 V primary) transformer circuit breaker P (kVA) In (A) Usc (%) type

trip unit

Ir = k1 In k1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000

887 1 126 1 408 1 760 2 253 2 817

5.5 5.5 5.5 5 5.5 5.5

M10N1/H1/H2/L1 M10N1/H1/H2/L1 M12N1/H1/H2/L1 M12N1/H1/H2/L1 M16N1/H1/H2/L1 M16N1/H1/H2/L1 M20N1/H1/H2/L1 M20N1/H1/H2/L1 M25N1/H1/H2/L1 M25N1/H1/H2/L1 M32H1/H2 M32H1/H2

STR28DE STR38SE STR28DE STR38SE STR28DE STR38DE STR28DE STR38SE STR28DE STR38DE STR28DE STR38SE

Im = k2 Ir k2 time delay 0.1 0.2 0.3 10 7 6 4 10 7 5 4 10 7 6 4 9 6 5 4 9 7 6 5 8 6 5 4

3-phase transformers (230 V primary) transformer circuit breaker P (kVA) In (A) Usc (%) type

trip unit

Ir = k1 In k1 0.9 0.9 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85

400 630 800 1 000 1 250 1 600 2 000

975 1 535 1 949 2 436 3 045 3 898 4 872

5.5 4.5 5 5.5 5 5.5 5.5

M12N1/H1/H2/L1 M12N1/H1/H2/L1 M20N1/H1/H2/L1 M20N1/H1/H2/L1 M25N1/H1/H2/L1 M25N1/H1/H2/L1 M32H1/H2 M32H1/H2 M40H1/H2 M40H1/H2 M50H1/H2 M50H1/H2 M63H1/H2 M63H1/H2

STR28D STR38S STR28D STR38S STR28D STR38S STR28D STR38D STR28D STR38S STR28D STR38D STR28D STR38S

Im = k2 Ir k2 time delay 0.1 0.2 0.3 10 8 6 4 10 7 6 4 9 7 5 4 9 7 6 4 9 6 5 4 9 7 6 5 8 6 5 4

Merlin Gerin

223

Complementary technical information

cascading

summary
application distribution cascading network 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V motor protection cascading 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V upstream device Compact NS Compact C, CM and Masterpact Compact NS Compact C and CM Compact NS Compact C, CM and Masterpact Compact NS Compact NS Compact NS downstream device Compact and Multi 9 Compact and Multi 9 Compact and Multi 9 Compact Compact and Multi 9 Compact, CM and Masterpact Compact NS, Integral, GVM Compact NS, Integral, GVM Compact NS, Integral tableau page 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 232 233 234

cascading for installations with 2 or 3 transformers in parallel

what is cascading?
Cascading is the use of the current limiting capacity of circuit breakers at a given point to permit installation of lower-rated and therefore lower-cost circuit breakers downstream. The upstream Compact circuit breakers acts as a barrier against short-circuit currents. In this way, downstream circuit breakers with lower breaking capacities than the prospective short-circuit (at their point of installation) operate under their normal breaking conditions. Since the current is limited throughout the circuit controlled by the limiting circuit breaker, cascading applies to all switchgear downstream. It is not restricted to two consecutive devices.

general use of cascading


With cascading, the devices can be installed in different switchboards. Thus, in general, cascading refers to any combination of circuit breakers where a circuit breaker with a breaking capacity less than the prospective Isc at its point of installation can be used. Of course, the breaking capacity of the upstream circuit breaker must be greater than or equal to the prospective short-circuit current at its point of installation. The combination of two circuit breakers in cascading configuration is covered by the following standards: c IEC 947-2 (construction) c NF C 15-100, 434.3.1 (installation).

coordination between circuit breakers


The use of a protective device possessing a breaking capacity less than the prospective short-circuit current at its installation point is permitted as long as another device is installed upstream with at least the necessary breaking capacity. In this case, the characteristics of the two devices must be coordinated in such a way that the energy let through by the upstream device is not more than that which can be withstood by the downstream device and the cables protected by these devices without damage. Cascading can only be checked by laboratory tests and the possible combinations can be specified only by the circuit breaker manufacturer.

220/240 V network downstream from a 380/415 V network


For 1P + N or 2P circuit breakers connected between the phase and neutral on a 380/415 V network, with a TT or TNS neutral system, consult the 220/240 V cascading table to determinate cascading possibilities between upstream and downstream circuit breakers.

cascading and protection discrimination


In cascading configurations, due to the Roto-active breaking technique, discrimination is maintained and, in some cases, even enhanced. Consult the enhanced discrimination tables on pages 270 to 278 for data on discrimination limits.

224

Merlin Gerin

economy by means of cascading


Thanks to cascading, circuit breakers with breaking capacities less than the prospective short-circuit current may be installed downstream from a current limiting circuit breaker. It follows that substantial savings can be made on downstream switchgear and enclosures. The example below illustrates this possibility.

cascading tables
Merlin Gerin cascading tables are: c drawn up on the basis of calculations (comparison between the energy limited by the upstream device and the maximum permissible thermal stress for the downstream device) c verified experimentally in accordance with IEC standard 947-2. For distribution systems with 220/240 V 400/415 V and 440 V between phases, the tables of the following pages indicate cascading possibilities between upstream Compact and downstream Multi 9 and Compact circuit breakers as well as between upstream Masterpact and downstream Compact circuit breakers.

example of three level cascading


Consider three circuit breakers A, B and C connected in series. The criteria for cascading are fulfilled in the following two cases: c the upstream device A is coordinated for cascading with both devices B and C (even if the cascading criteria are not fulfilled between B and C). It is simply necessary to check that the combinations A + B and A + C have the required breaking capacity c each pair of successive devices is coordinated, i.e. A with B and B with C (even if the cascading criteria are not fulfilled between A and C). It is simply necessary to check that the combinations A + B and B + C have the required breaking capacity.

A Isc = 80 kA NS250L 220 A B Isc = 50 kA NS100N 63 A

C Isc = 24 kA C60N 25 A

The upstream breaker A is a NS250L (breaking capacity 150 kA) for a prospective lsc of 80 kA across its output terminals. A NS100N (breaking capacity 25 kA) can be used for circuit breaker B for a prospective lsc of 50 kA across its output terminals, since the "reinforced" breaking capacity provided by cascading with the upstream NS250L is 150 kA. A C60N (breaking capacity 10 kA) can be used for circuit breaker C for a prospective lsc of 24 kA across its output terminals since the "reinforced" breaking capacity provided by cascading with the upstream NS250L is 30 kA. Note that the "reinforced" breaking capacity of the C60N with the NS100N upstream is only 25 kA, but: s A + B = 150 kA s A + C = 30 kA.

Merlin Gerin

A225

Complementary technical information cascading, network 220/240V

Upstream: Compact NS Downstream: Compact and Multi 9

upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream DPN/DPNN C60a C60N C60H C60L i 25 A C60L i 40 A C60L i 63 A XC/SC40 PM25 u 14 A NC100H/NC125H NC100L NC100LS NC100LH/LMA NG125a NG125N NG125H NG125L/LMA NS80HMA NSC100N NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream C60a C60N C60H C60L i 25 A C60L i 40 A C60L i 63 A XC/SC40 PM25 u 14 A NC100H/NC125H NC100L NC100LS NC100LH/LMA NG125a NG125N NG125H NG125L/LMA NS80HMA NSC100N NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H

NSC100N NS100N 42 85 breaking capacity (kA eff) 15 15 30 30 40 40 42 50 65 42 65 42 65 40 85 42 65 65 85 40 40 60

NS100H 100 15 80 100 100 100 100 100 40 100 100 70 100 50 70 85

NS100L 150 15 80 100 100 100 100 100 40 100 100 100 150 150 70 85 100 150 150 100 150 150

NS160N 85

NS160H 100

NS160L 150

30 40 50 65 65 65 40 85 65 65 85 0 60

80 100 100 100 100 100 40 100 100 70 100 50 70 85

85

100 100

85

100 100 100

80 100 100 100 100 100 40 100 100 100 150 150 70 85 100 150 150 100 150 150 150 150 NS630N 85 NS630H 100 NS630L 150

NS250N NS250H 85 100 breaking capacity (kA eff) 30 80 40 60 50 65 65 80 65 80 50 65 40 40 65 65 85 40 60 100 70 100 50 70 85

NS250L 150 80 60 65 80 80 65 40 100 100 150 150 70 85 100 150 150 100 150 150 150 150 150 150

NS400N 85

NS400H 100

NS400L 150

85

100 100 100 100

85

100 100 100 100 100

150 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150

85

100 100 100 100 100 100

150 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150

226

Merlin Gerin

Upstream: Compact C, CM, Masterpact Downstream: Compact NS, NB, C


upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H C801N C801H C1001N C1001H C1251N C801N C801H C801L 85 100 150 breaking capacity (kA eff) 100 150 150 100 150 150 100 150 150 100 150 150 100 150 150 100 150 150 C1001N 85 C1001H 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 C1001L 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 C1251N 85 C1251H 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 CMH 125 Mpact L 130

Merlin Gerin

A227

Complementary technical information cascading, network 380/415V (1)

Upstream: Compact NS Downstream: Compact and Multi 9

upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream C60a C60N C60H C60L i 25 A C60L i 40 A C60L i 63 A XC/SC40 PM25 u 14 A NC100H/NC125H NC100L NC100LS NC100LH/LMA NG125a NG125N NG125H NG125L/LMA NS80HMA NSC100N NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream C60a C60N C60H C60L i 25 A C60L i 40 A C60L i 63 A XC/SC40 NC100H/NC125H NC100L NC100LS NC100LH/LMA NG125a NG125N NG125H NG125L/LMA NS80HMA NSC100N NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H

NSC100N NS100N 18 25 breaking capacity (kA eff) 15 15 18 25 18 25 25 25 25 25 25

NS100H 70 20 30 40 40 40 40 30 50 30 50 70 70 25 36 50 70 50 70

NS100L 150 20 30 40 40 40 40 30 50 30 70 100 150 25 70 100 150 150 50 150 150

NS160N 36 15 25 30 30 30 30 25 25 25

NS160H 70 20 30 40 40 40 40 30 30 30 50 70 70 25 36 50 70 50 70 70

NS160L 150 20 25 40 40 40 40 30 30 70 100 150 25 70 100 150 150 50 150 150 150 150 NS630N 45 NS630H 70 NS630L 150

18 18 18

25

25 36

25

36 36

NS250N NS250H 36 70 breaking capacity (kA eff) 15 20 25 30 30 30 40 30 40 30 30 25 30 25 30 50 70 70 25 25 36 36 50 70 36 36 50 70 70 70

NS250L 150 20 30 30 40 40 30 30 30 70 100 150 25 70 100 150 150 50 150 150 150 150 150 150

NS400N 45

NS400H 70

NS400L 150

45 45 45 45

50 70 70 70 70

150 50 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150

45 45 45 45

50 70 70 70 70 70

150 50 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150

(1) With single pole, single pole + neutral and two pole circuit breakers, with TT or TNS systems, see cascading table for 220/240 V network.

228

Merlin Gerin

Upstream: Compact C, CM Downstream: Compact NS, NB, C


upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H C801N C801H C1001N C1001H C1251N C801N C801H C801L 50 70 150 breaking capacity (kA eff) 50 70 150 150 50 70 150 150 50 70 150 150 50 70 150 150 50 70 150 150 70 150 150 C1001N 50 50 50 50 50 50 C1001H 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 C1001L 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 C1251N 50 50 50 50 50 50 C1251H 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 CMN 70

Merlin Gerin

A229

Complementary technical information cascading, network 440 V

Upstream: Compact NS Downstream: Compact and Multi 9

upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NC100L NC100LS NC100LH/LMA NS80HMA NSC100N NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NC100L NC100LS NC100LH/LMA NS80HMA NSC100N NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H

NS100N NS100H 25 65 breaking capacity (kA eff) 50 65 65 25 50 65

NS100L 130 70 100 130 150 50 130 130

NS160N 25

NS160H 65 50 65 65

NS160L 130 70 100 130 150 50 130 130 130 130 NS630N 42 NS630H 65 NS630L 130

35 35

50 65 65

NS250N NS250H 35 65 breaking capacity (kA eff) 50 65 65 35 35 50 65 65 65

NS250L 130 70 100 130 150 50 130 130 130 130 130 130

NS400N 42

NS400H 65

NS400L 130

42 42 42 42

50 65 65 65 65

150 50 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

42 42 42 42

50 65 65 65 65 65

150 50 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

230

Merlin Gerin

Upstream: Compact C, CM, Masterpact (1) Downstream: Compact NS, C, CM, Masterpact (1)
upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H C801N C801H C1001N C1001H C1251N C1251H CM CMN MPN1 i 1600 MPN1 > 1600 MPH1 i 1600 MPH1 > 1600 MPH2 i 2000 C801N C801H C801L 42 65 100 breaking capacity (kA eff) 42 65 100 100 42 65 100 100 42 65 100 100 65 100 100 65 100 100 65 100 100 C1001N 42 42 42 42 C1001H 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 C1001L 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 C1251N 42 42 42 42 C1251H 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 100 85 50 65 65 85 100 CMN 65 CMH 85 Mpact L 110

(1) Masterpact type H1 and H2: use "0" short time delay.

Merlin Gerin

A231

Complementary technical information

motor protection cascading

Upstream: Compact NS Downstream: Compact NS, Integral and GVM

Network 220/240 V
upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS80HMA NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H GV2M u 23 A Integral 18 u 10 A Integral 32 u 25 A Integral 63 u 32 A upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS80HMA NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H Integral 18 u 10 A Integral 32 u 25 A Integral 63 u 32 A NS100N NS100H NS100L 85 100 150 breaking capacity (kA eff) 150 100 150 150 NS160N 85 NS160H 100 NS160L 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 150 150 150 NS630H 100 NS630L 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150

100 100

85 85 85 85

100 100 100 100

100 150 150 150

85 85 85 85 NS400H 100

100 100 100 100 NS400L 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150

NS250N NS250H NS250L 85 100 150 breaking capacity (kA eff) 150 100 150 150 100 150 150 100 150 150

100 100 100 100

100 100 100 100 100

85 85 85

100 100 100

150 150 150

150

Network 380/415 V
upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS80HMA NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H GV2M u 14 A GV2L u 18 A GV2P u 18 A GV3M Integral 18 u 10 A Integral 32 u 25 A Integral 63 u 32 A upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS80HMA NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H GV3M Integral 18 u 10 A Integral 32 u 25 A Integral 63 u 32 A NSC100N NS100N NS100H 18 25 70 breaking capacity (kA eff) 70 NS100L 150 150 150 150 NS160N 36 NS160H 70 NS160L 150 150 150 150 150 150

36

70 70

18

25

50 70 70 70 70 70 70

50 150 150 150 150 150 150 NS400N 45

70 70 70 70 NS400H 70

150 150 150 150 NS400L 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150

150 150 150 150 NS630N 45 NS630H 70 NS630L 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150

NS250N NS250H NS250L 36 70 150 breaking capacity (kA eff) 150 36 70 150 150 70 150 150 70 150 150

45 45 45

70 70 70 70

45 45 45

70 70 70 70 70

70 70 70 70

150 150 150 150

70

150

232

Merlin Gerin

Upstream: Compact NS Downstream: Compact NS, Integral

Network 440 V
upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS80HMA NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H Integral 32 u 16 A Integral 63 u 25 A upstream breaking capacity kA eff downstream NS80HMA NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N NS400H NS630N NS630H Integral 32 u 16 A Integral 63 u 25 A NS100N NS100H NS100L 25 65 130 breaking capacity (kA eff) 150 65 130 130 NS160N 2525 NS160H 65 NS160L 130 150 130 130 130 130 130 130 NS400L 130 150 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 NS630N 42 NS630H 65 NS630L 130 150 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130

35

65 65

65 65

130 130 NS400N 42

65 65 NS400H 65

NS250N NS250H NS250L 35 65 130 breaking capacity (kA eff) 150 35 65 130 130 65 130 130 65 130 130

42 42 42

65 65 65 65

42 42 42

65 65 65 65 65

65 65

130 130

65

130

Merlin Gerin

A233

Complementary technical information

cascading for installations with several transformers in parallel


The following table indicates the types of circuit breakers to be installed on the source feeders and main feeders of an installation with 2 or 3 transformers connected in parallel (1). The following assumptions are made: s upstream network short-circuit power of 500 MVA s the transformers are all identical, 20 kV/ 410 V and with a normal short-circuit voltage level s the short-circuit current on the busbars does not take into account the connection impedances (the worst case)
s the equipment is installed in a switchboard

with an ambient temperature of 30 C

s to connect several transformers in parallel,

the transformers must have: the same Usc s the same transformation ratio s the same type of connection s a maximum power ratio of 2 between any two of the transformers s Isc is given only as a general indication and may vary depending on the percent Usc values given by the transformer manufacturers; the values for breaking capacities reinforced by cascading are therefore given for higher values.
s

Installations with 2 transformers in parallel

D1

D2

D4

Icc Isc 500 35200 704 C801N 50 500 35200 704 C801H 70 630 44400 887 C1001N 50 630 44400 887 C1001H 70 800 37500 1126 C1251N 50 800 37500 1126 C1251H 70

transformer rating (kVA) Icc maxi downstream from D4 nominal transformer current (kVA) circuit breaker D1 or D2 breaking capacity (kA) circuit breaker D4 NS100N NS160N NS250N NS400N NS630N C801N C1001N

250 315 400 17600 22200 28200 352 444 564 NS400N NS630N NS630N 45 45 45 reinforced breaking capacity (kA) 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45

50 50 50 50

50 70 70 70

50 50 50

50 70 70 70

50 50

70 70 70 70

Example: Consider 2 parallel 800 kVA transformers. The source protection devices are two C125N circuit breakers equipped with STR25DE trip units set at 1250 A. The installation has two feeders rated 125 A and 630 A respectively. Isc max downstream of CB4 is 49 600 A. Installations with 3 transformers in parallel

The 630 A feeder will be protected by a NS630N circuit breaker (a breaking capacity of 50 kA with cascading). The 125 A feeder will be equipped with a NS160H circuit breaker as cascading is not possible with an NS160N.

D1

D2

D3

D4 Isc
transformer rating (kVA) Icc maxi downstream from D4 nominal transformer current (kVA) circuit breaker D1 or D2 breaking capacity (kA) disjoncteur D4 NS160N NS250N NS400N NS630N C801N C1001N 250 315 400 26400 33300 42300 352 444 564 NS400N NS630N NS630H 45 45 70 reinforced breaking capacity (kA) 45 45 45 45 45 45 70 500 52800 704 C801N 50 500 52800 704 C801H 70 630 66600 887 C1001N 50 630 66600 887 C1001H 70 800 56300 1126 C1251N 50 800 56300 1126 C1251H 70

50 50

70 70

50 50

50 50 70

50 50

50 50 70 70

234

Merlin Gerin

Complementary technical information

Protection discrimination

Contents

Using the tables Two circuit breakers offer total discrimination when the corresponding box in the discrimination table is shaded or contains the letter T. When discrimination is partial for the combination, the corresponding box indicates the maximum value of the fault current for which discrimination is provided. For fault currents above this value, the two circuit breakers trip simultaneously. upstream device Compact NS Compact C, CM downstream device Multi 9 Compact NS100 to 630 Multi 9 and Compact NS100 to 250 Compact NS400 to 630, NSC100 Compact C801 to 1251 Compact CM, Masterpact Multi 9 and Compact NS100 to 630 Compact C, CM, Masterpact GV2 M01...Integral 32 GV2 M01...Integral 63 Multi 9 and Compact NS Multi 9 Multi 9 Compact NS Integral 18...Intgral 63 GV2 M GV2 P GV2 L page 238 246 252 254 256 256 258 261 265 266 268 271 272 274 275 276 277 278

application Discrimination: distribution circuit-breakers

Masterpact Discrimination: motor protection Compact NS Compact NS and Compact C Compact NSC100N Compact NS160 to 250 Compact NS250 to 630, C Compact NS160 to 400 Compact NS160 Compact NS160 Compact NS160

Discrimination reinforced by cascading distribution circuit-breakers Discrimination reinforced by cascading motor protection

Merlin Gerin

A235

Complementary technical information

protection discrimination

Protection discrimination is an essential element that must be taken into account starting at the design stage of a low voltage installation to ensure the highest level of availability for users. Discrimination is important in all installations for the comfort of users, however it is fundamental in installations requiring a high level of service continuity, e.g. industrial manufacturing processes.

Industrial installations without discrimination run a series of risks of varying importance including: c production deadline overruns; c interruption in manufacturing, entailing: v production or finished-product losses, v risk of damage to production machines in continuous processes; c restarting of machines, one by one, following a general power outage;
E26366

c shutdown of vital safety equipment such as lubrification pumps, smoke fans, etc.

what is discrimination?
Discrimination, also called selectivity, is the coordination of automatic protection devices in such a manner that a fault appearing at a given point in a network is cleared by the protection device installed immediately upstream of the fault, and by that device alone. c Total discrimination Discrimination is said to be total if, for all fault current values, from overloads up to the non-resistive short-circuit current, circuit breaker D2 opens and D1 remains closed. c Partial discrimination Discrimination is partial if the above condition is not respected up to the full short-circuit current, but only to a lesser value termed the selectivity limit current (Is). c No discrimination In the event of a fault, both circuit breakers D1 and D2 open.

D1

D2

natural discrimination with Compact NS circuit breakers


E26406

Due to the Roto-active breaking technique employed by the Compact NS, the combined use of Merlin Gerin circuit breakers provides an exceptional level of protection discrimination.

This is the result of the implementation and optimisation of three different techniques: c current discrimination; c time discrimination; c energy discrimination. Overload protection: current discrimination Discrimination is ensured if the ratio between setting thresholds is greater than 1.6 (for distribution circuit breakers). Low short-circuit protection: time discrimination Tripping of the upstream device is slightly delayed to ensure that the downstream device trips first. Discrimination is ensured if the ratio between the short-circuit thresholds is greater than 1.5. High short-circuit protection: energy discrimination This protection system combines the exceptional current limiting capacity of the Compact NS and the advantages of reflex tripping, sensitive to the energy dissipated in the device by the short-circuit. In the event of a high short-circuit detected by two circuit breakers, the downstream device limits it sharply. The energy dissipated in the upstream device is not sufficient to trip it, i.e. discrimination is total for all short-circuit currents. Discrimination is ensured if the ratio between the circuit breaker ratings is greater than 2.

10000

NS100 NS250 100A 250A

1000

100

10 t (s) 1

.1

.01

.001 .5 1 10 x 100A 100 300

236

Merlin Gerin

how to use the discrimination tables


c for discrimination between 2 distribution circuit breakers Combinations providing total discrimination are indicated by coloured zones or the symbol T on a coloured background. If discrimination is partial, the table indicates the maximum fault current value for which discrimination is ensured. For fault currents above this value, the 2 circuit breakers trip simultaneously.

E34281

D1

D2

Discrimination between two distribution circuit breakers.

E34282

c for discrimination between a circuit breaker and a motor control and protection assembly If discrimination is partial, the table indicates the maximum fault current value for which discrimination is ensured. For fault currents above this value, the 2 devices trip simultaneously.

D1

D2

Discrimination between circuit breakers used for motor protection.

requisite conditions
The values indicated in the tables (for 380, 415 and 440 V) are guaranteed if the following conditions are respected:
D1 TMD application Distribution Motor D2 TMD or Multi9 STRSE/GE MA + separate therm. relay Thermal-magnetic motor type STRME TMD or Multi9 STRSE/GE MA + separate therm. relay Thermal-magnetic motor type STRME TMD or Multi9 STRSE/GE MA + separate therm. relay Thermal-magnetic motor type STRME Ratio between upstream and downstream settings Thermal protection Magnetic protection Ir up / Ir down Im up / Im down u 1,6 u2 u 1,6 u 1,5 u3 u2 u3 u2 u3 u 1,5 u 2,5 u 1,5 u 1,6 u 1,5 u3 u 1,5 u3 u 1,5 u3 u 1,5 u 1,6 u 1,5 u 1,2 u 1,5 u3 u 1,5 u3 u 1,5 u3 u 1,5

STR2.. or 3.. fixed long time delay

Distribution Motor

STR5.. or 6.. with adjustable long time delay delay (1)

Distribution Motor

(1) When upstream and / or downstream control units have adjustable long time delays, adjustement must be such as upstream delay is longer than downstream delay (1 step difference).
Merlin Gerin

237

Complementary technical information

protection discrimination

Upstream: NSC100N, NSA160, NS125E Downstream: Multi 9, NSA160

downstream DPN B, C curves

DPN N C, D curves

XC40 L-U curves

C60a C curve

C60N B, C, D curves

C60H C curve

C60L B, C curves K curve Z curve

upstream rating (A) setting Ir i 10 16 20 25 32 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 38 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63

NSC100N 16 0.6

25 0.6

32 0.6 0.6 0.6

40 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

50 T T T T T T T T T

63 T T T T T T T T T T 3 3 3 3 3

70 T T T T T T T T T T T 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 T T T T T T T T T T 6 6

80 T T T T T T T T T T T 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 T T T T T T T T T T 6 6

100 T T T T T T T T T T T 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 T T T T T T T T T T 8 8 6 6 T T T T 8 8 6 6 T T T T 8 8 6 6

0.6

0.6

0.6 0.6 0.6

0.6

0.6

0.6 0.6 0.6

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

3 3 3 3

0.6

0.6

0.6 0.6 0.6

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

T T T T

T T T T T T T T T 6

0.6

0.6

0.6 0.6 0.6

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

T T T T

0.6

0.6

0.6 0.6 0.6

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

T T T T

T T T T 6

T T T T 6 6

T T T T 6 6

0.6

0.6

0.6 0.6 0.6

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

T T T T

T T T T 6

T T T T 6 6

T T T T 6 6

238

Merlin Gerin

downstream NC100H B, C curves

NC100H D curve

NC100L NC100LS

NC100LH C curve

upstream rating (A) setting Ir i 50 63 80 100 i 50 63 80 100 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63

NSC100N 16

25

32

40

50

63

70

80

100 1.25 1.25

1.25 1.25

0.6

0.6

0.6 0.6

0.6 0.6 0.6

T 15 15

T 15 15 15

T 15 15 15 8

T 15 15 15 8

0.6

0.6

0.6 0.6

0.6 0.6 0.6

T 15 15

T 15 15 15

T 15 15 15 8

T 15 15 15 8

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

Merlin Gerin

A239

Complementary technical information

protection discrimination

Upstream: NS100 to 250 Trip unit TM-D Downstream: Multi 9

upstream downstream DPN B, C curves rating (A) setting Ir i 10 16 20 25 32 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 38 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 50 63 80 100 i 50 63 80 100 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63

NS100N/H/L trip unit TM-D 16 25 0.19 0.3 0.3

32 0.4 0.4 0.4

40 0.5 0.5 0.5

50 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

63 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

80 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63

100 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

NS160N/H/L trip unit TM-D 80 100 T T T T T T T T T T T 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 15 15 15 2.5 T T T T T T T T T T T 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 2.5 2.5

125 T T T T T T T T T T T 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

160 T T T T T T T T T T T 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

NS250N/H/L trip unit TM-D 160 200 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

250 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

DPN N C, D curves

0.19

0.3 0.3

0.4 0.4 0.4

0.5 0.5 0.5

XC40 L-U curves

0.19

0.3 0.3

0.4 0.4 0.4

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

C60a C curve

0.19

0.3 0.3

0.4 0.4 0.4

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

C60N B, C, D curves

0.19

0.3 0.3

0.4 0.4 0.4

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

C60H C curve

0.19

0.3 0.3

0.4 0.4 0.4

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

C60L B, C curves K curve Z curve

0.19

0.3 0.3

0.4 0.4 0.4

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

NC100H B, C curves

NC100H D curve

0.63

0.8 0.8

2.5

2.5 2.5

NC100L NC100LS

0.4 0.4

0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63

NC100LH C curve

0.4 0.4

0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

T T T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

240

Merlin Gerin

upstream downstream NC125H NG125a C curve NG125N, Ns, H B, C curves rating (A) setting Ir 125 80 100 125 i 20 25, 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 i 20 25, 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 i 16 20 25, 32 40 50 63 80 i 16 20 25, 32 40 50 63 80

NS100N/H/L trip unit TM-D 16 25

32

40

50

63

80

100

NS160N/H/L trip unit TM-D 80 100

125

160

NS250N/H/L trip unit TM-D 160 200 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

250 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

2.5 2.5 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 T T T 2.5 T T T 2.5 2.5 T T T 2.5 2.5 T T T 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T T 2.5 2.5 2.5 T T T T 2.5 2.5 2.5

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

NG125N, Ns, H D curve

0.4

0.5

0.5

0.5 0.5

0.63 0.63 0.63

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

T T T 2.5

T T T 2.5 2.5

T T T 2.5 2.5

NG125L B, C curves

0.3

0.4 0.4

0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5

0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

T T T T 2.5

T T T T 2.5 2.5 T T T T 2.5 2.5

T T T T 2.5 2.5 T T T T 2.5 2.5

NG125L D curve

0.3

0.4 0.4

0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5

0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63

T T T T 2.5

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

Merlin Gerin

A241

Complementary technical information

protection discrimination

Upstream: NS100 to 630 Trip unit STR Downstream: DPN, DPN N, XC40, C60, NC100
NS160N/H/L trip unit STR22SE 80 32 40 50 T T T T T T

upstream downstream DPN B, C curves rating (A) setting Ir i 10 16 20 25 32 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 38 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 50 63 80 100 i 50 63 80 100 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63

NS100N/H/L trip unit STR22SE 40 16 25 40 0.4 0.4 0.4

100 40 1.2 1.2

63 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

DPN N C, D curves

0.4

0.4 0.4

1.2 1.2

80 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

XC40 L, U curves

0.4

0.4 0.4

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

C60a C curve

0.4

0.4 0.4

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

C60N B, C, D curves

0.4

0.4 0.4

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

100 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

63 T T T T T T T T

T T

T T T

80 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

160 63 T T T T T T T T

80 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

T T

T T T

T T T T

T T T T

T T

T T T

T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T

T T T

T T T T

T T T T

100 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

125 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

C60H C curve

0.4

0.4 0.4

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

T T

T T T

T T T T

T T T T T

T T T T

T T T T T

T T T T T T

C60L B, C curves K curve Z curve

0.4

0.4 0.4

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

T T

T T T

T T T T

T T T T T

T T T T

T T T T T

T T T T T T

NC100H B, C curves

160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

NC100H D curve

T T

NC100L NC100LS

0.4

1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

T T T

T T T T

T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T T T

NC100LH C curve

0.4

1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

T T T

T T T T

T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

242

Merlin Gerin

NS250N/H/L trip unit STR22SE 250 100 125 160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

T T

T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

200 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

250 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

NS400N/H/L trip unit STR23SE/53UE 400 160 200 250 320 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

400 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

NS630N/H/L trip unit STR23SE/53UE 630 250 320 400 500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

Merlin Gerin

A243

Complementary technical information

protection discrimination

Upstream: NS100 to 630 Trip unit STR Downstream: NC125H, NG125


NS160N/H/L trip unit STR22SE 80 32 40 50

upstream downstream NC125H NG125a C curve NG125N, Ns, H B, C curves rating (A) setting Ir 125 80 100 125 i 20 25, 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 i 20 25,32 40 50 63 80 100 125 i 16 20 25, 32 40 50 63 80 i 16 20 25, 32 40 50 63 80

NS100N/H/L trip unit STR22SE 40 16 25 40

100 40

63

80

100

63

80

160 63

80

100

125

160

0.63

0.8 0.8

1 1 1

T T

T T T

T T T 2

T T T 2.5 2.5

NG125N, Ns, H curve D

T T

T T T

0.63

0.8 0.8

1 1 1

T T T 2.5

T T T 2.5 2.5

NG125L curves B, C

0.63

0.8 0.8

1 1 1

T T

T T T

T T T T

T T T T 2.5

T T T T 2.5 2.5 T T T T 2.5 2.5

NG125L curve D

0.63

0.8 0.8

1 1 1

T T

T T T

T T T T

T T T T 2.5

244

Merlin Gerin

NS250N/H/L trip unit STR22SE 250 100 125 160

200 T

250 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

T T T

T T T T

T T T T T

T T T T T T

T T T

T T T T

T T T T T

T T T T T T

T T T T

T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T

T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

NS400N/H/L trip unit STR23SE/53UE 400 160 200 250 320 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

400 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

NS630N/H/L trip unit STR23SE/53UE 630 250 320 400 500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

Merlin Gerin

A245

Complementary technical information

protection discrimination

Upstream: NS100 to 250 Trip unit TM-D Downstream: NS100 to 630, NSC100N
NS160N/H/L trip unit TM-D 80 100 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 NS250N/H/L trip unit TM-D 160 200 T T T T T T T T T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 2.6 2.6 2.6 T T T T T T T T T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2

upstream rating (A) setting Ir NS100N 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS100H 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS100L 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS160N i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS160H i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS160L i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS250N i 100 trip unit TM-D 125 160 200 250 NS250H/L i 100 trip unit TM-D 125 160 200 250 NS100N 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 NS100H/L 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 NS160N 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 160 NS160H/L 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 160 NS250N i 100 trip unit STR22SE 160 250 NS250H/L i 100 trip unit STR22SE 160 250 downstream

NS100N/H/L trip unit TM-D 16 25

32 0.4

40 0.5 0.5

50 0.5 0.5

63 0.5 0.5 0.5

80 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63

100 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

125 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.25 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.25 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.25 1.25 1.25

160 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.25 1.25 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.25 1.25 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25

250 T T T T T T T T T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2.5 2.5 2.5

0.5

0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5

0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2

0.5

0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5

0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2

1.25 1.25

1.25 1.25 1.25

2.6 2.6 2.6

1.25 1.25

1.25 1.25 1.25

2.6 2.6 2.6

1.6

1.6

2 2

2.5 2.5 2.5

0.63 0.63 0.63

0.8 0.8 0.8

1 1 1

1.25 1.25 1.25

1.25 1.25 1.25

1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25

T T 36 36 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6

T T 36 36 2 2 2 2 2

0.63

0.8

1.25

1.25

T T 36 36 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

1.6

246

Merlin Gerin

upstream downstream NS400N rating (A) setting Ir 160 200 250 320 400 160 200 250 320 400 160 200 250 320 400 250 320 400 500 630 250 320 400 500 630 250 320 400 500 630

NS100N/H/L trip unit TM-D 16 25

32

40

50

63

80

100

NS160N/H/L trip unit TM-D 80 100

125

160

NS250N/H/L trip unit TM-D 160 200

250

NS400H

NS400L

NS630N

NS630H

NS630L

NSC100N

15 20 25 32 40 50 63 70 80 100

0.3

0.4 0.4

0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.25

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.25 1.25

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

Merlin Gerin

A247

Complementary technical information

protection discrimination

Upstream: NS100 to 630 Trip unit STR Downstream: NS100 to 250

upstream rating (A) setting Ir NS100N 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS100H 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS100L 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS160N i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS160H i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS160L i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS250N i 100 trip unit TM-D 125 160 200 250 NS250H/L i 100 trip unit TM-D 125 160 200 250 NS100N 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 NS100H/L 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 NS160N 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 160 NS160H/L 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 160 NS250N i 100 trip unit STR22SE 160 250 NS250H/L i 100 trip unit STR22SE 160 250 downstream

NS100N/H/L trip unit STR22SE 40 16 25 40

100 40

63 1.2 1.2

80 1.2 1.2 1.2

100 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

NS160N/H/L trip unit STR22SE 80 32 40 50

63

80

160 63 2 2

80 2 2 2

100 2 2 2 2

125 2 2 2 2 2

160 2 2 2 2 2 2

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

2 2

2 2 2

2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

2 2

2 2 2

2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2

2 2 2

2 2 2

2 2 2

2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1.2

1.2

1.2

2 2

248

Merlin Gerin

NS250N/H/L trip unit STR22SE 250 100 125 160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

200 T T T T T T T T T 36 36 36 36 36 T T 36 36 36 36 36 3 3

T T 36 36

T T 36 36 36

T T 36 36 36 36

T T 36 36

T T 36 36 36

T T 36 36 36 36

250 T T T T T T T T T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 3 3 3

NS400N/H/L trip unit STR23SE/53UE 400 160 200 250 320 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 5 5

3 3

3 3 3

3 3

3 3 3

T T

T T T

400 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 5 5 5

NS630N/H/L trip unit STR23SE/53UE 630 250 320 400 500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

5 5

5 5 5

T 36 3

T 36 3

T T 36 36 3 3 3 3 3

T T 36 36 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

T T 36 36 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

T T T T T T T T 5

T T T T T T T T T T 5

T T T T T T T T T T 5 5 5 5

T T T T T T T T T T 5 5 5 5

T T T T T T T T T T 5 5 5 5 5 5

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

Merlin Gerin

A249

Complementary technical information

protection discrimination

Upstream: NS100 to 630 Trip unit STR Downstream: NS400 to 630, NSC100N
NS160N/H/L trip unit STR22SE 80 32 40 50

upstream downstream NS400N rating (A) setting Ir 160 200 250 320 400 160 200 250 320 400 160 200 250 320 400 250 320 400 500 630 250 320 400 500 630 250 320 400 500 630

NS100N/H/L trip unit STR22SE 40 16 25 40

100 40

63

80

100

63

80

160 63

80

100

125

160

NS400H

NS400L

NS630N

NS630H

NS630L

NSC100N

15 20 25 32 40 50 63 70 80 100

0.4

0.4

0.63 0.63 0.63

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2

2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

250

Merlin Gerin

NS250N/H/L trip unit STR22SE 250 100 125 160

200

250

NS400N/H/L trip unit STR23SE/53UE 400 160 200 250 320

400

NS630N/H/L trip unit STR23SE/53UE 630 250 320 400 500 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 8

8 8 8

630 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

T T T T T

T T T T T T

T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

Merlin Gerin

A251

Complementary technical information

protection discrimination

Upstream: C801 to C1251, CM Downstream: DPN, DPN N, XC40, C60, NC100, NC125, NG125, NS100 to 250
C801N/H trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 800 320 400 500 630 800 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 T T T T T T T T T T 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 1000 400 500 630 800 1000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

upstream rating (A) setting Ir DPN, DPN N, XC40, C60 NC100/125, NG125 NS100N 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS100H 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS100L 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS160N i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS160H i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS160L i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS250N i 100 trip unit TM-D 125 160 200 250 NS250H/L i 100 trip unit TM-D 125 160 200 250 NS100N 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 NS100H/L 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 NS160N 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 160 NS160H/L 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 160 NS250N i 100 trip unit STR22SE 160 250 NS250H/L i 100 trip unit STR22SE 160 250 downstream

C801N/H/C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR25DE 800 320 400 500 630 800 T T T T T T T T T T 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 4 5 6.3 8 5 6.3 8 6.3 8 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 4 5 6.3 8 5 6.3 8 6.3 8 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 5 6.3 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 5 6.3 8

1000 1000 T T 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 15 15 15 15 15 15

1250 1250 T T T T T T T T T T 30 30 T 30 T 30 30 30 30 30 T 30 T 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 T T 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 24 24 24 24 24 24

1250 1250 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

252

Merlin Gerin

C801N/H trip unit STR45AE 800 320 400 500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR45AE 630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 800 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 400 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 800 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 1000 1000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

C801L trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 1250 800 1250 320 400 500 630 800 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4

C1001L trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 1000 400 500 630 800 1000 T T T T T T T T T T 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 3.2 4 5 6.3 8

CM N/H* all T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

* With trip unit STCM2-STCM3.

Merlin Gerin

A253

Complementary technical information

protection discrimination

Upstream: C801 to C1251, CM Downstream: NSC100N, NS400 to 630

upstream downstream NS400N rating (A) setting Ir 160 200 250 320 400 160 200 250 320 400 160 200 250 320 400 250 320 400 500 630 250 320 400 500 630 250 320 400 500 630

C801N/H/C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR25DE 800 320 400 500 630 800 3.2 3.2 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

1000 1250 1000 1250 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

C801N/H trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 800 320 400 500 630 800 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 1000 1250 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 T T T T T T T T T 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 40 40 40 T T T T T 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 T T T T T 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 T T T T T 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

NS400H

3.2 3.2

4 4 4

12 12

12 12 12

45 45

45 45 45

NS400L

3.2 3.2

4 4 4

12 12

12 12 12

45 45

45 45 45

NS630N

12

40

40 40

NS630H

5 5

6.3 6.3 6.3

12

12 12

12 12 12

40

40 40

40 40 40

NS630L

5 5

6.3 6.3 6.3

12

12 12

12 12 12

40

40 40

40 40 40

NSC100N

15 20 25 32 40 50 63 70 80 100

3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

254

Merlin Gerin

C801N/H trip unit STR45AE 800 320 400 500 35 35 35 35 35 35

C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR45AE 630 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 800 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 400 T T T T T T T T 70 70 70 70 T 500 T T T T T T T T 70 70 70 70 T T 630 T T T T T T T T T T 70 70 70 70 70 T T T 800 T T T T T T T T T T 70 70 70 70 70 T T T T T T T T 65 65 65 65 1000 1000 T T T T T T T T T T 70 70 70 70 70 T T T T T T T T T T 65 65 65 65 65 1250 1250 T T T T T T T T T T 70 70 70 70 70 T T T T T T T T T T 65 65 65 65 65

C801L trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 800 320 400 500 630 800 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4

C1001L trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 1000 400 500 630 800 1000 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

CM N/H* all T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

35

35 35

35 35 35

6.4 6.4

6.4 6.4 6.4

35

35 35

35 35 35

6.4 6.4

6.4 6.4 6.4

28

28 28

28 28 28

6.4

28

28 28

28 28 28

T T

T T T

6.4

6.4 6.4

6.4 6.4 6.4

8 8

8 8 8

28

28 28

28 28 28

65

65 65

65 65 65

6.4

6.4 6.4

6.4 6.4 6.4

8 8

8 8 8

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T T T

Merlin Gerin

A255

Complementary technical information

protection discrimination

Upstream: C801 to C1251, CM Downstream: C801 to C1251, CM, Masterpact


C801N/H trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 800 320 400 500 630 800 12 12 12 12 C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 1000 400 500 630 800 1000 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

upstream rating (A) setting Ir C801N 320 trip unit STR25DE 400 500 630 800 C801H 320 trip unit STR25DE 400 500 630 800 C801L 320 400 500 630 800 C1001N 400 trip unit STR25DE 500 630 800 1000 C1001H 400 trip unit STR25DE 500 630 800 1000 C1001L 400 500 630 800 1000 C1251N 500 trip unit STR25DE 630 800 1000 1250 C1251H 500 trip unit STR25DE 630 800 1000 1250 CM 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 Masterpact M08 N1/H1/H2 M10 STR28D M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 Masterpact L M08 STR28D M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 downstream

C801N/H/C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR25DE 800 320 400 500 630 800 6.3 8 8 8

1000 1000 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

1250 1250 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5

1250 1250 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

6.3

8 8 8

12

12 12 12

8 8

10 10 10

12.5 12.5 12.5

12 12

15 15

15 15 15

15 15 15

8 8

10 10 10

12.5 12.5 12.5

12 12

15 15

15 15 15

15 15 15

10 10

12.5 12.5

12

15

15 15

15 15

10 10

12.5 12.5

12

15

15 15

15 15

Nota: c C801N/H with trip unit STR45AE: no discrimination with the downstream devices given in this table c upstream values CM N/H are to be read with downstream: v CM (trip unit STCM1) v Masterpact L (trip unit STR38S - 68U).

256

Merlin Gerin

C1001N/H/C1251N/H trip unit STR45AE 800 400 500 630 800 15 15 15 15 15 15

1000 1000 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

15

15 15

15 15 15

15

15 15

15 15 15

15

15 15

1250 1250 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

C801L trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 800 320 400 500 630 800

C1001L trip unit STR35SE/GE/ME/55UE 1000 400 500 630 800 1000

15

15 15

15 15 15

15

15 15

15 15 15

15

15 15

15

15 15

15 15 15

CM N/H trip unit STCM2-STCM3 1250 1600 2000 2500 1250 1600 2000 2500 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 35 35 35

3200 3200 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 80 80 80 80 80 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 80 80 80 80 80 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 35 35 35

35

35 35

35 35 35

40

40 40

40 40 40

35 35 35 35

35 35 35 35 35

Merlin Gerin

A257

Complementary technical information

protection discrimination

Upstream: Masterpact Downstream: DPN, DPN N, XC40, C60, NC100, NC125, NG125 NS100 to 630

upstream downstream DPN, DPN N XC40 C60 NC100 NC125 NG125 NS100N/H/L NS160N/H/L NS250N/H/L NS400N rating (A) setting Ir

NS400H

NS400L

NS630N

NS630H

NS630L

160 200 250 320 400 160 200 250 320 400 160 200 250 320 400 250 320 400 500 630 250 320 400 500 630 250 320 400 500 630

Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2 trip unit STR28D M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 T T T T 40 70 70 T T 40 70 70 T T 40 70 70 T T 40 70 70 T T 40 70 70 T T 28 T T T T 28 T T T T 28 T T T T 28 T T T T 28 T T T T 28 45 45 T T 28 45 45 T T 28 45 45 T T 28 45 45 T T 28 45 45 T T 28 45 45 70 70 28 45 45 70 70 28 45 45 70 70 28 45 45 70 70 28 45 45 70 70

Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2 trip unit STR38S - 58U - Inst: ON - max. position M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M60 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 70 70 T T T T T T T T T T T 40 70 70 T T T T T T T T T T T 40 70 70 T T T T T T T T T T T 40 70 70 T T T T T T T T T T T 40 70 70 T T T T T T T T T T T 28 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 28 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 28 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 28 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 28 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 28 45 45 T T T T T T T T T T T 28 45 45 T T T T T T T T T T T 28 45 45 T T T T T T T T T T T 28 45 45 T T T T T T T T T T T 28 45 45 T T T T T T 70 70 70 T T 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T 70 70 70 T T 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T 70 70 70 T T 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T 70 70 70 T T 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T 70 70 70 T T 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 70 T

M63 6300 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

NSC100N

258

Merlin Gerin

Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2 trip unit STR68U - Inst: ON - max. position M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

Masterpact N1 - H1 trip unit STR38S - 58U - Inst: OFF M50 M63 M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

M32 3200 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

M40 4000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

M60 5000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

M63 6300 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

Merlin Gerin

A259

Complementary technical information

protection discrimination

Upstream: Masterpact Downstream: DPN, XC40, C60, NC100, NC125, NG125, NS100 to 630
Masterpact L trip unit STR38S - 58U M32 M40 M50 M63 M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 3200 4000 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T T T T 7 9 9 T T T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 T T T T 7 9 9 35 35 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 30 30 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 7 9 9 25 25 T T T T 8 10 10 T T T T T T 8 10 10 T T T T T T 8 10 10 35 35 T T T T 8 10 10 35 35 T T T T 8 10 10 30 30 T T T T 8 10 10 30 30 T T T T 8 10 10 30 30 T T T T 8 10 10 30 30 T T T T 8 10 10 30 30 T T T T 8 10 10 30 30 T T T T 8 10 10 25 25 T T T T 8 10 10 25 25 T T T T 8 10 10 25 25 T T T T 8 10 10 25 25 T T T T 8 10 10 25 25 T T T T 8 10 10 25 25 T T T T 8 10 10 12 12 T T T T 8 10 10 12 12 T T T T 8 10 10 12 12 T T T T 8 10 10 12 12 T T T T 8 10 10 12 12 T T T T 10 10 10 10 T T T T 10 10 10 10 T T T T 10 10 10 10 T T T T 10 10 10 10 T T T T 10 10 10 10 Masterpact L trip unit STR68U M25 M08 M10 M12 M16 2500 800 1000 1250 1600 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 25 25 25 T T 25 25 25 T T 25 25 25 T T 25 25 25 T T 25 25 25 T T 25 25 25 T T 25 25 25 T T 25 25 25 T 60 25 25 25 50 60 25 25 25 50 60 25 25 25 50 60 25 25 25 50 60 25 25 25 50 60 25 25 25 50 60 25 25 25 50 60 25 25 25 50 T 18 18 18 T T 18 18 18 T T 18 18 18 T T 18 18 18 T T 18 18 18 T 50 18 18 18 40 50 18 18 18 40 50 18 18 18 40 50 18 18 18 40 50 18 18 18 40 T 16 16 16 T T 16 16 16 T T 16 16 16 T T 16 16 16 T T 16 16 16 T 36 16 16 16 36 36 16 16 16 36 36 16 16 16 36 36 16 16 16 36 36 16 16 16 36 T 25 25 25 T T 25 25 25 T 60 25 25 25 50 60 25 25 25 50 T 18 18 18 T T 18 18 18 T T 18 18 18 T 50 18 18 18 40 50 18 18 18 40 50 18 18 18 40 T 16 16 16 T T 16 16 16 T T 16 16 16 T 36 16 16 16 36 36 16 16 16 36 36 16 16 16 36 18 8 10 10 12 18 8 10 10 12 18 8 10 10 12 18 8 10 10 12 18 8 10 10 12 12 8 10 10 12 12 8 10 10 12 12 8 10 10 12 12 8 10 10 12 12 8 10 10 12

upstream downstream DPN, DPN N XC40 C60 NC100/125 NG125 NS100N trip unit TM-D rating (A) setting Ir

16 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NS100H/L 16 trip unit TM-D 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 i 63 NS160N trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS160H/L i 63 trip unit TM-D 80 100 125 160 NS250N i 100 trip unit TM-D 125 160 200 250 NS250H/L i 100 trip unit TM-D 125 160 200 250 NS100N 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 NS100H/L 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 NS160N 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 160 NS160H/L 40 trip unit STR22SE 100 160 NS250N i 100 trip unit STR22SE 160 250 NS250H/L i 100 trip unit STR22SE 160 250 NS400N/H/L 160 200 250 320 400 NS630N/H/L 250 320 400 500 630

Masterpact N1 - H1 trip unit STR68U - Inst: OFF M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

M20 2000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T 40 40 40 40 40 T T T T T 36 36 36 36 36 T T 50 50 T T T 40 40 40 T T T 36 36 36 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

M25 2500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 T T T T T 40 40 40 40 40 T T T T T 36 36 36 36 36 T T 50 50 T T T 40 40 40 T T T 36 36 36 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

NSC100N

260

Merlin Gerin

Upstream: Masterpact Downstream: C801 to C1251, CM, Masterpact

upstream rating (A) setting Ir C801N 320 trip unit STR25DE, 400 35SE/GE, 55UE 500 630 800 C801H 320 trip unit STR25DE, 400 35SE/GE, 55UE 500 630 800 C801L 320 trip unit STR25DE, 400 35SE/GE, 55UE 500 630 800 C1001N 400 trip unit STR25DE, 500 35SE/GE, 55UE 630 800 1000 C1001H 400 trip unit STR25DE, 500 35SE/GE, 55UE 630 800 1000 C1001L 400 trip unit STR25DE, 500 35SE/GE, 55UE 630 800 1000 C1251N 500 trip unit STR25DE, 630 35SE/GE, 55UE 800 1000 1250 C1251H 500 trip unit STR25DE, 630 35SE/GE, 55UE 800 1000 1250 CM 1250 trip unit STCM1,2,31600 2000 2500 3200 Masterpact M08 N1, H1, H2 M10 trip unit STR28D M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 Masterpact L M08 trip unit STR38S, M10 58U, 68U M12 M16 M20 M25 downstream

Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2 trip unit STR28D* M08 M10 M12 M16 800 1000 1250 1600 10 12 16 10 12 16 10 12 16 10 12 16 12 16 10 12 16 10 12 16 10 12 16 10 12 16 12 16 10 12 16 10 12 16 10 12 16 10 12 16 12 16 12 16 12 16 12 16 12 16 16 12 16 12 16 12 16 12 16 16 12 16 12 16 12 16 12 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

12

16 16

Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2 trip unit STR38S - 58U - Inst: ON - max. position M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 20 25 32 40 45 T 30 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 30 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 30 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 30 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 65 30 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 30 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 30 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 30 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 35 50 90 100 40 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 35 50 90 100 40 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 35 50 90 100 40 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 35 50 90 100 40 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 35 50 90 100 70 70 70 70 80 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 T 45 45 45 T 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 45 50 20 25 32 40 45 65 45 45 45 50 15 20 25 32 40 50 35 35 40 40 20 25 32 40 50 35 40 40 25 32 40 50 40 40 32 40 50 40 40 50 20 25 32 40 50 63 30 35 35 35 40 40 20 25 32 40 50 63 35 35 35 40 40 20 25 32 40 50 63 35 35 40 40 25 32 40 50 63 35 40 40 32 40 50 63 40 40 40 50 63 40 50 63 63

M60 5000 T T T T T 60 60 60 60 60 110 110 110 110 110 T T T T T 60 60 60 60 60 110 110 110 110 110 T T T T T 60 60 60 60 60 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

M63 6300 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63

50

50 50

50 50 50

50 50 50 50

50 50 50 50 50

55 55 55 55 55 55

60 63 63 63 63 60

80 80 80 80 80 80

* Discrimination with upstream Compact C trip unit STR25DE only.

Merlin Gerin

A261

Complementary technical information

protection discrimination

Upstream: Masterpact Downstream: C801 to C1251, CM, Masterpact

upstream rating (A) setting Ir C801N 320 trip unit STR25DE, 400 35SE/GE, 55UE 500 630 800 C801H 320 trip unit STR25DE, 400 35SE/GE, 55UE 500 630 800 C801L 320 trip unit STR25DE, 400 35SE/GE, 55UE 500 630 800 C1001N 400 trip unit STR25DE, 500 35SE/GE, 55UE 630 800 1000 C1001H 400 trip unit STR25DE, 500 35SE/GE, 55UE 630 800 1000 C1001L 400 trip unit STR25DE, 500 35SE/GE, 55UE 630 800 1000 C1251N 500 trip unit STR25DE, 630 35SE/GE, 55UE 800 1000 1250 C1251H 500 trip unit STR25DE, 630 35SE/GE, 55UE 800 1000 1250 CM 1250 trip unit STCM1,2,31600 2000 2500 3200 Masterpact M08 N1, H1, H2 M10 trip unit STR28D M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 Masterpact L M08 trip unit STR38S, M10 58U, 68U M12 M16 M20 M25 downstream

Masterpact N1 - H1 - H2 trip unit STR68U - Inst: ON - max. position M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 50 50 50 T T T T 50 50 50 T T T T 50 50 50 T T T T 50 50 50 T T T T 50 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 50 50 T T T T 50 50 T T T T 50 50 T T T T 50 50 T T T T 50 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 50 T T T T 50 T T T T 50 T T T T 50 T T T T T T T T 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

Masterpact N1 - H1 trip unit STR38S - 58U - Inst: OFF M50 M63 M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 M25 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 65 65 T T 65 65 T 65 65 65 65 65 65 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

M32 3200 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

M40 4000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T

M60 5000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

M63 6300 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

T T

T T T

T T T T

T T T T T

T T T T T T

T T T T T T

T T T T T T

T T

T T T

T T T T

T T T T T

T T T T T T

T T T T T T

T T T T T T

262

Merlin Gerin

Masterpact N1 - H1 trip unit STR68U - Inst: OFF M08 M10 M12 M16 M20 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 65

T T

T T T

Masterpact L* trip unit STR38S - 58U M25 M32 M40 M50 M63 M08 M10 M12 M16 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300 800 1000 1250 1600 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 8 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T T T T T T 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 T T T T T 10 12 T T T T T 12 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

Masterpact L* trip unit STR68U M20 M25 M08 M10 M12 2000 2500 800 1000 1250 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 8 10 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 10 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 15

M16 1600 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

M20 M25 2000 2500 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 15

12 12 12

15 15 15 15

10

12 12

12 12 12

15 15 15 15

T T

T T T

T T T T

T T T T T

T T T T T T

T T T T T T

T T T T T T

* Discrimination upstream CM circuit-breaker with trip unit STCM1 only.

Merlin Gerin

A263

264

Merlin Gerin

Complementary technical information

motor protection discrimination

Upstream: Compact NSC100N Downstream: GV2, Integral 18, 32

upstream breaking capacity trip unit downstream thermal relay GV2 M01 integrated GV2 M02 integrated GV2 M03 integrated GV2 M04 integrated GV2 M05 integrated GV2 M06 integrated GV2 M07 integrated GV2 M08 integrated GV2 M10 integrated GV2 M14 integrated GV2 M16 integrated GV2 M20 integrated GV2 M21 integrated GV2 M22 integrated GV2 M32 integrated GV2 P01 integrated GV2 P02 integrated GV2 P03 integrated GV2 P04 integrated GV2 P05 integrated GV2 P06 integrated GV2 P07 integrated GV2 P08 integrated GV2 P10 integrated GV2 P14 integrated GV2 P16 integrated GV2 P20 integrated GV2 P21 integrated GV2 P22 integrated GV2 L03 LR2 D13 03 GV2 L04 LR2 D13 04 GV2 L05 LR2 D13 05 GV2 L06 LR2 D13 06 GV2 L07 LR2 D13 07 GV2 L08 LR2 D13 08 GV2 L10 LR2 D13 10 GV2 L14 LR2 D13 14 GV2 L16 LR2 D13 16 GV2 L20 LR2 D13 21 GV2 L22 LR2 D13 22 Integral 18 LB1-LB03P01 LD1-LB030 LB1-LB03P02 LB1-LB03P03 LB1-LB03P04 LB1-LB03P05 LB1-LB03P06 LB1-LB03P07 LB1-LB03P08 LB1-LB03P10 LB1-LB03P13 LB1-LB03P17 LB1-LB03P21 Integral 32 LB1-LC03M03 LD1-LC030 LB1-LC03M04 LD4-LC130 LB1-LC03M05 LD4-LC030 LB1-LC03M06 LB1-LC03M07 LB1-LC03M08 LB1-LC03M10 LB1-LC03M13 LB1-LC03M17 LB1-LC03M22 LB1-LC03M53

rating (A) 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 6 to 10 9 to 14 13 to 18 17 to 23 20 to 25 24 to 32 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 6 to 10 9 to 14 13 to 18 17 to 23 20 to 25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 7 to 10 9 to 13 12 to 18 17 to 25 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6 6 to 10 10 to 16 12 to 18 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6 6 to 10 10 to 16 16 to 25 23 to 32

NSC100N 18 kA TM-D 16 20 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 0.6

25 T T T T T T T T 0.6

32 T T T T T T T T 0.6 0.6

40 T T T T T T T T 0.6 0.6

50 T T T T T T T T 1 1 1

63 T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1

70 T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 1

80 T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T 1 1 1 1

100 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T 0.6

T T T T T T T T 0.6

T T T T T T T T 0.6 0.6

T T T T T T T T 0.6 0.6

T T T T T T T T 1 1 1

T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1

T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T 1 1 1

T T T T T T

T T T T T T 0.6

T T T T T T 0.6

T T T T T T 0.6 0.6

T T T T T T 0.6 0.6

T T T T T T 1 1 1

T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 1 T T T T T T 1 1 1

T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T T 0.6

T T T T T T T T 0.6

T T T T T T T T 0.6 0.6

T T T T T T T T 0.6 0.6

T T T T T T T T 1 1 1 T T T T T T 1 1 1

T T T T T T

T T T T T T 0.6

T T T T T T 0.6

T T T T T T 0.6 0.6

T T T T T T 0.6 0.6

Note: respect the basic overload and short-circuit discrimination rules, see page 236.

Merlin Gerin

A265

Complementary technical information

motor protection discrimination

Upstream: NS100 to 630 Downstream: GV2, GV3, Integral 18, 32, 63

upstream downstream GV2 M01 GV2 M02 GV2 M03 GV2 M04 GV2 M05 GV2 M06 GV2 M07 GV2 M08 GV2 M10 GV2 M14 GV2 M16 GV2 M20 GV2 M21 GV2 M22 GV2 P01 GV2 P02 GV2 P03 GV2 P04 GV2 P05 GV2 P06 GV2 P07 GV2 P08 GV2 P10 GV2 P14 GV2 P16 GV2 P20 GV2 P21 GV2 P22 GV2 L03 GV2 L04 GV2 L05 GV2 L06 GV2 L07 GV2 L08 GV2 L10 GV2 L14 GV2 L16 GV2 L20 GV2 L22 GV3 M06 GV3 M07 GV3 M08 GV3 M10 GV3 M14 GV3 M20 GV3 M25 GV3 M40 GV3 M63 GV3 M80 Integral 18 LD1-LB030 trip unit or thermal relay integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated LR2 D13 03 LR2 D13 04 LR2 D13 05 LR2 D13 06 LR2 D13 07 LR2 D13 08 LR2 D13 10 LR2 D13 14 LR2 D13 16 LR2 D13 21 LR2 D33 22 integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated LB1-LB03P01 LB1-LB03P02 LB1-LB03P03 LB1-LB03P04 LB1-LB03P05 LB1-LB03P06 LB1-LB03P07 LB1-LB03P08 LB1-LB03P10 LB1-LB03P13 LB1-LB03P17 LB1-LB03P21 LB1-LC03M03 LB1-LC03M04 LB1-LC03M05 LB1-LC03M06 LB1-LC03M07 LB1-LC03M08 LB1-LC03M10 LB1-LC03M13 LB1-LC03M17 LB1-LC03M22 LB1-LC03M53 LB1-LD03M16 LB1-LD03M21 LB1-LD03M22 LB1-LD03M53 LB1-LD03M55 LB1-LD03M57 LB1-LD03M61 rating (A) setting Ir 0.1 to 0.16 A 0.16 to 0.25 A 0.25 to 0.40 A 0.40 to 0.63 A 0.63 to 1 A 1 to 1.6 A 1.6 to 2.5 A 2.5 to 4 A 4 to 6.3 A 6 to 10 A 9 to 14 A 13 to 18 A 17 to 23 A 20 to 25 A 0.1 to 0.16 A 0.16 to 0.25 A 0.25 to 0.40 A 0.40 to 0.63 A 0.63 to 1 A 1 to 1.6 A 1.6 to 2.5 A 2.5 to 4 A 4 to 6.3 A 6 to 10 A 9 to 14 A 13 to 18 A 17 to 23 A 20 to 25 A 0.25/0.4 0.4/0.63 0.63/1 1/1.6 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 4/6 7/10 9/13 12/18 17/25 1 to 1.6 A 1.6 to 2.5 A 2.5 to 4 A 4 to 6 A 6 to 10 A 10 to 16 A 16 to 25 A 25 to 40 A 40 to 63 A 63 to 80 A 0.1 to 0.16 A 0.16 to 0.25 A 0.25 to 0.40 A 0.40 to 0.63 A 0.63 to 1 A 1 to 1.6 A 1.6 to 2.5 A 2.5 to 4 A 4 to 6 A 6 to 10 A 10 to 16 A 12 to 18 A 0.25 to 0.40 A 0.40 to 0.63 A 0.63 to 1 A 1 to 1.6 A 1.6 to 2.5 A 2.5 to 4 A 4 to 6 A 6 to 10 A 10 to 16 A 16 to 25 A 23 to 32 A 10 to13 A 13 to18 A 18 to 25 A 23 to 32 A 28 to 40 A 35 to 50 A 45 to 63 A

NS100N/H/L trip unit TM-D 16 25 T T T T T 2 0.6 0.2 T T T T T T 2 0.8 0.3

40 T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5

63 T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5

80 T T T T T T T 4 1 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 T T T T T T T 4 1 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 T T T T T 4 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 T 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7

100 T T T T T T T 10 2 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 T T T T T T T 10 2 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 T T T T T 10 2 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 T T 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

NS160N/H/L trip unit TM-D 40 63 T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5 T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5

80 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 2 1.5 1

100 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 3 2 2

125 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 3 2 2 1.25

160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 3 2 2 1.25

T T T T T 2 0.6 0.2

T T T T T T 2 0.8 0.3

T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5

T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5

T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T 2 0.6 0.2

T T T T 2 0.8 0.3

T T T T T 4 1 0.5

T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T T 4 1 0.5

T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5

T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T T 0.2 0.2 0.2

T T T T T T 0.3 0.3 0.3

T T T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Integral 32 LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LD4-LC030

T T T 0.2 0.2 0.2

T T T T 0.3 0.3 0.3

T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T T T 4 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 T T T T 1 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.65 0.65 0.65

Integral 63 LD1-LD030 LD4-LD130 LD4-LD030

0.5

T T T T T T T 2 1 0.8 0.8 0.8 T T T T T 1 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

T T T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T T T T T T T 4 3 T T T T T T T T 4 3 1 1 1

0.5

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25

266

Merlin Gerin

NS250N/H/L trip unit TM-D 40 63 T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5 T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5

80 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 2 1.5 1

100 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 3 2 2

125 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 3 2 2 1.25

160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

200 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

250 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

NS100N/H/L STR22SE* 40 100 T T T T T 1 1 0.8 0.5 0.5 T T T T T T 4 3 2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T T 4 3 2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T 4 3 2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T 5 2 1.2 1.2 1.2

NS160N/H/L STR22SE* 80 160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 0.9 0.9 0.9 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

NS250N/H/L STR22SE 160 250 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

NS400N/H/L NS630N/H/L STR23SE/53UE* STR23SE/53UE* 160 to 400 250 to 630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5

T T T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T T 1 1 0.8 0.5 0.5

T T T T T 4 1 0.5

T T T T T 4 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T 1 1 0.8 0.5 0.5

T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5

T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 T T T T 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T T T T T T T 4 3 T T T T T T T T 1 0.8 1 1 1

0.5

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

T T T T T T 2 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.5

T T T T T T T 3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T T T T 3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 0.9 0.9 0.9

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 35 35 35 35

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 35 35 35 35

* Nota: strictly follow the rules of overload discrimination. See page 236.

Merlin Gerin

A267

Complementary technical information

motor protection discrimination

Upstream: NS100 to 630, C801 to C1251 Downstream: C60LMA, NC100LMA, NG125LMA, NS80HMA, NS100 to 630
NS160N/H/L trip unit TM-D 40 63 T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

upstream downstream C60LMA 1.6 C60LMA 2.5 C60LMA 4 C60LMA 6.3 C60LMA 10 C60LMA 10 C60LMA 12.5 C60LMA 16 C60LMA 25 C60LMA 40 C60LMA 40 NC100LMA 1.6 NC100LMA 2.5 NC100LMA 4 NC100LMA 6.3 NC100LMA 10 NC100LMA 10 NC100LMA 12.5 NC100LMA 16 NC100LMA 25 NC100LMA 40 NC100LMA 40 NC100LMA 63 NC100LMA 63 NS80HMA 2.5 NS80HMA 2.5 NS80HMA 6.3 NS80HMA 6.3 NS80HMA 12.5 NS80HMA 12.5 NS80HMA 12.5 NS80HMA 25 NS80HMA 25 NS80HMA 50 NS80HMA 50 NS80HMA 50 NS80HMA 80 trip unit rating (A) or thermal relay setting Ir LR2 D13 06 1/1.6 LR2 D13 07 1.6/2.5 LR2 D13 08 2.5/4 LR2 D13 10 4/6 LR2 D13 12 5.5/8 LR2 D13 14 7/10 LR2 D13 16 9/13 LR2 D13 21 12/18 LR2 D13 22 17/25 LR2 D33 53 23/32 LR2 D33 55 30/40 LR2 D13 06 1/1.6 LR2 D13 07 1.6/2.5 LR2 D13 08 2.5/4 LR2 D13 10 4/6 LR2 D13 12 5.5/8 LR2 D13 14 7/10 LR2 D13 16 9/13 LR2 D13 21 12/18 LR2 D13 22 17/25 LR2 D33 53 23/32 LR2 D33 55 30/40 LR2 D33 57 37/50 LR2 D33 59 48/65 LR2 D13 06 1/1.6 LR2 D13 07 1.6/2.5 LR2 D13 08 2.5/4 LR2 D13 10 4/6 LR2 D13 12 5.5/8 LR2 D13 14 7/10 LR2 D13 16 9/13 LR2 D13 21 12/18 LR2 D33 22 17/25 LR2 D33 53 23/32 LR2 D33 55 30/40 LR2 D33 57 37/50 LR2 D33 59 48/65

NS100N/H/L trip unit TM-D 16 25 0.2 0.2 0.2 T 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

40 T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

63 T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

80 T T 3 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7

100 T T T 5 2 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 T T T 10 2 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

80 T T T T T T T T T

100 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

125 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

0.2 0.2 0.2

T 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T 10 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7

T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T T T T T T

T T 0.2

T T 0.3 0.3 0.3

T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7

T T 10 2 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T T T T 1 1

T T T T T T T T 1.2 1.2

T T T T T T T T 1.2 1.2 1.2

upstream

NS100N/H/L trip unit TM-D

NS160N/H/L trip unit TM-D 32 T 4 4 4 4 4 40 T 5 5 5 5 5 5 50 T 5 5 5 5 5 5 63 T 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 80 T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 100 T T 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 80 T T T T 10 10 10 10 10 100 T T T T 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 125 T T T T 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 160 T T T T 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5

NS250N/H/L trip unit TM-D 200 T T T T 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 250 T T T T 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25

trip unit rating (A) or thermal relay rglage Ir NS100N/H/LMA 2,5 LR2 D13 06 1/1.6 NS100N/H/LMA 2.5 LR2 D13 07 1.6/2.5 NS100N/H/LMA 6.3 LR2 D13 08 2.5/4 NS100N/H/LMA 6.3 LR2 D13 10 4/6 NS100N/H/LMA 12.5 LR2 D13 12 5.5/8 NS100N/H/LMA 12.5 LR2 D13 14 7/10 NS100N/H/LMA 12.5 LR2 D13 16 9/13 NS100N/H/LMA 25 LR2 D13 21 12/18 NS100N/H/LMA 25 LR2 D33 22 17/25 NS100N/H/LMA 50 LR2 D33 53 23/32 NS100N/H/LMA 50 LR2 D33 55 30/40 NS100N/H/LMA 50 LR2 D33 57 37/50 NS100N/H/LMA 100 LR2 D33 59 48/65 NS100N/H/LMA 100 LR2 D33 63 63/80 NS100N/H/LMA 100 NS160N/H/LMA 150 NS250N/H/LMA 220 NS400N/H/LMA 320 NS630N/H/LMA 500 NS100N/H/L STR22ME40 24/40 NS100N/H/L STR22ME50 30/50 NS100N/H/L STR22ME80 48/80 NS100N/H/L STR22ME100 60/100 NS160N/H/L STR22ME150 90/150 NS250N/H/L STR22ME220 131/220 NS400N/H/L STR43ME320 190/320
Nota : NC100LMA = NG125LMA

downstream

16 0.19 0.19 0.19

25 3 3 3 3 3

12.5

12.5 12.5

36 36

36 36 36

268

Merlin Gerin

NS250N/H/L trip unit TM-D 40 63 T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

80 T T T T T T T T T

100 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

125 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

200 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

250 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

NS100N/H/L STR22SE 40 100 T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 T T T 5 2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 T T 15 2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

NS160N/H/L STR22SE* 80 160 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

NS250N/H/L STR22SE* 160 250 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

NS400N/H/L NS630N/H/L STR23SE/53UE STR23SE/53UE 160 to 400 250 to 630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T T T T T T

T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T T T T T 1 1

T T T T T T T T 1.2 1.2

T T T T T T T T 1.2 1.2 1.2

T 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

T T T 5 2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

T T T T T T T T T

NS100N/H/L STR22SE* 40 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 100 T T 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1

NS160N/H/L NS250N/H/L STR22SE* 80 T T T T 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 160 T T T T T T T 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 250 T T T T T T T 36 36 36 36 36 36 36

NS400N/H/L NS630N/H/L STR23SE* STR53SE 400 630 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

C801N/H C801N/H

C801L

C1001N/H C1001N/H C1001L

C1251N/H C1251N/H

STR35SE* STR45AE STR35SE STR35SE STR45AE STR35SE STR35SE STR45AE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE 800 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1250 1250 T T T T T T T T T T 50 50 50 50 50 45 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 70 T T T T T T 70 T T T T T T T T 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 70 T T T T T T 70

1.75 1.75

3.6 3.6 3.6

T T T T

T T T T T T

50 50 50 50 45 40

T T T T T T

6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4

* Nota: strictly follow the rules of overload discrimination. See page 236.

Merlin Gerin

A269

Complementary technical information

cascading and enhanced discrimination


With traditional circuit breakers, cascading between two devices generally results in the look of discrimination. With Compact NS circuit breakers, the discrimination characteristics in the tables remain applicable and are in some cases even enhanced. Protection discrimination is ensured for short-circuit currents greater than the rated breaking capacity of the circuit breaker and even, in some cases, for its enhanced breaking capacity. In the latter case, protection discrimination Ia total, i.e. only the downstream device trips for any and all possible faults at its point in the installation.

Upstream: Compact NS100 to C1251 Downstream: Multi 9 / Integral / GV2 / Compact NS100 to 630
Example Consider a combination between: c a Compact NS250N with trip unit TM250D c a Compact NS100N with trip unit TM100D. The discrimination tables indicate total discrimination. Protection discrimination is therefore ensured up to the breaking capacity of the NS100N, i.e. 25 kA. The cascading tables indicate an enhanced breaking capacity of 36 kA. The enhanced discrimination tables indicate that in a cascading configuration, discrimination is ensured up to 36 kA, i.e. for any and all possible faults at that point in the installation.

Enhanced discrimination tables - 380/415 V

For each combination of two circuit breakers, the tables indicate the: downstream device breaking capacity enhanced by cascading 15/25 (in kA) selectivity limit enhanced by cascading (in kA) In a table, a box containing two equal values indicates that discrimination is provided up to the reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream device. These tables apply only to cases with combined discrimination and cascading between two devices. For all other cases, refer to the normal cascading and discrimination tables.
E43820

Technical principle
Enhanced discrimination is the result of the exclusive Compact NS Roto-active breaking technique which operates as follows: c due to the short-circuit current (electrodynamic forces), the contacts in both devices simultaneously separate. The result is major limitation of the short-circuit current c the dissipated energy provokes the reflex tripping of the downstream device, but is insufficient to trip the upstream device.

NS160N TM160D discrimination limit in kA

NS400H STR23SE

30 / 30

70 / 70

C60N 63 A

NS160N TM160D

cascading limit in kA

270

Merlin Gerin

Upstream: NSC100N Downstream: Multi 9

Upstream: Compact NSC100 TM-D Downstream: Multi 9


upstream trip unit downstream C60a 5 kA NSC100N 18 kA TM-D 63 18/18 18/18 18/18 6/18 18/18 18/18 18/18 6/18

C60N

10 kA

rating i 16 20 25 32 40 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63

70 18/18 18/18 18/18 6/18 6/18 18/18 18/18 18/18 6/18 6/18

80 18/18 18/18 18/18 6/18 6/18 18/18 18/18 18/18 6/18 6/18 6/18

100 18/18 18/18 18/18 8/18 8/18 18/18 18/18 18/18 8/18 8/18 6/18 6/18

Note: respect the basic overload and short-circuit discrimination rules, see page 236.

Merlin Gerin

A271

Complementary technical information

cascading and enhanced discrimination


upstream trip unit downstream C60a 5 kA rating i 16 20 25 32 40 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 50 63 80 100 125 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 80 100 125 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 80 100 125 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 80 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 80 NS160N 36 kA TM-D 80 15/15 15/15 15/15 15/15 15/15 25/25 25/25 25/25 15/25 15/25 15/25 30/30 30/30 30/30 15/30 15/30 15/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 15/30 15/30 15/30 NS160H 70 kA TM-D 100/125/160 80 15/15 20/20 15/15 20/20 15/15 20/20 15/15 20/20 15/15 20/20 25/25 30/30 25/25 30/30 25/25 30/30 25/25 15/30 25/25 15/30 25/25 15/30 25/25 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 15/40 30/30 15/40 30/30 15/40 30/30 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 15/40 30/30 15/40 30/30 15/40 30/30 NS160L 150 kA TM-D 100/125/160 80 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 15/30 30/30 15/30 30/30 15/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 15/40 40/40 15/40 40/40 15/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 15/40 40/40 15/40 40/40 15/40 40/40

Upstream: NS160 to NS250 Trip unit TM-D Downstream: Multi 9


NS250N 36 kA TM-D 100/125/160 160/200/250 20/20 15/15 20/20 15/15 20/20 15/15 20/20 15/15 20/20 15/15 30/30 25/25 30/30 25/25 30/30 25/25 30/30 25/25 30/30 25/25 30/30 25/25 30/30 25/25 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 40/40 30/30 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 70/70 36/36 70/70 36/36 70/70 36/36 70/70 36/36 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 70/70 36/36 70/70 36/36 70/70 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 100/100 100/100 100/100 NS250H 70 kA TM-D 160/200/250 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 NS250L 150 kA TM-D 160/200/250 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

C60N

10 kA

C60H

15 kA

C60L

25 kA

20 kA 15 kA NC100H 10 kA

NC125H NC100L

10 kA 22 kA

36/36 36/36 36/36

36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36

NC100LS

36 kA

NC100LH

50 kA

NG125a

16 kA

25/25 25/25 25/25

25/25 25/25 25/25

50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 25/25 25/25 25/25

50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 25/25 25/25 25/25

70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 25/25 25/25 25/25

NG125N

25 kA

36/36 36/36 36/36

36/36 36/36 36/36

36/36 36/36 36/36

36/36 36/36 36/36

70/70 70/70 70/70

NG125H

36 kA

50/50 50/50 50/50

50/50 50/50 50/50

100/100 100/100 100/100

NG125L 50 kA NG125LMA

70/70 70/70 70/70

70/70 70/70 70/70

150/150 150/150 150/150

150/150 150/150 150/150

Note: respect the basic overload and short-circuit discrimination rules, see page 236.

272

Merlin Gerin

Upstream: NS160 to NS250 Trip unit STR Downstream: Multi 9


upstream trip unit downstream C60a 5 kA rating i 16 20 25 32 40 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 i 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 50 63 80 100 125 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 80 100 125 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 80 100 125 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 80 i 16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63 80 NS160N 36 kA STR22SE 80 15/15 15/15 15/15 NS160H 70 kA STR22SE 80 20/20 20/20 20/20 NS160L 150 kA STR22SE 80 20/20 20/20 20/20 NS250N 36 kA STR22SE 250 15/15 15/15 15/15 15/15 15/15 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 NS250H 70 kA STR22SE 250 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 NS250L 150 kA STR22SE 250 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

C60N

10 kA

25/25 25/25 25/25

C60H

15 kA

30/30 30/30 30/30

C60L

25 kA

30/30 30/30 30/30

20 kA 15 kA NC100H 10 kA

160 15/15 15/15 15/15 15/15 15/15 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30

30/30 30/30 30/30

40/40 40/40 40/40

40/40 40/40 40/40

160 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40

30/30 30/30 30/30

40/40 40/40 40/40

40/40 40/40 40/40

160 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/40

NC125H NC100L

10 kA 22 kA

36/36 36/36

36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36

50/50 50/50

NC100LS

36 kA

70/70 70/70

NC100LH

50 kA

70/70 70/70

NG125a

16 kA

25/25 25/25

25/25 25/25 25/25

25/25 25/25

50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 25/25 25/25 25/25

70/70 70/70

100/100 100/100

150/150 150/150

25/25 25/25

70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 25/25 25/25 25/25

NG125N

25 kA

36/36 36/36

36/36 36/36 36/36

36/36 36/36

36/36 36/36 36/36

70/70 70/70

70/70 70/70 70/70

25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36

NG125H

36 kA

50/50 50/50

50/50 50/50 50/50

100/100 100/100

100/100 100/100 100/100

NG125L 50 kA NG125LMA

70/70 70/70

70/70 70/70 70/70

150/150 150/150

150/150 150/150 150/150

Note: respect the basic overload and short-circuit discrimination rules, see page 236.

Merlin Gerin

A273

Complementary technical information

cascading and enhanced discrimination


Upstream: Compact NS250 Downstream: Compact NS100
upstream trip unit downstream NSC100N NS100N trip unit TM-D NS100H trip unit TM-D NS100N NS100H NS250N 36 kA TM-D 160 36/36 36/36 36/36 NS250H 70 kA TM-D 160 50/50 70/70 36/70 NS250L 150 kA TM-D 160 50/50 150/150 36/150 150/150 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/150

Upstream: NS250 to NS630, C801 to C1251 Downstream: NSC100N, NS100 to NS630

18 kA 25 kA 70 kA 25 kA 70 kA

rating 16 - 100 i 25 40 - 100 i 25 40 - 100 trip unit STR22SE 36/36 trip unit STR22ME 36/36 trip unit STR22SE trip unit STR22ME

200 36/36 36/36 36/36

250 36/36 36/36 36/36

200 50/50 70/70 36/70

250 50/50 70/70 36/70

36/36 36/36

36/36 36/36

36/70 36/70

36/70 36/70

36/70 36/70

NS250N NS250H 36 kA 70 kA STR22SE 200 250 250 250 50/50 50/50 36/36 50/50 150/150 150/150 36/36 70/70 36/150 36/150 36/36 36/70 150/150 150/150 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/36 36/70 36/150 36/150 36/36 36/70 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/150

NS250L 150 kA 250 50/50 150/150 36/150 150/150 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/150 36/150

Note: respect the basic overload and short-circuit discrimination rules, see page 236.

Upstream: Compact NS400 to C1251 Downstream: Compact NS100 to NS630


upstream trip unit downstream NSC100N NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS100N NS100H NS160N NS160H NS250N NS250H NS400N rating 16 - 100 all TM-D-G-MA all TM-D-MA all TM-D-MA all TM-D-MA all TM-D-MA all TM-D-MA trip unit STR22SE trip unit STR22ME trip unit STR22SE trip unit STR22ME trip unit STR22SE trip unit STR22ME trip unit STR22SE trip unit STR22ME trip unit STR22SE trip unit STR22ME trip unit STR22SE trip unit STR22ME trip unit STR23SE trip unit STR53UE trip unit STR43ME trip unit STR23SE trip unit STR53UE trip unit STR43ME NS400N NS400 H NS400L 45 kA 70 kA 150 kA STR23SE or STR53UE 400 400 400 36/36 50/50 50/50 45/45 70/70 150/150 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 150/150 NS630N NS630H NS630L 45 kA 70 kA 150 kA STR23SE or STR53UE 630 630 630 36/36 50/50 50/50 45/45 70/70 150/150 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 45/45 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 C801N C801H 50 kA 70 kA STR45AE 800 800 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 C1001N C1001H 50 kA 70 kA STR45AE 1000 1000 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 C1251N C1251H 50 kA 70 kA STR45AE 1250 1250 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

18 kA 25 kA 70 kA 35 kA 70 kA 35 kA 70 kA 25 kA 70 kA 35 kA 70 kA 35 kA 70 kA 45 kA

45/45 45/45

70/70 70/70

45/45 45/45

70/70 70/70

150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

50/50 50/50

70/70 70/70

50/50 50/50

70/70 70/70

50/50 50/50

70/70 70/70

50/50 50/50

70/70 70/70

50/50 50/50

70/70 70/70

50/50 50/50

70/70 70/70

NS630N

45 kA

35/50 35/50 35/50 28/50 28/50 28/50

35/70 35/70 35/70 28/70 28/70 28/70

50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50

70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50

70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

Note: respect the basic overload and short-circuit discrimination rules, see page 236.

274

Merlin Gerin

Upstream: Compact NS160 to NS400 Downstream: Integral 18 to Integral 63


upstream trip unit downstream Integral 18 LD1-LB030 termal relay LB1-LB03P01 LB1-LB03P02 LB1-LB03P03 LB1-LB03P04 LB1-LB03P05 LB1-LB03P06 LB1-LB03P07 LB1-LB03P08 LB1-LB03P10 LB1-LB03P13 LB1-LB03P17 LB1-LB03P21 LB1-LC03M03 LB1-LC03M04 LB1-LC03M05 LB1-LC03M06 LB1-LC03M07 LB1-LC03M08 LB1-LC03M10 LB1-LC03M13 LB1-LC03M17 LB1-LC03M22 LB1-LC03M53 LB1-LD03M16 LB1-LD03M21 LB1-LD03M22 LB1-LD03M53 LB1-LD03M55 LB1-LD03M57 LB1-LD03M61 rating (A) 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6 6 to 10 10 to 16 12 to 18 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6 6 to 10 10 to 16 16 to 25 23 to 32 10 to 13 11 to 18 18 to 25 23 to 32 28 to 40 35 to 50 45 to 63 NS160H 70 kA TM-D 80 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 NS160L 150 kA TM-D 100/125/160 80 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 NS250H 70 kA TM-D 100/125/160 160 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 NS250L 150 kA TM-D 160

200/250

200/250

Integral 32 LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LD4-LC030

70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 8/150

Integral 63 LD1-LD030 LD4-LD130 LD4-LD030

70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

Note: respect the basic overload and short-circuit discrimination rules, see page 236.

upstream trip unit downstream Integral 18 LD1-LB030 termal relay LB1-LB03P01 LB1-LB03P02 LB1-LB03P03 LB1-LB03P04 LB1-LB03P05 LB1-LB03P06 LB1-LB03P07 LB1-LB03P08 LB1-LB03P10 LB1-LB03P13 LB1-LB03P17 LB1-LB03P21 LB1-LC03M03 LB1-LC03M04 LB1-LC03M05 LB1-LC03M06 LB1-LC03M07 LB1-LC03M08 LB1-LC03M10 LB1-LC03M13 LB1-LC03M17 LB1-LC03M22 LB1-LC03M53 LB1-LD03M16 LB1-LD03M21 LB1-LD03M22 LB1-LD03M53 LB1-LD03M55 LB1-LD03M57 LB1-LD03M61 rating (A) 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6 6 to 10 10 to 16 12 to 18 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6 6 to 10 10 to 16 16 to 25 23 to 32 10 to 13 11 to 18 18 to 25 23 to 32 28 to 40 35 to 50 45 to 63

NS160H 70 kA STR22SE 80 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

160 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

NS160L 150 kA STR22SE 80 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

160 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

NS250H 70 kA STR22SE 250 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

NS250L 150 kA 250 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

NS400H NS400L 70 kA 150 kA STR23SE or STR53UE 400 400

Integral 32 LD1-LC030 LD4-LC130 LD4-LC030

Integral 63 LD1-LD030 LD4-LD130 LD4-LD030

70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

Note: respect the basic overload and short-circuit discrimination rules, see page 236.

Merlin Gerin

A275

Complementary technical information

cascading and enhanced discrimination


upstream breaking capacity trip unit thermal downstream relay GV2 M01 integrated GV2 M02 integrated GV2 M03 integrated GV2 M04 integrated GV2 M05 integrated GV2 M06 integrated GV2 M07 integrated GV2 M08 integrated GV2 M10 integrated GV2 M14 integrated GV2 M16 integrated GV2 M20 integrated GV2 M21 integrated GV2 M22 integrated GV2 M32 integrated NS160N 36 kA TM-D 16 25 rating (A) 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 6 to 10 9 to 14 13 to 18 17 to 23 20 to 25 24 to 32 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 NS160H/L 70/150 kA TM-D 16 25 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50

Upstream: Compact NS160 Downstream: GV2 M

40 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36

63 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36

80 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36

100 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36

125 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36

160 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36

40 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50

63 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50

80 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50

100 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50

125 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50

160 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50

50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50

upstream breaking capacity trip unit thermal downstream relay GV2 M01 integrated GV2 M02 integrated GV2 M03 integrated GV2 M04 integrated GV2 M05 integrated GV2 M06 integrated GV2 M07 integrated GV2 M08 integrated GV2 M10 integrated GV2 M14 integrated GV2 M16 integrated GV2 M20 integrated GV2 M21 integrated GV2 M22 integrated GV2 M32 integrated

NS160N 36 kA STR22SE80 32 40 rating (A) 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 6 to 10 9 to 14 13 to 18 17 to 23 20 to 25 24 to 32 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36

50 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36

63 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36

80 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36

STR22SE160 100 125 160 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36 36/36

NS160H/L 70/150 kA STR22SE80 32 40 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50

50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50

63 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50

80 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50

STR22SE160 100 125 160 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50

276

Merlin Gerin

Upstream: Compact NS160 Downstream: GV2 P

upstream breaking capacity trip unit thermal downstream relay GV2 P01 integrated GV2 P02 integrated GV2 P03 integrated GV2 P04 integrated GV2 P05 integrated GV2 P06 integrated GV2 P07 integrated GV2 P08 integrated GV2 P10 integrated GV2 P14 integrated GV2 P16 integrated GV2 P20 integrated GV2 P21 integrated GV2 P22 integrated

NS160H 70 kA TM-D 80 rating (A) 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 6 to 10 9 to 14 13 to 18 17 to 23 20 to 25 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

100 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

125 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

160 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

NS160L 150 kA TM-D 80 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

125 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

160 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

upstream breaking capacity trip unit thermal downstream relay GV2 P01 integrated GV2 P02 integrated GV2 P03 integrated GV2 P04 integrated GV2 P05 integrated GV2 P06 integrated GV2 P07 integrated GV2 P08 integrated GV2 P10 integrated GV2 P14 integrated GV2 P16 integrated GV2 P20 integrated GV2 P21 integrated GV2 P22 integrated

NS160H 70 kA STR22SE80 32 rating (A) 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 6 to 10 9 to 14 13 to 18 17 to 23 20 to 25 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

40 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

63 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

80 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

STR22SE160 100 125 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

160 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

upstream breaking capacity trip unit thermal downstream relay GV2 P01 integrated GV2 P02 integrated GV2 P03 integrated GV2 P04 integrated GV2 P05 integrated GV2 P06 integrated GV2 P07 integrated GV2 P08 integrated GV2 P10 integrated GV2 P14 integrated GV2 P16 integrated GV2 P20 integrated GV2 P21 integrated GV2 P22 integrated

NS160L 150 kA STR22SE80 32 rating (A) 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.25 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 6 to 10 9 to 14 13 to 18 17 to 23 20 to 25 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

40 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

50 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

63 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

80 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

STR22SE160 100 125 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

160 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

Merlin Gerin

A277

Complementary technical information

cascading and enhanced discrimination


upstream breaking capacity trip unit thermal downstream relay GV2 L03 LR2 D13 03 GV2 L04 LR2 D13 04 GV2 L05 LR2 D13 05 GV2 L06 LR2 D13 06 GV2 L07 LR2 D13 07 GV2 L08 LR2 D13 08 GV2 L10 LR2 D13 10 GV2 L14 LR2 D13 14 GV2 L16 LR2 D13 16 GV2 L20 LR2 D13 21 GV2 L22 LR2 D13 22 NS160H 70 kA TM-D 80 rating (A) 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 7 to 10 9 to 13 12 to 18 17 to 25 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 NS160L 150 kA TM-D 80 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

Upstream: Compact NS160 Downstream: GV2 L

100 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

125 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

160 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

100 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

125 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

160 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

upstream breaking capacity trip unit thermal downstream relay GV2 L03 LR2 D13 03 GV2 L04 LR2 D13 04 GV2 L05 LR2 D13 05 GV2 L06 LR2 D13 06 GV2 L07 LR2 D13 07 GV2 L08 LR2 D13 08 GV2 L10 LR2 D13 10 GV2 L14 LR2 D13 14 GV2 L16 LR2 D13 16 GV2 L20 LR2 D13 21 GV2 L22 LR2 D13 22

NS160H 70 kA STR22SE80 32 rating (A) 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 7 to 10 9 to 13 12 to 18 17 to 25 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

40 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

50 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

63 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

80 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

STR22SE160 100 125 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

160 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70

upstream breaking capacity trip unit thermal downstream relay GV2 L03 LR2 D13 03 GV2 L04 LR2 D13 04 GV2 L05 LR2 D13 05 GV2 L06 LR2 D13 06 GV2 L07 LR2 D13 07 GV2 L08 LR2 D13 08 GV2 L10 LR2 D13 10 GV2 L14 LR2 D13 14 GV2 L16 LR2 D13 16 GV2 L20 LR2 D13 21 GV2 L22 LR2 D13 22

NS160L 150 kA STR22SE80 32 rating (A) 0.25 to 0.40 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6.3 7 to 10 9 to 13 12 to 18 17 to 25 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

40 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

50 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

63 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

80 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

STR22SE160 100 125 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

160 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150 150/150

278

Merlin Gerin

Merlin Gerin

A279

Complementary technical information

protection of motor circuits circuit breaker / contactor coordination


A circuit supplying a motor may include one, two, three or four switchgear or controlgear devices fulfilling one or more functions. When a number of devices are used, they must be coordinated to ensure optimum operation of the motor. Protection of a motor circuit involves a number of parameters that depend on: c the application (type of machine driven, operating safety, starting frequency, etc.); c the level of service continuity imposed by the load or the application; c the applicable standards to ensure protection of life and property. The necessary electrical functions are of very different natures: c protection (motor-dedicated for overloads); c control (generally with high endurance levels); c isolation.

protection functions
E34300

Disconnection functions: Isolate a motor circuit prior to maintenance operations.

Overloads (I < 10 In) An overload may be caused by: c an electrical problem, for instance on the mains (loss of a phase, voltage outside tolerances, etc.); c a mechanical problem, for instance excessive torque due to abnormally high demands by the process or motor damage (bearing vibrations, etc.). A further consequence of these two origins is excessively long starting. Impedant short-circuit (10 < I < 50 In) Deterioration of motor-winding insulation is the primary cause. Short-circuit (I > 50 In) This type of fault is relatively rare. A possible cause may be a connection error during maintenance. Overload protection Thermal relays provide protection against this type of fault. They may be: c integrated in the short-circuit protective device; c separate. Short-circuit protection This type of protection is provided by a circuit breaker.

disconnection and short-circuit protection

Short-circuit protection: Protect the starter and the cables against major overcurrents (> 10 In). Control: Start and stop the motor, and, if applicable: c gradual acceleration; c speed control. Overload protection: Protect the starter and the cables against minor overcurrents (< 10 In).

control

Additional specific protection: c Limitative fault protection (while the motor is running); c Preventive fault protection (monitoring of motor insulation with motor off).

overload or thermal protection

specific or internal motor protection

Protection against insulation faults This type of protection may be provided by: c a residual current device (RCD); c an insulation monitoring device (IMD).

280

Merlin Gerin

applicable standards
A circuit supplying a motor must comply with the general rules set out in IEC standard 947-4-1 and in particular with those concerning contactors, motor starters and their protection as stipulated in IEC 947-4-1, notably: c coordination of the components of the motor circuit; c trip classes for thermal relays; c contactor utilisation categories; c coordination of insulation.

coordination of the components of the motor circuit


Two types of coordination The standard defines tests at different current levels. The purpose of these tests is to place the switchgear and controlgear in extreme conditions. Depending on the state of the components following the tests, the standard defines two types of coordination. c Type 1: Deterioration of the contactor and the relay is acceptable under two conditions: v no danger to operating personnel, v no danger to any components other than the contactor and the relay; c Type 2: Only minor welding of the contactor or starter contacts is permissible and the contacts must be easily separated. v Following type-2 coordination tests, the switchgear and controlgear functions must be fully operational. Which type of coordination is needed? Selection of a type of coordination depends on the operating conditions encountered. The goal is to achieve the best balance between the users needs and the cost of the installation. c Type 1: v Qualified maintenance service, v Low cost of switchgear and controlgear, v Continuity of service is not imperative or may be ensured by simply replacing the faulty motor drawer; c Type 2: v Continuity of service is imperative, v Limited maintenance service, v Specifications stipulating type 2.

the different test currents


"Ic", "r" and "Iq" test currents To qualify for type-2 coordination, the standard requires three fault-current tests to check that the switchgear and controlgear operates correctly under overload and shortcircuit conditions. "Ic" current (overload I < 10 In) The thermal relay provides protection against this type of fault, up to the Ic value (a function of Im) defined by the manufacturer. IEC standard 947-4-1 stipulates two tests that must be carried out to guarantee coordination between the thermal relay and the short-circuit protective device: c at 0.75 Ic, only the thermal relay reacts; c at 1.25 Ic, the short-circuit protective device reacts. Following the tests at 0.75 and 1.25 Ic, the trip characteristics of the thermal relay must be unchanged. Type-2 coordination thus enhances continuity of service. The contactor may be closed automatically following clearing of the fault. "r" current (Impedant short-circuit 10< I < 50 In) The primary cause of this type of fault is the deterioration of insulation. IEC standard 947-4-1 defines an intermediate short-circuit current r. This test current is used to check that the protective device provides protection against impedant short-circuits. There must be no modification in the original characteristics of the contactor and the thermal relay following the test. The circuit breaker must trip in i 10 ms for a fault current u 15 In.
E34301

time
teri charac

circuit-breaker thermal withstand limit (MA)

service continuity >

s ti

o cs

ft

he

rm

al r e

lay

thermal-relay withstand limit

<imperative tripping of the circuit-breaker


ma gn
etic rele ase (MA)

1 In

10 0,75lc
overload zone

50 ~ k ln 1,25lc
inpedant short-circuit zone

Ic

Ir

short-circuit zone

Iq

Operational current Ie (AC3) of the motor in A Ie i 16 16 < Ie i 63 63 < Ie i 125 125 < Ie i 315 315 < Ie < 630

"r" current (in kA) 1 3 5 10 18

"Iq" current (short-circuit I > 50 In) This type of fault is relatively rare. A possible cause may be a connection error during maintenance. Short-circuit protection is provided by devices that open quickly. IEC standard 947-4-1 defines the "Iq" current as generally 50 kA. The "Iq" current is used to check the coordination of the switchgear and controlgear installed on a motor supply circuit. Following this test under extreme conditions, all the coordinated switchgear and controlgear must remain operational.

Merlin Gerin

281

Complementary technical information

protection of motor circuits circuit breaker / contactor coordination (cont.)


trip classes of a thermal relay
The four trip classes of a thermal relay are 10 A, 10, 20 and 30 (maximum tripping times at 7.2 In). Classes 10 and 10 A are the most commonly used. Classes 20 and 30 are reserved for motors with difficult starting conditions. The diagram and the table opposite can be used to select a thermal relay suited to the motor starting time.
ts class 30 30s class 20 20s class 10 10s

Class 10 A 10 20 30

1,05 In t>2h t>2h t>2h t>2h

1,2 In t<2h t<2h t<2h t<2h

1,5 In t < 2 min. t < 4 min. t < 8 min. t < 12 min.

7,2 In 2 i t i 10 s 4 i t i 10 s 6 i t i 20 s 9 i t i 30 s

E34302

1,05 lr 1,20 lr

1,5 lr

Trip classes of a thermal relay.

7,2 lr
l/lr

282

Merlin Gerin

the four utilisation categories of contactors (AC1 to AC4)


The four utilisation categories of contactors (AC1 to AC4)The utilisation category determines the operating frequency and endurance of a contactor. The category depends on the type of load. If the load is a motor; the category also depends on the service classification.

Main characteristics of the controlled electrical circuits and applications


category AC1 AC2 type of load non-inductive (cos f 0.8) slip-ring motors (cos f 0.65) contactor usage energisation starting switching off during running regenerative braking inching starting switching off during running starting switching off during running regenerative braking plugging inching typical applications heating, distribution wire drawing machines

AC3

AC4

squirrel-cage motors (cos f 0.45 for i 100 A) (cos f 0.35 for > 100 A) squirrel-cage motors (cos f 0.45 for i 100 A) (cos f 0.35 for > 100 A)

compressors, lifts, mixing pumps, escalators, fans, conveyers, air-conditioning printing machines, wire drawing machines

AC3 utilisation category


E34303

current lc

This category covers asynchronous squirrelcage motors that are switched off during running. This is the most common situation (85% of all cases).
interruption of power supply

ld

The control device establishes the starting current and interrupts the rated current at a voltage equal to approximately one-sixth of the rated value. Current interruption is carried out with no difficulty.

starting period

time

AC3 utilisation category. The contactor interrupts the rated current of the motor.

AC4 utilisation category


E34304

current lc

interruption of power current

This category covers asynchronous squirrelcage or slip-ring motors capable of operating under regenerative-braking or inching (jogging) conditions. The control device establishes the starting current and is capable of interrupting the starting current at a voltage that may be equal to that of the mains. Such difficult conditions require oversizing of the control and protective devices with respect to category AC3.

ld

starting period

time

AC4 utilisation category. The contactor must be capable of interrupting the starting current id.

Merlin Gerin

283

Complementary technical information

protection of motor circuits using the circuit breaker / contactor coordination tables
subtransient phenomena related to direct on-line starting of asynchronous motors
A squirrel-cage motor draws a high inrush current during starting. This current is related to the combined influence of two parameters: v the high inductance of the copper stator winding, v the magnetisation of the iron core of the stator.
In motor current drawn by the motor at full rated load (in A rms) Id Id current drawn by the motor during starting (in A ms) subtransient current generated by the motor when it is energised. This very short subtransient phenomenon is expressed as k x Id x r (in A peak). td motor starting time, from 0.5 to 30 seconds depending on the application.
E41251

c Subtransient phenomena occurring when starting squirrel-cage motors:

t(s)

thermal relay

td (0.5 to 30s)

td'' (0.010 to 0.015s)

short-circuit protection (magnetic protection of the circuit breaker)

td duration of the subtransient current, from 0.010 to 0.015 seconds when the motor is energised. Irm magnetic setting of the circuit breakers.

In motor

Irm Id" (2 to 2.5 Id in A peak) Id (5.8 to 8.6 In in A rms)

I(A)

c Typical upper and lower limits for these subtransient currents: These values, not covered by standards, also depend on the type of motor technology used: v ordinary motors Id=2 Id to 2.1 Id (in A peak), v high-efficiency motors Id=2.2 Id to 2.5 Id (in A peak). v variation of Id as a function of Id: high-efficiency motor 5.8 to 8.6 In motor type of motor ordinary motor Id (in A rms) 5.8 to 8.6 In motor Id (in A peak) Id = 2 Id = 11.5 In (A peak) to Id = 2.1 Id = 18 In (A peak) Id = 2.2 Id = 12.5 In (A peak) to Id = 2.5 Id = 21.5 In (A peak)

Example: Upon energisation, a high-efficiency motor with an Id of 7.5 In produces a subtransient current with a value between (depending on its characteritics): v minimum = 16.5 In (in A peak), v maximum = 18.8 In (in A peak).

c Subtransient currents and protection settings: v As illustrated in the above table, subtransient currents can be very high. If they approach their upper limits, they can trip short-cicuit protection devices (nuisance tripping). v Merlin Gerin and Telemecanique circuit breakers are rated to provide optimum shortcircuit protection for motor starters (type 2 coordination with thermal relay and contactor). v Combinations made up of Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique contactors and thermal relays are designed to allow starting of motors generating high subtransient currents. v The tripping of short-circuit protective devices when starting with a combination listed in the coordination tables means: - the limits of certain devices may be reached. - the use of the starter under type 2 coordination conditions on the given motor may lead to premature wear of one of the components of the combination. In event of such a problem, the ratings of the starter and the associated protective devices must be redesigned.

Using the coordination tables for Merlin Gerin circuit breaker and Telemecanique contactors:
v Ordinary motor: The starter components can be selected directly from the coordination tables, whatever the values of the starting current (Id from 5.8 to 8.6 In) and the subtransient current. v High-efficiency motors with Id i 7.5 In: The starter components can be selected directly from the coordination tables, whatever the values of the starting current and the subtransient current. v High-efficiency motors with Id > 7.5 In When Merlin Gerin circuit breakers are used for motor currents in the neighbourhood of their rated current, they are set to provide 284 minimum short-circuit protection at 19 In motor (A peak). There are two possibilities: v The subtransient starting current is known (indicated by the motor manufacturer) and is less than 19 In motor (A peak). In this case, the starter components can be selected directly from the coordination tables, whatever the value of the starting current (for Id > 7.5 In). Example: For a 110 kW 380/415 V 3-phase motor, the selected components are: NS250-MA220 / LC1-F225 / LR9-F5371. v The subtransient starting current is unknown or greater than 19 In motor (A peak). In this case, the value used for the motor power in the coordination tables should be increased by 20% to satisfy optimum starting and coordination conditions. Example: For a 110 kW 380/415 V 3-phase motor, the selected components are those for a motor power of 110+20%=132kW: NS400-MA320 / LC1-F285 / LR9-F5371.

Merlin Gerin

Reversing starters and coordination:


The starter components can be selected using the tables for direct-on-line starting. Replace contactors LC1 by LC2.

Start-delta starting and coordination:


c The components should be sized according to the current flowing in the motor windings. c The mounting locations and connections of the various components of star-delta starters should be selected according to the type of coordination required and the protective devices implemented.

Start-delta starting and type 1 coordination


Contactors KM2 and KM3 are sized for the line current divided by e KM1 can be sized for the line current divided by 3, however, for the sake of homogeneity, it is often identical to contactors KM2 and KM3. The starter components are selected from the special star-delta type 1 coordination tables. Example: Consider the following case: c 45 kW motor supplied at 380 V; c star-delta starting; c separate thermal relay; c short-circuit current of 20 kA at the starter; c type 1 coordination. The starter components are selected using the table on page 307: c circuit breaker: NS100N-MA 100; c contactor: LC3-D50; c thermal relay: LR2-D3357
E34305 E34306

KM2

KM3

KM1

KM2

KM3

KM1

M
Solution with thermal-magnetic motor circuit breaker.

M
Solution with magnetic motor circuit breaker.

Start-delta starting and type 2 coordination


Contactors KM1, KM2 and KM3 are sized for the line current. The starter components are selected from the direct-on-line type 2 coordination tables. Example: Consider the following case: c 55 kW motor supplied at 415 V; c star-delta starting; c thermal protection built into the circuit breaker providing short-circuit protection; c short-circuit current of 45 kA at the starter; c type 2 coordination. The starter components are selected using the table on page 290: c circuit breaker: NS160H with STR22ME; c starter: LC1-F115A to be replaced by LC3-F115.
E34305 E34307

KM2

KM2

KM3

KM1
KM3 KM1

M
M
Solution with thermal-magnetic motor circuit breaker.

Solution with magnetic motor circuit breaker.

Merlin Gerin

285

Complementary technical information

protection of motor circuits circuit breaker / contactor coordination (cont.)


starting class and thermal relays
The data in the tables on pages 287 to 309 corresponds to normal motor starting times. The associated thermal relays are either class 10 or 10 A (tripping time < 10 s). c For motors with long starting times, the class 10 or 10 A thermal relays must be replaced with class 20 thermal relays as indicated in the correspondence table opposite (for type 1 and type 2 coordination); c Long starting times requiring a class 30 relay: v Apply a derating coefficient (K = 0.8) to the circuit breaker and the contactor. E.g.NS100H MA 100 for 80 A maximum. LC1F115 for 92 A maximum; c These tables may also be used for standard thermal protection using current transformers. The required thermal relays are: v LR2-D1305 (0.63 to 1 A) for class 10, v LR2-D1505 (0.63 to 1 A) for class 20 with terminal block LA7-D1064. The current transformer ratings must be 5 VA per phase. The other characteristics are identical to those described below; c Coordination tables with the multifunction protective relay LT6-P. v Three types of multifunction relays (see the corresponding catalogue for detailed characteristics) are available. They may be connected: - directly to the motor power supply line; - to the secondary winding of the current transformer. Relay
LT6-P0M005 FM

Correspondence table for class 10/10 A and class 20 relays Thermal relay Class 10/10 A Class 20 Setting range
LR2-D1305 LR2-D1306 LR2-D1307 LR2-D1308 LR2-D1310 LR2-D1312 LR2-D1314 LR2-D1316 LR2-D1321 LR2-D1322 LR2-D2353 LR2-D2355 LR2-D3322 LR2-D3353 LR2-D3355 LR2-D3357 LR2-D3359 LR2-D3361 LR2-D3363 LR2-D3365 LR9-D5357 LR9-D5363 LR9-D5367 LR9-D5369 LR9-F5357 LR9-F5363 LR9-F5367 LR9-F5369 LR9-F5371 LR9-F7375 LR9-F7379 LR9-F7381 LR2-F7379 LR2-F7381 LR2-F8383 LR2-F8385 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6 5.5 to 8 7 to 10 9 to 13 12 to 18 17 to 25 23 to 32 28 to 36 17 to 25 23 to 32 30 to 40 37 to 50 48 to 65 55 to 70 63 to 80 80 to 93 30 to 50 48 to 80 60 to 100 90 to 150 30 to 50 48 to 80 60 to 100 90 to 150 132 to 220 200 to 300 300 to 500 380 to 630 315 to 500 400 to 630 500 to 800 630 to 1000

LR2-D1508 LR2-D1510 LR2-D1512 LR2-D1514 LR2-D1516 LR2-D1521 LR2-D1522 LR2-D2553 LR2-D3522 LR2-D3553 LR2-D3555 LR2-D3557 LR2-D3559 LR2-D3561 LR2-D3563 LR9-D5557 LR9-D5563 LR9-D5567 LR9-D5569 LR9-F5557 LR9-F5563 LR9-F5567 LR9-F5569 LR9-F5571 LR9-F7575 LR9-F7579 LR9-F7581 LR2-F7579 LR2-F7581 LR2-F7583 LR2-F7585

Rating

Connection direct to CT
c c c

0,2 to 1 A c 1 to 5 A 5 to 25 A c

LT6-P0M025 FM

v The characteristics of the current transformers are the following (as defined by IEC 44-1 / 44-3):

Type 1 coordination tables Circuit breaker Direct-on-line starting reverser Magnetic page 303 Thermal-magnetic page 306

Star-delta starting page 307 page 309

10

Accuracy class (5%) CT intended for motor protection Multiple of the saturation current

Type 2 coordination tables Circuit breaker Direct-on-line starting, star-delta or reverser 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V Magnetic MA p. 288 p. 291 p. 296 Magnetic MA + p. 292 p. 298 multifunctional or thermal relay on CT Thermal-magnetic p. 287 p. 290 p. 295 c The coordination data for 440 V is valid for 480 V NEMA;

500/525 V p. 301

p. 300

286

Merlin Gerin

Complementary technical information

type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 220/240 V

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


E34308

Performance: U = 220/240 V
Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breaker Circuit breaker NS100-STR22ME NS160-STR22ME NS250-STR22ME NS400-STR43ME NS630-STR43ME N 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA H 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA STR22ME class 10 x Irth (A) 6/10 6/10 7.5/12.5 7.5/20 7.5/25 7.5/25 24/40 24/40 24/40 48/80 48/80 60/100 60/120 60/100 60/120 90/150 100/200 90/150 100/200 131/220 100/200 160/320 160/320 250/500 250/500 250/500 Irm (A) 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth L 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA STR43ME class 10 class 20 Contactors Type LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-F185 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-F185 LC1-D150 or LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-D150 or LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500

Contactor

Starting:
Normal Long Motors P (kW) 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 6.3 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 150 I (A) 220 V 6.5 9 12 15 21 24 28 36 39 52 63 75 100 125 150 180 250 300 360 430 460 I (A) 240 V 6 8 11 14 19 22 25 33 36 48 59 70 95 115 140 170 235 280 330 400 450 Ie max 10 10 12.5 20 25 25 40 40 40 80 80 100 100 150 150 185 265 320 400 500 500 Circuit breaker Type Trip unit NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS100 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS160 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS160 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS250 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS400 STR43ME NS400 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME

Merlin Gerin

287

Complementary technical information

type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 220/240 V (cont.)

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


E34309

Performance : U = 220/240 V
Magnetic circuit breaker (MA)
Circuit breaker NS80-MA N xxx H 100 kA L xxx

Contactor Thermal relay


Motors P (kW) 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 6.3 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22

Starting (1) : normal LRD2 class 10 A, LR9 class 10

I (A) 220 V 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.5 2 2.8 3.5 5 6.5 9 12 15 21 24 28 36 39 52 63 75

I (A) 240 V 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.6 3.2 4.5 6 8 11 14 19 22 25 33 36 48 59 70

Ie max 1 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 4 6 8 10 12.5 18 25 25 32 50 40 50 50 63 80 63 80 80

Circuit breaker Type NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA

Rating (A) 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80 80

Irm (A) 13.5 13.5 22.5 32.5 32.5 57 57 82 113 138 163 250 325 325 450 550 650 880 880 1040

Contactors (2) Type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D18 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D50 LC1-D80 LC1-D50 LC1-D80 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80

Thermal relay Type LR2-D13 05 LR2-D13 05 LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 53 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 57 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 63

Irth (1) 0.63/1 0.63/1 1/1.6 1.6/2.5 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 2.5/4 4/6 5.5/8 7/10 9/13 12/18 17/25 17/25 23/32 30/50 30/40 30/50 37/50 30/50 48/65 48/80 48/65 48/80 63/80 48/80

(1) For long starting (class 20), see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 by LC3.

288

Merlin Gerin

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


E34309

Performance : U = 220/240 V
Magnetic circuit breaker (MA)
Circuit breaker NS100-MA NS160/250-MA NS400/630-MA N 85 kA 85 kA xxx H 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA L 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA

Contactor Thermal relay


Motors P (kW) 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 6.3 7.5 10 11 15 18,5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 150

Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, others class 10


Circuit breakers Type Rating (A) NS100-MA 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 NS100-MA 6.3 NS100-MA 6.3 NS100-MA 6.3 NS100-MA 12.5 NS100-MA 12.5 NS100-MA 12.5 NS100MA 25 NS100-MA 25 NS100-MA 25 NS100-MA 50 NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS160-MA NS160-MA NS250-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA 50 50 100 100 100 100 150 150 220 320 320 320 500 500 500 Contactors (2) Type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 Thermal relay Type LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 53 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 63 LR9-D53 67 LR9-F53 67 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-F53 71 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 79

I (A) 220 V 1.2 1.5 2 2.8 3.5 5 6.5 9 12 15 21 24 28 36 39 52 63 75 100 125 150 180 250 300 360 430 460

I (A) 240 V 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.6 3.2 4.5 6 8 11 14 19 22 25 33 36 48 59 70 95 115 140 170 235 270 330 400 450

Ie max 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 4 6 8 10 12.5 18 25 25 32 50 40 50 40 50 63 80 63 80 80 100 150 150 185 220 265 320 400 500 500

Irm (A) 22.5 32.5 32.5 57 57 82 113 138 163 250 325 325 450 650 550 650 550 650 700 1100 900 1100 1100 1300 1950 1950 2420 2880 3500 4160 5700 6500 6500

Irth (1) 1/1,6 1.6/2.5 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 2.5/4 4/6 5.5/8 7/10 9/13 12/18 17/25 17/25 23/32 30/50 30/40 30/50 30/40 30/50 48/65 48/80 48/65 48/80 63/80 48/80 60/100 90/150 90/150 132/220 200/330 200/330 300/500 300/500 300/500

(1) For long starting (class 20), see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 by LC3.

Merlin Gerin

289

Complementary technical information

type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 380/415 V

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


E34308

Performance : U = 380/415 V
Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breaker Circuit breaker NS100-STR22ME NS160-STR22ME NS250-STR22ME NS400-STR43ME NS630-STR43ME N 25 kA 35 kA 35 kA 45 kA 45 kA H 70 kA 70 kA 70 kA 70 kA 70 kA L 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA

Contactor

Starting: IEC 947-4-1, type 2


Normal Long Motors P (kW) 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 I (A) 380 V 7 9 12 16 21 23 30 37 44 60 72 85 105 138 170 205 250 300 370 408 460 I (A) 415 V 6.5 8.2 11 14 19 21 28 35 40 55 66 80 100 135 165 200 240 280 340 385 425 Ie max 10 10 12.5 20 25 25 40 40 50 80 80 100 115 150 185 220 265 320 400 500 500 STR22ME Class 10 x Circuit breaker Type Trip unit NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS160 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS160 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS250 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS250 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS400 STR43ME NS400 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME Irth (A) 6/10 6/10 7.5/12.5 10/20 15/25 15/25 24/40 24/40 30/50 48/80 48/80 60/100 60/120 90/150 60/120 90/150 100/200 131/220 100/200 131/220 100/200 160/320 160/320 250/500 250/500 250/500 STR43ME Class 10 Class 20 Irm (A) 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth Contactors (2) Type LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-F185 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-F185 LC1-D150 or LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500

290

Merlin Gerin

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


E34309

Performance : U = 380/415 V
Magnetic circuit breaker (MA)
Circuit breaker NS80-MA N xxx H 70 kA L xxx

Contactor Thermal relay


Motors P (kW) 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37

Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, LR9 class 10

I (A) 380 V 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.6 2 2.8 3.7 5.3 7 9 12 16 21 23 30 37 43 59 72

I (A) 415 V 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.5 1.8 2.6 3.4 4.8 6.5 8.2 11 14 19 21 28 34 40 55 66

Ie max 1 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 4 6 8 10 12.5 18 25 25 32 40 50 63 80

Circuit breaker Type NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA

Rating (A) 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80

Irm (A) 13.5 13.5 22.5 32.5 32.5 57 57 82 113 138 163 250 325 325 450 550 650 880 1040

Contactors (2) Type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D18 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D50 LC1-D80 LC1-D50 LC1-D80 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80

Thermal relay Type LR2-D13 05 LR2-D13 05 LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 53 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 57 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 63

Irth (1) 0.63/1 0.63/1 1/1.6 1.6/2.5 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 2.5/4 4/6 5.5/8 7/10 9/13 12/18 17/25 17/25 23/32 30/50 30/40 30/50 37/50 30/50 48/65 48/80 63/80 48/80

(1) For long starting (class 20), see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 by LC3.

Merlin Gerin

291

Complementary technical information

type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 380/415 V (cont.)

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


E34309

Performance : U = 380/415 V
Magnetic circuit breaker (MA)
Circuit breaker NS100-MA NS160/250-MA NS400/630-MA N 25 kA 35 kA xxx H 70 kA 70 kA 70 kA L 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA

Contactor Thermal relay


Motors P (kW) 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250

Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, others class 10


I (A) 415 V 1.1 1.5 1.8 2.6 3.4 4.8 6.5 8.2 11 14 19 21 28 34 40 55 66 80 100 135 160 200 230 270 361 380 430 Ie max 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 4 6 8 10 12.5 18 25 25 32 50 40 50 50 63 80 80 100 115 150 185 220 220 265 320 400 500 500 Circuit breaker Type NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS160-MA NS160-MA NS250-MA NS250-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA Rating (A) 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 100 100 100 150 150 220 220 320 320 320 500 500 500 Irm (A) 22.5 32.5 32.5 57 57 82 113 138 163 250 325 325 450 650 550 650 650 900 1100 1100 1300 1500 1950 2420 2860 2880 3500 4160 5700 6500 6500 Contactors (2) Type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 Thermal relay Type LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 53 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 57 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 63 LR9-D53 67 LR9-F53 67 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-F53 71 LR9-F53 71 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 79 Irth (1) 1/1.6 1.6/2.5 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 2.5/4 4/6 5.5/8 7/10 9/13 12/18 17/25 17/25 23/32 30/50 30/40 30/50 37/50 30/50 48/65 48/80 63/80 48/80 60/100 90/150 90/150 132/220 132/220 200/330 200/330 300/500 300/500 300/500

I (A) 380 V 1.2 1.6 2 2.8 3.7 5.3 7 9 12 16 21 23 30 37 43 59 72 85 105 140 170 210 250 300 380 420 460

(1) For long starting (class 20). see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 by LC3.

292

Merlin Gerin

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


E34310

Performance : U = 380/415 V
Magnetic circuit breaker (MA) Contactor Thermal relay on CT TC
Motors P (kW) 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 Circuit breaker Type NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA Contactors (2) Type LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 Thermal relay Type LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM Circuit breaker NS80 MA N xxx H 70 kA L xxx

Starting (1): adjustable class 10 A to 30

I (A) 380 V 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.6 2 2.8 3.7 5.3 7 9 12 16 21 23 30 37 43 59 72

I (A) 415 V 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.5 1.8 2.6 3.4 4.8 6.5 8.2 11 14 19 21 28 34 40 55 66

Ie max 1 1 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80

Rating (A) 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80

Irm (A) 13.5 13.5 32.5 32.5 32.5 70 70 82 163 163 163 325 325 325 650 650 650 1040 1040

Irth (1) 0.2/1 0.2/1 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT

(1) Observe the recommendations on page 284 for installations with a class 30 relay and mounting of the thermal relay on the current transformer. (2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 by LC3.

Merlin Gerin

293

Complementary technical information

type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 380/415 V (cont.)

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


E34310

Performance : U = 380/415 V
Magnetic circuit breaker (MA) Contactor Thermal relay on CT TC
Motors P (kW) 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 Circuit breaker NS100-MA NS160/250-MA NS400/630-MA N 25 kA 35 kA xxx H 70 kA 70 kA 70 kA L 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA

Starting: adjustable class 10 to 30


I (A) 415 V 1.1 1.5 1.8 2.6 3.4 4.8 6.5 8.2 11 14 19 21 28 34 40 55 66 80 100 135 160 200 230 270 361 380 430 Ie max 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80 100 115 150 185 220 265 265 320 400 500 500 Circuit breaker Type NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS160-MA NS160-MA NS250-MA NS250-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA Rating (A) 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 100 100 100 150 150 220 220 320 320 320 500 500 500 Irm (A) 32.5 32.5 32.5 70 70 82 163 163 163 325 325 325 650 650 650 1100 1100 1300 1500 1950 2420 2860 3500 3500 4000 5700 6300 6300 Contactors (2) Type LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 Thermal relay Type LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM Irth (1) 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT

I (A) 380 V 1.2 1.6 2 2.8 3.7 5.3 7 9 12 16 21 23 30 37 43 59 72 85 105 140 170 210 250 300 380 420 460

(1) Observe the recommendations on page 284 for installations with a class 30 relay and mounting of the thermal relay on the current transformer. (2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 by LC3.

294

Merlin Gerin

Complementary technical information

type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 440 V

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


E34308

Performance (2) : U = 440 V


Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breaker Circuit breaker NS100-STR22ME NS160-STR22ME NS250-STR22ME NS400-STR43ME NS630-STR43ME N 25 kA 35 kA 35 kA 42 kA 42 kA STR22ME Class 10 x Circuit breaker Type Trip unit NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS160 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS160 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS250 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS250 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS400 STR43ME NS400 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME Irth (A) 6/10 6/10 7.5/12.5 12/20 15/25 15/25 24/40 24/40 24/40 48/80 48/80 48/80 60/100 60/120 90/150 100/200 90/150 100/200 131/220 100/200 131/220 160/320 160/320 160/320 250/500 250/500 250/500 H 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA STR43ME Class 10 Class 20 Irm (A) 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth Contactors (3) Type LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-F185 LC1-D150 or LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-D150 or LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 L 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA

Contactor

Starting: IEC 947-4-1, type 2


Normal Long Motors P (kW) 3 4 5,5 7,5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 300 I (A) 440 V 5.8 8 10.5 13.7 19 20 26.5 33 39 51 64 76 90 125 146 178 215 256 320 353 400 460 Ie max 10 10 12.5 20 25 25 40 40 40 80 80 80 100 150 150 185 220 265 320 400 400 500

Merlin Gerin

295

Complementary technical information

type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 440 V (cont.)

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


E34309

Performance (2) : U = 440 V


Magnetic circuit breaker (MA)
Circuit breaker NS80-MA N xxx H 65 kA L xxx

Contactor Thermal relay


Motors P (kW) 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 I (A) 440 V 0.7 1 1.4 1.7 2.4 3.1 4.5 5.8 8 10.5 13.7 19 20 26.5 33 39 52 63 76 Ie max 1 1.6 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 6 6 8 12.5 18 25 25 32 40 50 40 50 63 80 63 80 80

Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, LR9 class 10

Circuit breaker Type NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA

Rating (A) 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80 80

Irm (A) 13.5 22.5 22.5 32.5 32.5 57 82 82 113 163 250 325 325 450 550 650 550 650 880 1040 880 1040 1040

Contactors (3) Type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D80 LC1-D50 LC1-D80 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D80

Thermal relay Type LR2-D13 05 LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 53 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 63

Irth (1) 0.63/1 1/1.6 1/1.6 1.6/2.5 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 4/6 4/6 5.5/8 9/13 12/18 17/25 17/25 23/32 30/40 30/50 30/40 30/50 48/65 48/80 48/65 48/80 63/80 48/80

(1) For long starting (class 20), see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Valid for 480 V NEMA. (3) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 with LC3.

296

Merlin Gerin

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


E34309

Performance (2) : U = 440 V


Magnetic circuit breaker (MA)
Circuit breaker NS100-MA NS160/250-MA NS400/630-MA N 25 kA 35 kA xxx H 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA L 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA

Contactor Thermal relay


Motors P (kW) 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 300 I (A) 440 V 1 1.4 1.7 2.4 3.1 4.5 5.8 8 10.5 13.7 19 20 26.5 33 39 52 63 76 90 125 140 178 210 256 310 353 400 460 Ie max 1.6 1.6 2.5 2.5 4 6 6 8 12.5 18 25 25 32 40 50 40 50 63 80 63 80 80 100 150 150 185 220 265 265 320 400 500 500

Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, others class 10


Circuit breaker Type NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS160-MA NS160-MA NS250-MA NS250-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA Rating (A) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 150 150 220 220 320 320 320 500 500 500 Irm (A) 22.5 22.5 32.5 32.5 57 82 82 113 163 250 325 325 450 550 650 550 650 900 1100 900 1100 1100 1300 1950 1950 2420 2860 3500 3500 4160 5500 6500 6500 Contactors (3) Type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 Thermal relay Type LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 22 LR2-D33 53 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 63 LR9-D53 67 LR9-F53 67 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-F53 71 LR9-F53 71 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 79 Irth (1) 1/1.6 1/1.6 1.6/2.5 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 4/6 4/6 5.5/8 9/13 12/18 17/25 17/25 23/32 30/40 30/50 30/40 30/50 48/65 48/80 48/65 48/80 63/80 48/80 60/100 90/150 90/150 132/220 132/220 200/330 200/330 300/500 300/500 300/500

(1) For long starting (class 20), see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Valid for 480 V NEMA. (3) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 with LC3.

Merlin Gerin

297

Complementary technical information

type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 440 V (cont.)

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


E34310

Performance (2) : U = 440 V


Magnetic circuit breaker (MA) Contactor Thermal relay on CT TC
Motors P (kW) 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 Circuit breaker Type NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA Contactors (3) Type LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 Thermal relay Type LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM Circuit breaker NS80 MA N xxx H 65 kA L xxx

Starting (1): adjustable class 10 to 30

I (A) 440 V 0.7 1 1.4 1.7 2.4 3.1 4.5 5.8 8 10.5 13.7 19 20 26.5 33 39 52 63 76

Ie max 1 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 4 5 6.3 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80 80

Rating (A) 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80 80

Irm (A) 13.5 32.5 32.5 32.5 32.5 82 82 82 163 163 325 325 325 550 550 550 1040 1040 1040

Irth (1) 0.2/1 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT

(1) Observe the recommendations on page 284 for installations with a class 30 relay and mounting of the thermal relay on the current transformer. (2) Applicable pour 480 V NEMA (3) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 with LC3.

298

Merlin Gerin

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


E34310

Performance (2) : U = 440 V


Magnetic circuit breaker (MA) Contactor Thermal relay on CT TC
Motors P (kW) 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 300 Circuit breaker NS100-MA NS160/250-MA NS400/630-MA N 25 kA 35 kA xxx H 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA L 130 kA 130 kA 130 kA

Starting (1): adjustable class 10 to 30


Circuit breaker Type NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS100-MA NS160-MA NS160-MA NS250-MA NS250-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA Contactors (3) Type LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 Themal relay Type LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM LT6-POM

I (A) 440 V 1 1.4 1.7 2.4 3.1 4.5 5.8 8 10.5 13.7 19 20 26.5 33 39 52 63 76 90 125 140 178 210 256 310 353 400 460

Ie max 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 6.3 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80 80 100 150 150 185 220 265 265 320 400 500 500

Rating (A) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 150 150 220 220 320 320 320 500 500 500

Irm (A) 32.5 32.5 32.5 32.5 82 82 82 163 163 325 325 325 550 550 550 1100 1100 1100 1300 1950 1950 2420 2860 2880 3500 4000 5700 6500 6500

Irth (1) 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 1/5 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 5/25 on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT on CT

(1) Observe the recommendations on page 284 for installations with a class 30 relay and mounting of the thermal relay on the current transformer. (2) Valid for 480 V NEMA. (3) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 with LC3.

Merlin Gerin

299

Complementary technical information

type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 500/525 V

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


E34308

Performance : U = 500/525 V
Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breaker Circuit breaker NS100-STR22ME NS160-STR22ME NS250-STR22ME NS400-STR43ME NS630-STR43ME H 50/35 kA 50/35 kA 50/35 kA 50/35 kA 50/35 kA L 70 kA 70 kA 70 kA 70 kA 70 kA

Contactor

Starting: IEC 947-4-1, type 2


Normal Long
Motors P (kW) 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 315 I (A) 500 V 6.5 9 12 15 18.4 23 28.5 33 45 55 65 75 105 130 155 185 220 280 310 360 445 I (A) 525 V 6.5 9 12 15 18.4 23 28.5 33 45 55 65 75 105 130 155 185 220 280 310 360 445 Ie max 10 12.5 12.5 20 20 40 40 40 50 80 80 100 115 150 185 220 265 320 320 500 500

STR22ME Class 10 x
Circuit breaker Type trip unit NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS100 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS160 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS160 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS250 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS250 STR22ME NS400 STR43ME NS400 STR43ME NS400 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME NS630 STR43ME Irth (A) 6/10 7.5/12.5 7.5/12.5 12/20 12/20 15/25 24/40 24/40 30/50 48/80 48/80 60/100 60/120 90/150 60/120 90/150 100/200 131/220 100/200 131/220 160/320 160/320 160/320 250/500 250/500 250/500

STR43ME Class 10 Class 20


Irm (A) 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth 13 Irth Contactors (2) Type LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-F185 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-F185 LC1-D150 or LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F185 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 LC1-F500

(2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 with LC3.

300

Merlin Gerin

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


E34309

Performance : U = 500/525 V
Magnetic circuit breaker (MA)
Circuit breaker NS80-MA H 35 kA L xxx

Contactor Thermal relay


Motors
P (kW) I (A) 500 V I (A) 525 V

Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, LR9 class 10

Ie max

0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55

0.6 0.9 1.2 1.5 2 2.8 3.8 5 6.5 9 12 15 18.4 23 28.5 33 45 55 65 75

0.6 0.9 1.2 1.5 2 2.8 3.8 5 6.5 9 12 15 18.4 23 28.5 33 45 55 65 75

1 1 1.6 1.6 2.5 4 4 6 8 10 12.5 16 25 25 32 40 50 50 63 80 80 80

Circuit breaker Type NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA

Rating (A) 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80 80

Irm (A) 13.5 13.5 22.5 22.5 32.5 57 57 82 113 138 163 250 325 325 450 550 650 650 880 1040 1040 1040

Contactors (2) Type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D18 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D50 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D65 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D115 LC1-F115

Thermal relay (1) Type Irth LR2-D13 05 0.63/1 LR2-D13 05 0.63/1 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4 LR2-D13 10 4/6 LR2-D13 12 5.5/8 LR2-D13 14 7/10 LR2-D13 16 9/13 LR2-D33 21 12/18 LR2-D33 22 17/25 LR2-D33 22 17/25 LR2-D33 53 23/32 LR2-D33 55 30/40 LR9-D53 57 30/50 LR9-F53 57 30/50 LR2-D33 57 37/50 LR9-D53 57 30/50 LR9-F53 57 30/50 LR2-D33 59 48/65 LR9-D53 63 48/80 LR9-F53 63 48/80 LR2-D33 63 63/80 LR9-D53 63 48/80 LR9-F53 63 48/80 LR9-D53 63 48/80

(1) For long starting (class 20). see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 with LC3.

Merlin Gerin

301

Complementary technical information

type 2 coordination (IEC 947-4-1) 500/525 V (cont.)

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


E34309

Performance : U = 500/525 V
Magnetic circuit breaker (MA)
Circuite breaker NS100-MA NS160/250-MA NS400/630-MA H 50/35 kA 50/35 kA 50/35 KA L 70 kA 70 kA 70 kA

Contactor Thermal relay


Motors P (kW) 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 15 18.5 22 I (A) 500 V 1.2 1.5 2 2.8 3.8 5 6.5 9 12 15 18.4 23 28.5 33 I (A) 525 V 1.2 1.5 2 2.8 3.8 5 6.5 9 12 15 18.4 23 28.5 33

Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, others class 10


Ie max 1.6 1.6 2.5 4 4 6 8 10 12.5 16 25 25 32 40 50 50 Circuite breaker Type rating (A) NS100-MA 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 NS100-MA 2.5 NS100-MA 6.3 NS100-MA 6.3 NS100-MA 6.3 NS100-MA 12.5 NS100-MA 12.5 NS100-MA 12.5 NS100-MA 25 NS100-MA 25 NS100-MA 25 NS100-MA 50 NS100-MA 50 Irm (A) 22.5 22.5 32.5 57 57 82 113 138 163 250 325 325 450 550 650 650 Contactors (2) Type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F265 LC1-F400 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 Thermal relay (1) Type Irth LR2-D13 06 1/1.6 LR2-D13 06 1/1.6 LR2-D13 07 1.6/2.5 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4 LR2-D13 08 2.5/4 LR2-D13 10 4/6 LR2-D13 12 5.5/8 LR2-D13 14 7/10 LR2-D13 16 9/13 LR2-D13 21 12/18 LR2-D33 22 17/25 LR2-D33 22 17/25 LR2-D33 53 23/32 LR2-D33 55 23/32 LR9-D53 57 30/50 LR9-F53 57 30/50 LR2-D33 57 30/40 LR9-D53 57 30/50 LR9-F53 57 30/50 LR2-D33 59 48/65 LR9-D53 63 48/80 LR9-F53 63 48/80 LR9-D53 63 48/80 LR9-F53 63 LR9-D53 67 60/100 LR9-F53 67 LR9-D53 69 90/150 LR9-F53 69 LR9-D53 69 90/150 LR9-F53 69 LR9-F53 71 132/220 LR9-F53 71 132/220 LR9-F73 75 200/330 LR9-F73 75 200/330 LR9-F73 75 200/330 LR9-F73 79 300/500 LR9-F73 79 300/500

30

45

45

NS100-MA

50

37

55

55

63 80 80 100 115 150 185 220 265 320 320 500 500

NS100-MA

100

900 1100 1100 1300 1500 1950 2420 2860 4160 4160 4500 6500 6500

45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 315

65 75 105 130 156 187 220 280 310 360 445

65 75 105 130 156 187 220 280 310 360 445

NS100-MA NS100-MA NS160-MA NS160-MA NS250-MA NS250-MA NS400-MA NS400-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA NS630-MA

100 100 150 150 220 220 320 320 500 500 500

(1) For long starting (class 20), see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2; star-delta starter: replace LC1 with LC3.

302

Merlin Gerin

Complementary technical information

type 1 coordination (IEC 947-4-1)

Merlin Gerin NS 80 circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


Direct-on-line starting Reverser
E34309

Magnetic circuit breaker (MA)

Iq breaking performance: equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker alone Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, others class 10

Contactor Thermal relay


Motors 220/230 V P I (kW) (A) Circuit breaker 380 V P I (kW) (A) 0.37 1.2 0.55 1.6 0.75 2 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 2.8 3.7 5 6.6 8.5 415 V P I (kW) (A) 0.37 1.1 0.55 1.5 0.75 1.8 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 2.5 3.5 4.8 6.5 8.2 11 14 17 21 440 V (2) P I (kW) (A) 0.37 1 0.55 1.4 0.75 1.7 1.1 2.4 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 500/525 V P I (kW) (A) 0.55 1.2 0.75 1.5 660/690 V P I (kW) (A) 0.75 1.2 1 1.5 type rating (A) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 25 25 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80 Contactors (3) type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D12 LC1-D12 LC1-D18 LC1-D18 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D50 LC1-D65 LC1-D65 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D80 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 Thermal relay (1) type LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 22 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D13 22 LR2-D33 53 LR2-D33 55 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D33 59 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D33 59 LR2-D33 61 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 63 LR9-F53 63 Irth (A) 1/1.6 1/1.6 1.6/2.5 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 2.5/4 4/6 5.5/8 7/10 7/10 9/13 12/18 12/18 9/13 17/25 12/18 17/25 23/32 30/40 37/50 37/50 48/65 37/50 48/65 55/70 37/50 63/80 48/80

0.37 1.8 0.55 2.8 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 4.4 6.1 8.7

11.5 5.5 14.5 7.5

11.5 5.5 15.5 7.5 9 22 11

5.5

20

11

7.5 11 15

28 39 52

15

30

15 22 25

28 40 47

15 22 30

18.5 37 22 44

18.5 64

30

59

30 37 45

55 66 80

37

22

75

37

72

45

NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA 1.1 2 1.5 2 NS80H-MA 1.5 2.6 2.2 2.8 NS80H-MA 3.1 3 3.8 NS80H-MA 4.5 3 5 4 4.9 NS80H-MA 5.8 4 6.5 5.5 6.6 NS80H-MA 7.9 5.5 9 NS80H-MA 7.5 8.9 NS80H-MA 10.4 7.5 12 NS80H-MA 13.7 9 14 NS80H-MA 16.9 10 15 NS80H-MA 10 11.5 NS80H-MA 20.1 11 18.4 NS80H-MA 15 17 NS80H-MA 18.5 21.3 NS80H-MA 26.5 18.5 28.5 NS80H-MA 22 33 30 34.6 NS80H-MA 39 NS80H-MA 30 45 33 39 NS80H-MA 51.5 NS80H-MA 37 42 NS80H-MA 64 37 55 NS80H-MA NS80H-MA 45 49 NS80H-MA 76 55 80 NS80H-MA 55 60 NS80H-MA 75 80

(1) For long starting (class 20), see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Valid for 480 V NEMA. (3) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2.

Merlin Gerin

303

Complementary technical information

type 1 coordination (IEC 947-4-1)

Merlin Gerin NS 100 circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


Direct-on-line starting Reverser
E34309

Magnetic circuit breaker (MA)

Iq breaking performance: equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker Starting (1): normal LRD2 class 10 A, others class 10

Contactor Thermal relay


Motors 220/230 V P I (kW) (A)

Circuit breaker 380 V P I (kW) (A) 0.37 1.2 0.55 1.6 0.75 2 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 2.8 3.7 5 6.6 8.5 415 V P I (kW) (A) 0.37 1.1 0.55 1.5 0.75 1.8 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 2.5 3.5 4.8 6.5 8.2 11 14 17 21 440 V (2) P I (kW) (A) 0.37 1 0.55 1.4 0.75 1.7 1.1 2.4 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 3.1 4.5 5.8 7.9 10.4 13.7 16.9 20.1 500/525 V P I (kW) (A) 0.55 1.2 0.75 1.5 rating (A) NS100N/H/L-MA 2.5 NS100N/H/L-MA 2.5 NS100N/H/L-MA 2.5 1.1 2 1.5 2 NS100N/H/L-MA 2.5 1.5 2.6 2.2 2.8 NS100N/H/L-MA 6.3 3 3.8 NS100N/H/L-MA 6.3 3 5 4 4.9 NS100N/H/L-MA 6.3 4 6.5 5.5 6.6 NS100N/H/L-MA 12.5 5.5 9 NS100N/H/L-MA 12.5 7.5 8.9 NS100N/H/L-MA 12.5 7.5 12 NS100N/H/L-MA 12.5 9 14 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 10 15 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 10 11.5 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 11 18.4 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 15 17 NS100N/H/L-MA 25 18.5 21.3 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 18.5 28.5 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 22 33 30 34.6 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 30 30 37 51.5 64 37 55 45 49 45 33 37 39 42 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 NS100N/H/L-MA 50 660/690 V P I (kW) (A) 0.75 1.2 1 1.5 type

Contactors (3) type LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D09 LC1-D12 LC1-D12 LC1-D18 LC1-D18 LC1-D18 LC1-D25 LC1-D25 LC1-D32 LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D65

Thermal relay (2) type Irth (A) 1/1.6 1/1.6 1.6/2.5 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 2.5/4 4-jun 5.5/8 7/10 7/10 9/13 12/18 12/18 9/13 17/25 12/18 17/25 23/32 30/40 30/50 37/50 30/50 37/50 30/50 37/50 30/50 48/65 48/80 37/50 48/80 63/80 48/80 80/93 60/100 48/80

0.37 1.8 0.55 2.8 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 4.4 6.1 8.7

11.5 5.5 14.5 7.5

11.5 5.5 15.5 7.5 9 22 11

5.5

20

11

7.5

28

15

30

15

28

15

26.5

11

39

18.5 37 22 44 59

22 25 30

40 47 55

22

39

15

52

30

18.5 64

NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D65 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D80 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D80 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D95 55 60 80 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D115 LC1-F115 NS100N/H/L-MA 100 LC1-D115 LC1-F115

22 25

75 85

37 45

72 85

37 45

72 80

45

76

55

80

30

100

55

100

55

96

75

LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 06 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 22 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D13 22 LR2-D33 53 LR2-D33 55 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 57 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 57 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 57 LR9-D53 57 LR2-D33 59 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 57 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 63 LR2-D33 65 LR9-D53 67 LR9-D53 63 LR9-F53 63 LR9-D53 67 60/100 LR9-F53 67

(1) For long starting (class 20), see the correspondence table for thermal relays on page 284. (2) Valid for 480 V NEMA. (3) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2.

304

Merlin Gerin

Merlin Gerin NS 160, NS 250, NS 400, NS 630, C801, C1001, C1251 circuit breakers Telemecanique contactors
Direct-on-line starting Reverser
E34309

Magnetic circuit breaker (MA)

Iq breaking performance: equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker Starting (1): normal class 10

Contactor Thermal relay


Motors 220/230 V P I (kW) (A) 37 125 45 150 55 180

Circuit breaker 380 V P I (kW) (A) 55 105 75 140 90 170 110 210 415 V P I (kW) (A) 75 135 90 110 160 200 440 V (2) P I (kW) (A) 75 124 90 110 132 156 180 215 500/525 V P I (kW) (A) 75 110 90 130 110 156 660/690 V P I (kW) (A) 90 100 110 120 type rating (A) (A) NS160N/H/L-MA 150 NS250N/H/L-MA NS250N/H/L-MA 132 190 228 281 310 250 220 420 480 250 430 300 480 540 355 375 400 450 500 530 570 630 250 401 315 335 445 460 375 450 400 480 335 270 335 200 220 220 240 132 160 140 175 NS250N/H/L-MA NS400N/H/L-MA NS400N/H/L-MA NS630N/H/L-MA NS630N/H/L-MA NS630N/H/L-MA NS630N/H/L-MA NS630N/H/L-MA 220 220 220 320 320 500 500 500 500 500

Contactors
(3)

Thermal relay (1) Irth (A) LR9-D53 69 90/150 LR9-F53 69 LR9-F53 71 132/220 LR9-F53 71 LR9-F53 71 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 79 LR9-F73 81 LR9-F73 81 132/220 132/220 200/330 200/330 300/500 200/300 300/500 300/500 380/630 380/630 type

type LC1-D150 LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC1-F400 LC1-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 LC1-F630

75 90 110

250 312 360

132 160 200

250 300 380

132 160 220

230 270 380

160

256

160 200

220

360

220

150

480

250

160

520

300

570

300

510

335

C801N/H-STR35ME 800 LC1-F630 C1001L-STR35ME 1000 C801N/H-STR35ME 800 C1001L-STR35ME 1000 C801N/H-STR35ME 800 C1001L-STR35ME 1000 C801N/H-STR35ME 800 C1001L-STR35ME 1000 C801N/H-STR35ME 800 C1001L-STR35ME 1000 C1001N/H-STR35ME 1000 LC1-F630 LC1-F780 LC1-F780 LC1-BL33 LC1-BM33

200 220

630 700

335 375 400

630 700 750

335 375 400

580 650 690

375 400 450

590 650 720

LR9-F73 81 LR2-F83 83 LR2-F83 83 LR2-F83 83 LR2-F83 83 LR2-F83 85 LR2-F83 85

380/630 500/800 500/800 500/800 500/800 630/1000 630/1000

500 560 250 800 450 500 300 970 560 600 800 900 450 500 750 500 560 920 600 1000 670 830 500 560 600 700 760 830 920 1020

530 580

1000 560 1100 600

800 900 960 670 1080 750

C1001N/H-STR35ME 1000 LC1-BM33 C1251N/H-STR35ME 1250 LC1-BP33

(1) For long starting (class 20), replace the LR2-D3 relays with LR2-D5 relays. (2) Valid for 480 V NEMA. (3) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2.

Merlin Gerin

305

Complementary technical information

type 1 coordination (IEC 947-4-1)

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


Direct-on-line starting Reverser
E34308

Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breaker

Iq breaking performance: equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker Starting:

Contactor Normal Long Motors 220/230 V P I (kW) (A) 7.5 28 11 39 15 18.5 22 25 30 37 45 55 52 64 75 85 100 125 150 180

STR22ME Class 10 x

STR43ME Class 10 Class 20

STR55UE Class 10 Class 20 Contactors (2) type LC1-D32 LC1-D40 LC1-D50 LC1-D65 LC1-D65 LC1-D80 LC1-D95 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-D115 or LC1-F115 LC1-D150 or LC1-F150 LC1-F185 LC1-F225 LC1-F265 LC1-F265 LC1-F330 LC12-F400 LC1-F500 LC1-F500 LC1-F630 LC1-F630 LC1-F630 LC1-F780 LC1-BL33 LC1-BM33 LC1-BM33 LC1-BP33 LC1-BP33

380 V P I (kW) (A) 15 30 18.5 37 22 44 30 59 37 45 72 85

415 V P I (kW) (A) 15 28 22 40 25 47 30 55 37 72

440 V (1) P I (kW) (A) 15 26.5 22 39 30 37 45

500/525 V P I (kW) (A) 18.5 28.5 22 33 30 45 55 80

660/690 V P I (kW) (A) 30 33 37 45 55 75 90 110

Circuit breaker type trip unit STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR43ME STR43ME STR43ME STR43ME STR43ME STR43ME STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE STR55UE

Irth (A) 24/40 24/40 30/50 48/80 48/80 48/80 60/100 60/100 60/100 90/150 131/220 131/220 131/220 190/320 190/320 300/500 300/500 300/500 300/500 320/800 400/1000 320/800 400/1000 320/800 400/1000 320/800 400/1000 400/1000 400/1000 630/1250 630/1250

51.5 64 37 76 55

55 75 90 110

105 140 170 210

55 75 90 110

100 135 160 200

55 75 90 110 132

96 124 156 180 215

75 90 110

110 130 156

NS100N/H/L 34.6 NS100N/H/L 39 NS100N/H/L 42 NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L 49 NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L 60 NS100N/H/L 80 NS100N/H/L 100 NS160N/H/L 120 NS250N/H/L NS250N/H/L NS250N/H/L NS400N/H/L NS400N/H/L NS630N/H/L NS630N/H/L NS630N/H/L NS630N/H/L C801N/H C1001L C801N/H C1001L C801N/H C1001L C801N/H C1001L C1001N/H C1001N/H C1251N/H C1251N/H

132 75 90 110 150 250 312 360 480 132 160 200 220 250 250 300 380 420 480 132 160 220 250 230 270 380 430 300 160 200 520 630 300 335 400 570 630 750 300 335 400 510 580 690 335 375 450 480 540 590 720 160 256 160 200 220 315 335 355 375 400 450

190 228 281 310 445 460 500 530 570 630

132 160 200 220 250 335 375 450

140 175 220 240 270 335 400 480

220 250

360 401

500 560 250 800 450 500 300 970 560 600 800 900 450 500 750 500 560 920 600 1000 670 830 500 560 600 700 760 830 920 1020

530 580

1000 560 1100 600

800 900 960 670 1080 750

(1) Valid for 480 V NEMA. (2) Reversers: replace LC1 with LC2.

306

Merlin Gerin

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


Star-delta starting
E34311

Magnetic circuit breaker (MA)

Iq breaking performance: equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker Starting: normal

Star-delta starter Thermal relay

Motors 220/230 V P I (kW) (A) 0.55 2.8 1.1 4.4 1.5 6.1 2.2 8.7 3 11.5 4 14.5 5.5 20 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 0.55 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 25 30 28 39 52 64 75 2.8 4.4 6.1 8.7 11.5 14.5 20 28 39 52 64 75 85 100

380 V P (kW) 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22

I (A) 3.7 5 6.6 8.5 11.5 15.5 22 30 37 44

415 V P (kW) 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 22 25 30 37 45 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 22 25 30 37 45

I (A) 3.5 4.8 6.5 8.2 11 14 17 21 28 40 47 55 66 80 3.5 4.8 6.5 8.2 11 14 17 21 28 40 47 55 66 80 100

440 V (1) P I (kW) (A) 1.5 3.1 2.2 4.5 3 5.8 4 7.9 5.5 10.4 7.5 13.7 9 16.9 11 20.1 15 26.5 22 39 30 51.5 64 76 3.1 4.5 5.8 7.9 10.4 13.7 16.9 20.1 26.5 39 51.5 64 76 96

Circuit breaker type NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS80H-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA NS100N/H/L-MA

Contactors rating (A) type 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80 6.3 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 50 50 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D12 LC3-D12 LC3-D18 LC3-D18 LC3-D32 LC3-D32 LC3-D32 LC3-D40 LC3-D40 LC3-D50 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D09 LC3-D12 LC3-D12 LC3-D18 LC3-D18 LC3-D32 LC3-D32 LC3-D32 LC3-D40 LC3-D40 LC3-D50 LC3-D50 LC3-D50

Thermal relay type Irth (A) LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D13 22 LR2-D33 53 LR2-D33 53 LR2-D33 55 LR2-D33 55 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D13 07 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 08 LR2-D13 10 LR2-D13 12 LR2-D13 14 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 16 LR2-D13 21 LR2-D13 22 LR2-D33 53 LR2-D33 53 LR2-D33 55 LR2-D33 55 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D33 57 LR2-D33 59 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 2.5/4 4/6 5.5/8 7/10 9/13 9/13 12/18 17/25 23/32 23/32 30/40 30/40 37/50 37/50 1.6/2.5 2.5/4 2.5/4 4/6 5.5/8 7/10 9/13 9/13 12/18 17/25 23/32 23/32 30/40 30/40 37/50 37/50 37/50 48/65

30 37 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22

59 72 3.7 5 6.6 8.5 11.5 15.5 22 30 37 44

37 45 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 15 22 30

30 37 45

59 72 85

37 45 55

55

(1) Valid for 480 V NEMA.

Merlin Gerin

307

Complementary technical information

type 1 coordination (IEC 947-4-1)

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


Star-delta starting Iq breaking performance: equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker Starting: normal
Star-delta starter Thermal relay
E34311

Magnetic circuit breaker (MA)

Motors 220/230 V P I (kW) (A) 37 45 125 150

380 V P (kW) 55 75 75 90

I (A) 105 140 140 170

415 V P I (kW) (A) 75 135

440 V (1) P I (kW) (A) 75 124

Circuit breaker type NS160N/H/L-MA NS160N/H/L-MA NS160N/H/L-MA NS250N/H/L-MA NS250N/H/L-MA NS250N/H/L-MA

Contactors rating (A) type 150 150 150 220 220 220 220 320 320 500 500 500 500 LC3-D80 LC3-D80 LC3-D115 LC3-F115 LC3-D115 LC3-F115 LC3-D115 LC3-F115 LC3-D115 LC3-F115 LC3-D150 LC3-F150 LC3-D150 LC3-F150 LC3-F185 LC3-F265 LC3-F265 LC3-F330 LC3-F330 LC3-F400 LC3-F400

Thermal relay type Irth (A) LR2-D33 59 LR2-D33 63 LR9-D53 67 LR9-F53 67 LR9-D53 67 LR9-F53 67 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-D53 69 LR9-F53 69 LR9-F53 71 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 75 LR9-F73 79 48/65 63/80 60/100 60/100 90/150 90/150 90/150 90/150 132/220 200/330 200/330 200/330 200/330 200/330 300/500

90

160

90 110

156 180

55

180 110 210 110 200

132 75 90 110 250 312 360 132 160 200 220 150 480 250 250 300 380 420 480 250 430 300 160 520 300 570 300 335
(1) Valid for 480 V NEMA.

215

NS250N/H/L-MA NS400N/H/L-MA

132 160 220

230 270 380 160 220 250 256 360 401

NS400N/H/L-MA NS630N/H/L-MA NS630N/H/L-MA NS630N/H/L-MA

480 540 590

NS630N/H/L-MA

510 580

335 375

C801N/H-STR35ME 800 C1001L-STR35ME 1000 C801N/H-STR35ME 800 C1001L-STR35ME 1000

308

Merlin Gerin

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers, Telemecanique contactors


Star-delta starting
E34312

Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker (MA)

Iq breaking performance: equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker Starting: normal

Star-delta starter

Motors 220/230 V P I (kW) (A) 7.5 28 11 39 15 18.5 22 25 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 150 160 52 64 75 85 100 125 150 180 250 312 360 480 520

380 V P (kW) 15 18.5 22

I (A) 30 37 44

415 V P (kW) 15 22 25 30 37 45

I (A) 28 40 47 55 66 80 100 135 160 200 230 270 380 430 510 580

440 V (1) P I (kW) (A) 15 26.5 22 39 30 51.5 64 76 96 124 156 180 215 256 360 401 480 540 590

Circuit breaker type NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS100N/H/L NS160N/H/L NS160N/H/L NS160N/H/L NS250N/H/L NS250N/H/L NS250N/H/L NS400N/H/L NS400N/H/L NS630N/H/L NS630N/H/L NS630N/H/L C801N/H C1001L C801N/H C1001L

Contactors trip unit STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR22ME STR43ME STR43ME STR43ME STR43ME STR43ME STR55UE STR55UE Irth (A) 24/40 30/50 30/50 48/80 48/80 48/80 48/80 60/100 60/100 60/100 90/150 90/150 90/150 131/220 131/220 131/220 190/320 190/320 300/500 300/500 300/500 320/800 400/1000 320/800 400/1000 LC3-D18 LC3-D18 LC3-D32 LC3-D32 LC3-D32 LC3-D40 LC3-D40 LC3-D50 LC3-D50 LC3-D50 LC3-D80 LC3-D80 LC3-D115 or LC3-F115 LC3-D115 or LC3-F115 LC3-D115 or LC3-F115 LC3-D150 or LC3-F150 LC3-D150 or LC3-F150 LC3-F185 LC3-F265 LC3-F265 LC3-F330 LC3-F400 LC3-F400

30 37 45 55 75 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 300

59 72 85

37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 220 250 300 335 375

55 105 140 140 170 210 250 300 380 420 480 570 75 90 110 132 160 220 250 300 335

(1) Valid for 480 V NEMA.

Merlin Gerin

309

coordination between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking

When chosing a circuit breaker to protect a busbar trunking system, it is necessary to take into account: c the usual rules concerning the circuit breaker current settings: Ib i Ir i Inc where Ib = maximum load current Ir = circuit breaker current setting Inc = current rating of the busbar trunking

c the electrodynamic withstand of the busbar trunking: The peak current limited by the circuit breaker must be less than the electrodynamic withstand capacity (or rated peak current) of the busbar trunking. Coordination tables The tables for coordinating Merlin Gerin

Multi 9, Compact, Compact CM and Masterpact circuit breakers with respect to Telemecanique Canalis busbar trunking give directly, for the different types of trunking and circuit breakers, the maximum shortcircuit current for which the trunking is protected.

Traditional circuit breaker selection method


The circuit breaker used to protect a distribution circuit is chosen according to two fundamental criteria: c the maximum load current Ib flowing in the supply circuit; c the prospective short-circuit current Isc at a point where the circuit breaker is to be installed. The circuit breaker is choosen such that: v In circuit breaker u Ib, v breaking capacity of the circuit breaker u Isc.

Installation example
E40700 E40701

Application for Compact NS range


CB1 = NS400H (Breaking capacity = 70 kA)

CB1 Ib = 360 A Isc = 65 kA

CB2 Ib = 140 A Isc = 65 kA

CB2 = NS160H (Breaking capacity = 70 kA)

E39613

Example Consider two 630 kVA/400 V transformer (Usc 4 %) supplying a main LV switchboard for which the prospective short-circuit current on the busbars is 44 kA. From the switchboard, a 30-metre long Canalis KVA63 transmission electrical busbar trunking system (630A) supplies a Canalis KSA63 trunking system (630A) for distribution with high-density tap-offs. A tap-off on the KSA63 trunking supplies a Canalis KSA16 trunking system. The short-circuit level are respectively: c 44 kA downstream of circuit-breaker CB1 and at the upstream connection of the KVA63 trunking. c 33 kA at the junction between the KVA63 transmission trunking and the KSA63 trunking for high-density tap-offs.

What circuit breakers should be chosen for CB1 and CB2 to protect the installation against short-circuits ?
CB1 44 kA NS630N (45 kA breaking capacity) 45 kA 45 kA 35 kA CB2 33 kA NS160N (35 kA breaking capacity)

prospective Isc circuit breakers Isc protection level for KVA63 trunking Isc protection level for KVA63 trunking Isc protection level for KSA16 trunking

630 kVA 400 V

630 kVA 400 V

prospective Isc 44 kA LV main swichboard

D1 Disconnector ? prospective Isc 44 kA prospective Isc 33 kA Canalis KSA 63 a 30-meter KVA63 transmission EBT system D2 Disconnector ?

Canalis KSA

310

Merlin Gerin

the different types of Telemecanique busbar trunking


Type of busbar trunking Busbar trunking for transmission and distribution with low-density tap-offs Busbar trunking for distribution with high-density tap-offs Busbar trunking for lighting distribution and management Low power Medium power KVA 200 to 800 A KVC 200 to 800 A (380/415 V - 660/690 V) KSA 100 to 800 A (380/415 V - 660/690 V) High power KTA 1000 to 4000 A KTC 1000 to 4000 A (380/415 V - 660/690 V) KHF 1000 to 4500 A (380/415 V - 660/690 V)

KN 40 to 100 A (380/415 V) KLE, KBA, KBB K System (380/415 V)

coordination tables between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking Voltage : 380/415 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Multi 9 Isc max. in kA ms. 16/20 C60N16/20 C60H16/20 C60L16/20 C60N25 C60H25 C60L25 NC100LH25 C60N40 C60H40 C60L40 NC100LH40 C60N63 C60H63 C60L63 NC100LH63 NS100N (1) NS100H (1) NS100L (1) KLE-16/20 25 10 15 25 KBA-25 25 KBB-25 40 KBA-40 40 KBB-40 40 KN-04 63 KN-06 100 KN-10

10 15 25 50

10 15 25 50 10 15 25 50 10 15 25 50 10 15 25 50 10 15 15 50 25 25 25

25 25 25

25 25 25

(1) TM-D trip unit, rating 40 or 63 or 100 A and STR22SE rating 40 or 100 A

type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms.

Masterpact

NS100N NS100H NS100L NS160N NS160H NS160L NS250N NS250H NS250L NS400N NS400H NS400L NS630N NS630H NS630L C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H CMN M08N1 M10N1 M12N1 M08H1 M10H1 M12H1 M08H2 M10H2 M12H2 M08L1 M10L1 M12L1

100 25 25 25 20 20 20 17 17 17

KSA-10 160 25 70 90 36 70 70 36 55 55 30 30 30

KSA-16 250

KSA-25 400

KSA-40 500

KSA-50 630

KSA-63 800

KSA-80

36 70 150 36 70 150 45 45 45 30 30 30

45 70 150 45 70 150 26 26 30

45 70 150 30 30 40

45 70 150 40 40 55 40 40 55 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 40 40 40

24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 32 32 32

45 70 150 50 50 80 50 50 80 50 50 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 50 50 50

Merlin Gerin

311

coordination tables between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking (cont.)

voltage : 380/415 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms. 200 NS250N NS250H NS250L NS400N NS400H NS400L NS630N NS630H NS630L C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L M08N1 M10N1 M08H1 M10H1 M08H2 M10H2 M08L1 M10L1 KVA-20 315 35 70 100 35 35 35 KVA-31 400 KVA-40 500 KVA-50 630 KVA-63 800 KVA-80

45 70 150 45 70 150

45 70 150 45 70 150

45 70 150 45 70 150

Masterpact

45 70 150 45 70 150 40 40 70 40 40 70 33 33 33 33 33 33 40 40

50 60 110 50 60 110 40 40 40 40 40 40 55 55

type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms.

Masterpact

NS250N NS250H NS250L NS400N NS400H NS400L NS630N NS630H NS630L C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L M08N1 M10N1 M08H1 M10H1 M08H2 M10H2 M08L1 M10L1

KVC-20 200 35 70 100 35 35 35

KVC-31 315

KVC-40 400

KVC-63 630

KVC-80 800

45 70 150 45 70 150

45 70 150 45 70 150

45 70 150 45 70 150 40 40 70 40 40 70 36 36 36 36 36 36 40 40

50 60 110 50 60 110 40 40 40 40 40 40 55 55

type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms.

Masterpact

C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H M10N1 M12N1 M16N1 M20N1 M25N1 M10H1 M12H1 M16H1 M20H1 M25H1 M32H1 M40H1 M50H1 M10H2 M12H2 M16H2 M20H2 M25H2 M32H2 M40H2 M50H2 M10L1 M12L1 M16L1 M20L1 M25L1

KTA-10 1000 50 55 100 50 55 40 40 40 40 40 40

KTA-12 1200 50 70 150 50 70 40 40 40 50 50 50

KTA-16 1600

KTA-20 2000

KTA-25 2500

KTA-30 3000

KTA-40 4000

40 40 40 55 55 60 60 60 60 60

40 40 40 55 55 65 65 65 73 73

55 55

55 55

75 75 75 75

75 75 75 75

75 75 90

40 40 40

50 50 50

60 60 60 60 60

73 73 73 73 73

80 80 80 80

86 86 86 86

90 90 90

55 55

85 85 65 65 65

130 130 105 105 105

130 130 130

130 130 130

312

Merlin Gerin

voltage : 380/415 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms. C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H M10N1 M12N1 M16N1 M20N1 M25N1 M10H1 M12H1 M16H1 M20H1 M25H1 M32H1 M40H1 M50H1 M63H1 M10H2 M12H2 M16H2 M20H2 M25H2 M32H2 M40H2 M50H2 M63H2 M10L1 M12L1 M16L1 M20L1 M25L1 KTC-10 1000 50 55 100 50 55 40 40 40 40 40 40 KTC-13 1350 50 70 150 50 70 40 40 40 50 50 50 KTC-16 1600 KTC-20 2000 KTC-25 2500 KTC-30 3000 KTC-40 4000 KTC-50 5000

Masterpact

40 40 40 55 55 60 60 60 60 60

40 40 40 55 55 65 65 65 73 73

55 55

55 55

75 75 75 75

75 75 75 75

75 75 90 90

95 95

40 40 40

50 50 50

60 60 60 60 60

73 73 73 73 73

82 82 82 82

82 82 82 82

90 90 90 90

95 95

55 55

85 85 65 65 65

130 130 105 105 105

130 130 130

130 130 130

130 130 130

type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms.

Masterpact

C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H CMN CMH M08N1 M10N1 M12N1 M16N1 M20N1 M25N1 M08H1 M10H1 M12H1 M16H1 M20H1 M25H1 M32H1 M40H1 M50H1 M63H1 M08H2 M10H2 M12H2 M16H2 M20H2 M25H2 M32H2 M40H2 M50H2 M63H2 M08L1 M10L1 M12L1 M16L1 M20L1 M25L1

KHF 1000 28 28 45 28 28 45 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28

KHF KHF KHF KHF 1200/1450 2200/2500 3000/3400 4000/4500

50 50 80 50 50 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38

70 85

70 85

40 55 55

55 55

65 75 75 75 75 90 90

75 75 75 75 100 100

75 75 100 100

28 28 28 28 28 28 28

38 38 38 38 38 38 38

90 90 90 90 90 90 90

100 100 100 100 120 120

100 100 125 125

35 35 35 28 28 28

50 50 50 42 42 42

130 130 130

130 130

Merlin Gerin

313

coordination tables between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking (cont.)

voltage: 660/690 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms. NS100N NS100H NS100L NS160N NS160H NS160L NS250N NS250H NS250L NS400N NS400H NS400L NS630N NS630H NS630L C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H CMN M08N1 M10N1 M12N1 M08H1 M10H1 M12H1 M08H2 M10H2 M12H2 M08L1 M10L1 M12L1 KSA-10 100 8 10 20 8 10 20 8 10 15 KSA-16 160 8 10 75 8 10 75 8 10 20 10 17 14 KSA-25 250 KSA-40 400 KSA-50 500 KSA-63 630 KSA-80 800

8 10 75 8 10 20 10 20 28

10 20 35 10 20 35 25 26 26

10 20 35 25 29 30

10 20 35 25 35 45 25 35 45 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32

Masterpact

24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26

20 20 35 25 40 60 25 40 60 25 40 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38

type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms.

Masterpact

NS250N NS250H NS250L NS400N NS400H NS400L NS630N NS630H NS630L C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L M08N1 M10N1 M08H1 M10H1 M08H2 M10H2 M08L1 M10L1

KVA-20 200 8 10 20 10 20 20

KVA-31 315

KVA-40 400

KVA-50 500

KVA-63 630

KVA-80 800

10 20 75 10 20 35

10 20 75 10 20 35

10 20 75 10 20 35

10 20 75 10 20 35 33 33 50 33 33 50 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33

25 40 60 25 40 60 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

314

Merlin Gerin

voltage: 660/690 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms. NS250N NS250H NS250L NS400N NS400H NS400L NS630N NS630H NS630L C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L M08N1 M10N1 M08H1 M10H1 M08H2 M10H2 M08L1 M10L1 KVC-20 200 8 10 20 10 20 20 KVC-31 315 KVC-40 400 KVC-63 630 KVC-80 800

10 20 75 10 20 35

10 20 75 10 20 35

Masterpact

10 20 75 10 20 35 25 36 60 25 36 60 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36

25 40 60 25 40 60 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35C) type of circuit breaker Compact Icc maxi en kA eff.

Masterpact

C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H M10N1 M12N1 M16N1 M20N1 M25N1 M10H1 M12H1 M16H1 M20H1 M25H1 M32H1 M40H1 M50H1 M10H2 M12H2 M16H2 M20H2 M25H2 M32H2 M40H2 M50H2 M10L1 M12L1 M16L1 M20L1 M25L1

KTA-10 1000 25 40 60 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

KTA-12 1200 25 40 60 25 40 40 40 40 50 50 50

KTA-16 1600

KTA-20 2000

KTA-25 2500

KTA-30 3000

KTA-40 4000

40 40 40 40 40 60 60 60 60 60

40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 65

40 40

55 55

65 65 75 75

75 75 75 75

75 75 85

40 40 40

50 50 50

60 60 60 60 60

73 73 73 73 73

80 80 80 80

85 85 85 85

85 85 85

40 40

50 50 50 50 50

65 65 65 65 65

65 65 65

65 65 65

Merlin Gerin

315

coordination tables between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking (cont.)

voltage: 660/690 V
type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35 C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms. C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H M10N1 M12N1 M16N1 M20N1 M25N1 M10H1 M12H1 M16H1 M20H1 M25H1 M32H1 M40H1 M50H1 M63H1 M10H2 M12H2 M16H2 M20H2 M25H2 M32H2 M40H2 M50H2 M63H2 M10L1 M12L1 M16L1 M20L1 M25L1 KTC-10 1000 25 40 60 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 KTC-13 1350 25 40 60 25 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 KTC-16 1600 KTC-20 2000 KTC-25 2500 KTC-30 3000 KTC-40 4000 KTC-50 5000

Masterpact

40 40 40 40 40 60 60 60 60 60

40 40 40 40 40 65 65 65 65 65

40 40

55 55

65 65 75 75

75 75 75 75

75 75 85 85

85 85

40 40 40

50 50 50

60 60 60 60 60

73 73 73 73 73

80 80 80 80

82 82 82 82

85 85 85 85

85 85

55 55

65 65 50 50 50

65 65 65 65 65

65 65 65

65 65 65

type of Canalis busbar trunking trunking rating (in A at 35 C) type of circuit breaker Compact Isc max. in kA ms.

Masterpact

C801N C801H C801L C1001N C1001H C1001L C1251N C1251H CMN CMH M08N1 M10N1 M12N1 M16N1 M20N1 M25N1 M08H1 M10H1 M12H1 M16H1 M20H1 M25H1 M32H1 M40H1 M50H1 M63H1 M08H2 M10H2 M12H2 M16H2 M20H2 M25H2 M32H2 M40H2 M50H2 M63H2 M08L1 M10L1 M12L1 M16L1 M20L1 M25L1

KHF 1000 28 28 45 28 28 30 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28

KHF KHF KHF KHF 1200/1450 2200/2500 3000/3400 4000/4500

28 40 60 28 40 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38

50 50

50 50

65 75 75 75 75 85 85

75 75 75 75 85 85

75 75 85 85

28 28 28 28 28 28 28

38 38 38 38 38 38 38

85 85 85 85 85 85 85

85 85 85 85 85 85

85 85 85 85

28 28 28 28 28 28

38 38 38 38 38 38

65 65 65

65 65

316

Merlin Gerin

coordination between circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking cascading and reinforced discrimination
Circuit breaker selection taking coordination into account
The use of current-limiting circuit breakers makes it possible to implement coordination techniques. This improves circuit breaker performance in terms of breaking capacity and continuity of service. Coordination techniques are described and recognised by the following standards: c product standards IEC 947-1 and 947-2; c installation standards IEC 364, NF C15-100, etc.

E40702

E40703

Cascading The use of a current-limiting circuit breaker upstream to reinforce the breaking capacity of a downstream circuit breaker.

Principle
Cascading

Application for Compact NS range


Cascading

CB1

CB1 = NS400H

Reinforced break. cap. 70 kA

CB2 Isc = 65 kA

CB2 = NS160N (Breaking cap. = 35 kA)

CB2 breaking capacity

Application for Compact NS range


Cascading and reinforced discrimination
E40704

Discrimination In the event of an electrical fault on one outgoing circuit, discrimination is the ability of the electrical installation to maintain the continuity of electrical power supplied to the other circuits not concerned by the fault. As a general rule, cascading and discrimination techniques are applied independently. Schneider has developed an exclusive system to conciliate cascading and discrimination. This system ensures discrimination up to the reinforced breaking capacity of the association of circuit breakers CB1 and CB2.

Principle
Cascading and reinforced discrimination
E40702

CB1

CB1 = NS400H

Break. cap. renforced 70 kA


CB2

CB2 = NS160N (Break. cap. = 35 kA)

CB2 breaking capacity Discrimination ensured up to the reinforced breaking capacity of CB2

Merlin Gerin

317

coordination between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking cascading and reinforced discrimination (cont.)
Cascading, reinforced discrimination and reinforced protection of busbar trunking systems (BTS) This technique is the direct application of cascading and discrimination techniques to the protection of busbar trunking systems. For various upstream circuit breakers and upstream busbar trunking systems, the tables below give directly: c the level of short-circuit protection of the busbar trunking; c the downstream circuit breaker and associated busbar trunking; c the cascading breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker; c the level of reinforced discrimination of the upstream and downstream circuit breakers; c the level of reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking. Application to a Canalis distributed distribution system: c reinforcement of the breaking capacity of the NS 160N (CB2) up to 70 kA; Source
E40705

CB1 = NS400H

KSA40 (400 A)

CB2 = NS160N

KSA16 (160 A)

70 kA

c discrimination between CB1 and CB2 ensured up to 70 kA; c protection of Canalis KSA 16 busbar trunking up to 70 kA.

Example of a table corresponding to the above diagram.

rated current of the upstream busbar trunking: 315 and 400 A


Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking (kA) NS400N STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 and 400 A 45 NS100N TMD/STR22SE KSA 100 A NS160N KSA 160 A NS400H STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 and 400 A 70 NS100N TMD/STR22SE KSA 100 A NS160N KSA 160 A

NS400H NS400L

STR23SE/STR53UE STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA // KVC KSA / KVA KVC 315 and 400 A 315 and 400 A 70 150 NS100H NS100N TMD/STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 100 A 150 70 150 70 25 70 NS160H NS160N KSA KSA 160 A 160 A 150 70 150 70 70 70

45

45

70

70

45

45

70

70

45

45

70

70

318

Merlin Gerin

coordination tables between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking cascading and reinforced discrimination
E39614

voltage: 380/415 V

Source

upstream circuit breaker

reinforced cascading and discrimination between the 2 circuit breakers

level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking

upstream busbar trunking

downstream circuit breaker

reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking

downstream busbar trunking

rated current of the upstream busbar trunking: 1200 and 1350 A


Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking C1251N STR35SE / STR55UE KTA-12 / KTC-13 1200 and 1350 A 50 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N NS630N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A C1251N STR45AE KTA-12 / KTC-13 1200 and 1350 A 50 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N NS630N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 50 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 50 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 25

50

50

45

40

50

50

50

50

50

50 50

50 50

50 50

50 50

50 25

50 50

50 50

50 50

50 50

Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking

C1251N STR35SE / STR55UE KTA-12 / KTC-13 1200 and 1350 A 50 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A

C1251N STR45AE KTA-12 / KTC-13 1200 and 1350 A 50 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A

100 A KN 100 A

100 A KN 100 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 50 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 50 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 50

50

50

50

50

50

50 50

50 50

50 50

50 50

50 50

Merlin Gerin

319

coordination tables between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking cascading and reinforced discrimination
rated current of the upstream busbar trunking: 1200 and 1350 A (cont.)
Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking C1251H STR35SE / STR55UE KTA-12 / KTC-13 1200 and 1350 A 70 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N NS630N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A C1251H STR45AE KTA-12 / KTC-13 1200 and 1350 A 70 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N NS630N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 70 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 70 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 70

70

70

45

40

70

70

70

70

70

70 70

70 70

70 70

70 70

70 70

70 70

70 70

70 70

70 70

Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking

C1251H STR35SE / STR55UE KTA-12 / KTC-13 1200 and 1350 A 70 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A

C1251H STR45AE KTA-12 / KTC-13 1200 and 1350 A 70 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A

100 A KN 100 A

100 A KN 100 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 70 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 70 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 50

70

70

70

70

70

70 50

70 50

70 50

70 50

70 50

320

Merlin Gerin

rated current of the upstream busbar trunking: 1000 A


Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking C1001N STR35SE / STR55UE KTA-10 / KTC-10 1000 A 50 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N NS630N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A C1001N STR45AE KTA-10 / KTC-10 1000 A 50 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N NS630N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 50 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 50 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 50 Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking

50

50

45

40

50

50

50

50

50

50 50

50 50

50 50

50 50

50 50

50 50

50 50

50 50

50 50

C1001N STR35SE / STR55UE KTA-10 / KTC-10 1000 A 50 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A

C1001N STR45AE KTA-10 / KTC-10 1000 A 50 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A

100 A KN 100 A

100 A KN 100 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 50 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 50 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 50 Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking

50

50

50

50

50

50 50

50 50

50 50 C1001H STR45AE KTA-10 / KTC-10 1000 A 55

50 50

50 50

C1001H STR35SE / STR55UE KTA-10 / KTC-10 1000 A 55 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N NS630N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A

NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A

NS250N KSA 250 A

NS400N NS630N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A 500 - 630 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 70 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 70 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 55 Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking

70

70

45

40

70

70

70

70

70

70 55

70 55

70 55

70 55

70 55

70 55

70 55

70 55

70 55

C1001H STR35SE / STR55UE KTA-10 / KTC-10 1000 A 55 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A

C1001H STR45UE KTA-10 / KTC-10 1000 A 55 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A

100 A KN 100 A

100 A KN 100 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 70 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 70 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 50
Merlin Gerin

70

70

70

70

70

70 50

70 50

70 50

70 50

70 50

321

coordination tables between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking cascading and reinforced discrimination
rated current of the upstream busbar trunking: 800 A
Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking C801N STR35SE / STR55UE KVA-80 / KVC-80 800 A 50 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A C801N STR45AE KVA-80 / KVC-80 800 A 50 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 50 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 50 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 50 Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking

50

50

35

50

50

50

35

50 50

50 50

50 50

50 50

50 50

50 50

50 50

C801N STR35SE / STR55UE KVA-80 / KVC-80 800 A 50 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A

C801N STR45AE KVA-80 / KVC-80 800 A 50 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A

100 A KN 100 A

100 A KN 100 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 50 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 50 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 50 Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking

50

50

50

50

50

50 50

50 50

50 50 C801H STR45AE KVA-80 / KVC-80 800 A 60

50 50

50 50

C801H STR35SE / STR55UE KVA-80 / KVC-80 800 A 60 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS400N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A

NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A

NS250N KSA 250 A

NS400N STR23SE / STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 - 400 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 70 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 70 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 60 Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking

70

70

35

70

70

70

35

70 60

70 60

70 60

70 60

70 60

70 60

70 60

C801H STR35SE / STR55UE KVA-80 / KVC-80 800 A 60 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A

C801H STR45AE KVA-80 / KVC-80 800 A 60 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A KN KN 40 A 63 A

100 A KN 100 A

100 A KN 100 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 70 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 70 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 50

70

70

70

70

70

70 50

70 50

70 50

70 50

70 50
Merlin Gerin

322

rated current of the upstream busbar trunking: 500 and 630 A


Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking NS630N STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 500 and 630 A 45 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS630H STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 500 and 630 A 70 NS100N NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250N KSA 250 A NS630L STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 500 and 630 A 150 NS100H NS160H TMD / STR22SE KSA KSA 100 A 160 A NS250H KSA 250 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 45 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 45 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 45 Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking

45 45 45

45 45 45

70 70 70

70 70 70

70 70 70

150 150 70

150 150 70

150 150 70

NS630N STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 500 and 630 A 45 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A 100 A KN KN KN 40 A 63 A 100 A

NS630H STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 500 and 630 A 70 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A 100 A KN KN KN 40 A 63 A 100 A

NS630L STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 500 and 630 A 150 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A 100 A KN KN KN 40 A 63 A 100 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 45 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 45 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 45

45 45 45

45 45 45

70 70 50

70 70 50

70 70 50

150 150 50

150 150 50

150 150 50

rated current of the upstream busbar trunking: 315 and 400 A


Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking NS400N STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 and 400 A 45 NS100N TMD / STR22SE KSA 100 A NS160N KSA 160 A NS400H STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 and 400 A 70 NS100N TMD / STR22SE KSA 100 A NS160N KSA 160 A NS400L STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 and 400 A 150 NS100H TMD / STR22SE KSA 100 A NS160H KSA 160 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 45 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 45 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 45 Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking NS400N STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 and 400 A 45

45 45 45

70 70 70 NS400H STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 and 400 A 70

70 70 70

150 150 70 NS400L STR23SE/STR53UE KSA / KVA / KVC 315 and 400 A 150

150 150 70

NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A 100 A KN KN KN 40 A 63 A 100 A

NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A 100 A KN KN KN 40 A 63 A 100 A

NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A 100 A KN KN KN 40 A 63 A 100 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 45 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 45 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 45
Merlin Gerin

45 45 45

45 45 45

70 70 50

70 70 50

70 70 50

150 150 50

150 150 50

150 150 50

323

coordination tables between Merlin Gerin circuit breakers and Telemecanique Canalis electrical busbar trunking cascading and reinforced discrimination (cont.)
rated current of the upstream busbar trunking: 200 and 250 A
Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking NS250N TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 36 NS100N TMD / STR22SE KSA-10 100 A NS250H TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 70 NS100N TMD / STR22SE KSA-10 100 A NS250L TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 150 NS100H TMD / STR22SE KSA-10 100 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 36 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 36 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 36 Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking NS250N TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 36 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A 100 A KN KN KN 40 A 63 A 100 A

36

36

70 70 NS250H TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 70 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A 100 A KN KN KN 40 A 63 A 100 A

150 70 NS250L TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 150 NS100N TMD / STR22SE 40 A 63 A 100 A KN KN KN 40 A 63 A 100 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 36 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 36 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 36 Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit (rating A) Downstream busbar trunking

36

36

36

36

36

36

36

36

36 36

36 36

70 50

70 50

70 50

150 50

150 50

150 50

NS250N TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 36 C60N 16 KLE 16 A C60N 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A NC100L 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A

NS250H TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 70 C60H 16 KLE 16 A C60H 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A NC100L 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A NC100LH 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 25 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 25 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 25 Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking

25

36

40

40

50

70

25 25

36 36

40 40

40 40

50 50

70 50

NS250N TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 36 C60N 40 A KN 40 A C60N 63 A KN 63 A NC100L 40 A KN 40 A NC100L 63 A KN 63 A

NS250H TMD / STR22SE KSA / KVA / KVC 200 and 250 A 70 C60H 40 A KN 40 A C60H 63 A KN 63 A NC100L 40 A KN 40 A NC100L 63 A KN 63 A NC100LH 40 A KN 40 A NC100LH 63 A KN 63 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 25 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 25 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 25

25

36

36

40

30

50

50

70

70

25 25

36 36

36 36

40 40

30 30

50 50

50 50

70 50

70 50
Merlin Gerin

324

rated current of the upstream busbar trunking: 160 A


Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit (rating A) Downstream busbar trunking NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA 160 A 36 C60N 16 KLE 16 A C60N 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A NC100L 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40A NS160H TMD / STR22SE KSA 160 A 70 C60H 16 KLE 16 A C60H 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A NC100L 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A NC100LH 25/40 KBA / KBB 25 - 40 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 25 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 25 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 25

25

36

40

40

50

70

25 25

36 36

40 40

40 40

50 50

70 50

Upstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Upstream busbar trunking Level of protection of the upstream busbar trunking (kA) Downstream circuit breaker Associated trip unit Downstream busbar trunking

NS160N TMD / STR22SE KSA 160 A 36 C60N 40 A KN 40 A C60N 63 A KN 63 A NC100L 40 A KN 40 A NC100L 63 A KN 63 A

NS160H TMD / STR22SE KSA 160 A 70 C60H 40 A KN 40 A C60H 63 A KN 63 A NC100L 40 A KN 40 A NC100L 63 A KN 63 A NC100LH 40 A KN 40 A NC100LH 63 A KN 63 A

Discrimination limit between upstream and downstream circuit breakers (kA) 25 Reinforced breaking capacity of the downstream circuit breaker (kA) 25 Reinforced protection of the downstream busbar trunking(kA) 25

25

36

36

40

40

50

50

70

70

25 25

36 36

36 36

40 40

40 40

50 50

50 50

70 50

70 50

Merlin Gerin

325

326

Merlin Gerin

LV circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

Compact 80 to 1250 A catalogue numbers


page Compact NS80H-MA complete device accessories Compact NSC100N complete device accessories Compact and Vigicompact NS100 to 250 complete device comprising installation and connection accessories Compact NS100 single-pole Compact and Vigicompact NS400 to 630 complete device installation and connection comprising accessories Compact and Vigicompact C801 to 1251 complete device installation and connection comprising accessories

328 328 329 329

330 334 336 337 341

342 344 345 346

350 351 352 353

source changeover catalogue numbers


page Compact NS100 to NS630 and C801 to C1251 358

Merlin Gerin

327

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NS80H-MA (70 kA at 380/415 V)

complete device Compact NS80H-MA with built-in trip unit MA


Compact NS80H-MA fixed/FC rating MA1,5 MA2,5 MA6,3 MA12,5 MA25 MA50 MA80 3P 3t 28106 28105 28104 28103 28102 28101 28100

push to trip

accessories connection accessories


long terminal shields (1 pair) 3P 28034

electrical auxiliaries

auxiliary switch (changeover) OF or SD OF or SD low level

29450 29452

voltage releases AC 50/60 Hz

rotary handles

voltage (V) MX 28070 48 28071 110/130 28072 220/240 28073 380/415 28074 440/480 DC voltage (V) MX 28075 24 28076 48 28077 110/125 28078 250 MN 220/240 V AC with time delay composed of: MN 250 DC delay unit 220/240 V 50/60 Hz direct rotary handle standard black handle red handle on yellow front MCC conversion accessory
ON I O OFF

MN 28080 28081 28082 28083 28084 MN 28085 28086 28087 28088 29421 28088 29427 28050 28051 28054

extended rotary handle standard extended rotary handle red handle on yellow front
ON I O OFF
ON I
tripped
5...8

28052 28053

reset

O OFF

indication auxiliary 2 early make contacts 1 early-break contact wiring accessory for early-make contact (CAF)

28055 28056 29336 29370 29314 28040

miscellaneous

removable locking device for 3 padlocks 100 identification labels DIN rail plate

328

Merlin Gerin

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NSC100N

complete device Compact NSC100N with built-in MA trip unit


Compact NSC100N fixed/FC rating TM16D TM20D TM25D TM32D TM40D TM50D TM63D TM70D TM80D TM100D 3P 3t 28120 28121 28122 28123 28124 28125 28126 28127 28128 28129 4P 4t 28130 28131 28132 28133 28134 28135 28136 28137 28138 28139

Compact NSC100NA switch-disconnector


rating Compact NSC100NA fixed/FC 3P 28140 4P 28141

accessories Vigi module

Vigi module 0,03/3A bottom connection


T R

top connection

3P 4P 3P 4P

28000 28001 28002 28003

connection accessories

long terminal shields (1 pair) 3P 4P 28034 28035

electrical auxiliaries

auxiliary switch (changeover) OF or SD OF or SD low level

voltage releases AC 50/60 Hz

DC

voltage (V) 42 48 110/130 208 220/240 277 380/415 440/480 voltage (V) 24 48 125 250

MX 28069 28070 28071 28067 28072 28068 28073 28074 MX 28075 28076 28077 28078

MN

MN

rotary handles

direct rotary handles standard black handle red handle on yellow front MCC conversion accessory
ON I O OFF

28050 28051 28054

extended rotary handles standard extended rotary handle red handle on yellow front
ON I O OFF
ON I
tripped
5...8

28052 28053

reset

O OFF

indication auxiliary 2 early make contacts 1 early-break contact wiring accessory for early-make contact (CAF)

28055 28056 29336 28039 28040 29314 29370

miscellaneous
Merlin Gerin

45mm standard front face DIN rail plate 100 labels removable locking device for 3 padlocks

329

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NS100N (25 kA at 380/415 V) Compact NS160/250N (36 kA at 380/415 V)


complete device Compact NS100/160/250N with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D
Compact NS100N fixed/FC rating 3P 2t 29625 TM16D 29624 TM25D 29627 TM32D 29623 TM40D 29626 TM50D 29622 TM63D 29621 TM80D 29620 TM100D Compact NS160N fixed/FC rating 3P 2t 30623 TM80D 30622 TM100D 30621 TM125D 30620 TM160D Compact NS250N fixed/FC rating 3P 2t 31623 TM125D 31622 TM160D 31621 TM200D 31620 TM250D 3P 3t 29635 29634 29637 29633 29636 29632 29631 29630 4P 3t 29645 29644 29647 29643 29646 29642 29641 29640 4P 4t 29655 29654 29657 29653 29656 29652 29651 29650 4P 3t+rN

push to trip

Im 4 Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 3 8 2 1.5 xIr 10 5 6 Ir Im

29661 29660

3P 3t 30633 30632 30631 30630

4P 3t 30643 30642 30641 30640

4P 4t 30653 30652 30651 30650

4P 3t+rN 30663 30662 30661 30660

3P 3t 31633 31632 31631 31630

4P 3t 31643 31642 31641 31640

4P 4t 31653 31652 31651 31650

4P 3t+rN 31663 31662 31661 31660

Compact NS100/160/250N with electronic trip unit STR22SE


Compact NS100N rating 40 100 Compact NS160N rating 40 100 160 Compact NS250N rating 100 250 fixed/FC 3P 3t 29772 29770 fixed/FC 3P 3t 30773 30771 30770 fixed/FC 3P 3t 31772 31770 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 31782 31780 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 30783 30781 30780 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 29782 29780

push to trip

STR
90 %Ir 105

22 DE
Hz test

50/60

Im Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 2 1.5 xIr 10 3 8 4 5 6

alarm
Ir Im

330

Merlin Gerin

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NS100/160/250NA switch-disconnector Vigicompact NS100N (25 kA at 380/415 V) Vigicompact NS160/250N (36 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device Compact NS100/160/250NA switch-disconnector
Compact NS100NA rating 2P 100 29619 Compact NS160NA rating 2P 160 30619
push to trip

fixed/FC 3P 29629 fixed/FC 3P 30629 fixed/FC 3P 31629 4P 31639 4P 30639 4P 29639

Compact NS250NA rating 2P 31619 250

Vigicompact NS100/160/250N with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D


Vigicompact equiped of MH Vigi module (220 to 440 V) Vigicompact NS100N fixed/FC rating 3P 3t TM16D 29935 TM25D 29934 TM32D 29937 TM40D 29933 TM50D 29936 TM63D 29932 TM80D 29931 TM100D 29930 Vigicompact NS160N fixed/FC rating TM80D TM100D TM125D TM160D Vigicompact NS250N rating TM125D TM160D TM200D TM250D fixed/FC 3P 3t 31933 31932 31931 31930 4P 3t 31943 31942 31941 31940 4P 4t 31953 31952 31951 31950 4P 3t+rN 31963 31962 31961 31960 4P 3t 29945 29944 29947 29943 29946 29942 29941 29940 4P 4t 29955 29954 29957 29953 29956 29952 29951 29950 4P 3t+rN

push to trip

29961 29960

3P 3t 30933 30932 30931 30930

4P 3t 30943 30942 30941 30940

4P 4t 30953 30952 30951 30950

4P 3t+rN 30963 30962 30961 30960

Vigicompact NS100/160/250N with electronic trip unit STR22SE


Vigicompact equiped of MH Vigi module (220 to 440 V) Vigicompact NS100N fixed/FC rating 3P 3t 40 29972 100 29970
push to trip

4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 29982 29980

Vigicompact NS160N rating 40 100 160 Vigicompact NS250N rating 100 250

fixed/FC 3P 3t 30973 30971 30970 fixed/FC 3P 3t 31972 31970 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 31982 31980 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 30983 30981 30980

Merlin Gerin

331

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NS100/160/250H (70 kA at 380/415 V)

complete device Compact NS100/160/250H with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D
Compact NS100H rating TM16D TM25D TM32D TM40D TM50D TM63D TM80D TM100D Compact NS160H rating TM80D TM100D TM125D TM160D Compact NS250H rating TM125D TM160D TM200D TM250D fixed/FC 3P 3t 29675 29674 29677 29673 29676 29672 29671 29670 fixed/FC 3P 3t 30673 30672 30671 30670 fixed/FC 3P 3t 31673 31672 31671 31670 4P 3t 31683 31682 31681 31680 4P 4t 31693 31692 31691 31690 4P 3t+rN 31703 31702 31701 31700 4P 3t 30683 30682 30681 30680 4P 4t 30693 30692 30691 30690 4P 3t+rN 30703 30702 30701 30700 4P 3t 29685 29684 29687 29683 29686 29682 29681 29680 4P 4t 29695 29694 29697 29693 29696 29692 29691 29690 4P 3t+rN

push to trip

Im 4 Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 3 8 2 1.5 xIr 10 5 6 Ir Im

29701 29700

Compact NS100/160/250H with electronic trip unit STR22SE


Compact NS100H rating 40 100 Compact NS160H rating 40 100 160 Compact NS250H rating 100 250 fixed/FC 3P 3t 29792 29790 fixed/FC 3P 3t 30793 30791 30790 fixed/FC 3P 3t 31792 31790 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 31802 31800 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 30803 30801 30800 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 29802 29800

push to trip

STR
90 %Ir 105

22 DE
Hz test

50/60

Im Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 2 1.5 xIr 10 3 8 4 5 6

alarm
Ir Im

332

Merlin Gerin

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NS100/160/250L (150 kA at 380/415 V)

complete device Compact NS100/160/250L with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D
Compact NS100L rating TM16D TM25D TM32D TM40D TM50D TM63D TM80D TM100D Compact NS160L rating TM80D TM100D TM125D TM160D Compact NS250L rating TM125D TM160D TM200D TM250D fixed/FC 3P 3t 29715 29714 29717 29713 29716 29712 29711 29710 fixed/FC 3P 3t 30713 30712 30711 30710 fixed/FC 3P 3t 31713 31712 31711 31710 4P 3t 31723 31722 31721 31720 4P 4t 31733 31732 31731 31730 4P 3t+rN 31743 31742 31741 31740 4P 3t 30723 30722 30721 30720 4P 4t 30733 30732 30731 30730 4P 3t+rN 30743 30742 30741 30740 4P 3t 29725 29724 29727 29723 29726 29722 29721 29720 4P 4t 29735 29734 29737 29733 29736 29732 29731 29730 4P 3t+rN

push to trip

Im 4 Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 3 8 2 1.5 xIr 10 5 6 Ir Im

29741 29740

Compact NS100/160/250L with electronic trip unit STR22SE


Compact NS100L rating 40 100 Compact NS160L rating 40 100 160 Compact NS250L rating 100 250 fixed/FC 3P 3t 29812 29810 fixed/FC 3P 3t 30813 30811 30810 fixed/FC 3P 3t 31812 31810 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 31822 31820 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 30823 30821 30820 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 29822 29820

push to trip

STR
90 %Ir 105

22 DE
Hz test

50/60

Im Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 2 1.5 xIr 10 3 8 4 5 6

alarm
Ir Im

Merlin Gerin

333

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NS100/160/250N/H/L Vigicompact NS100/160/250N/H/L


comprising:
fixed/FC basic frame
NS100N NS100H NS100L NS160N NS160H NS160L NS250N NS250H NS250L 2P (3P frame) 29000 3P 29003 29004 29005 30403 30404 30405 31403 31404 31405 4P 29008 29009 29010 30408 30409 30410 31408 31409 31410

30400

push to trip

31400

+ trip unit
STR
90 %Ir 105
Im Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 3 8 2 1.5 xIr 10 4 5 6 Ir Im

22 DE
Hz test

50/60

alarm

standard protection: trip unit TM-D rating 3P 2t 3P 3t 29025 29035 TM16D 29024 29034 TM25D 29027 29037 TM32D 29033 29023 TM40D 29036 29026 TM50D 29032 29022 TM63D 29031 29021 TM80D (1) 29030 TM100D (1) 29020 30423 30433 TM80D (2) 30432 TM100D (2) 30422 30421 30431 TM125D 30430 TM160D (3) 30420 31432 TM160D (4) 31422 31421 31431 TM200D 31430 31420 TM250D standard protection: electronic trip unit SE rating 3P 3t 29072 STR22SE - 40 A 30471 STR22SE - 80 A (2) 29070 STR22SE - 100 A 30470 STR22SE - 160 A 31470 STR22SE - 250 A type G protection: trip unit TM-G rating 3P 2t 3P 3t 29155 29145 TM16G 29154 29144 TM25G 29153 29143 TM40G 29152 29142 TM63G type G protection: electronic trip unit GE rating 3P 3t 29076 STR22GE - 40 A 29075 STR22GE - 100 A 30475 STR22GE - 160 A 31475 STR22GE - 250 A motor protection: trip unit MA rating 3P 3t 29125 MA2,5 29124 MA6,3 29123 MA12,5 29122 MA25 29121 MA50 29120 MA100 30500 MA150 31500 MA220 motor protection: electronic trip unit ME rating 3P 3t 29177 STR22ME - 10 A 29176 STR22ME - 12,5 A 29175 STR22ME - 20 A 29174 STR22ME - 25 A 29173 STR22ME - 40 A 29172 STR22ME - 50 A 29171 STR22ME - 80 A 29170 STR22ME - 100 A 30520 STR22ME - 150 A 31520 STR22ME - 220 A options: switch-disconnector NA 2P (3P frame) 29200 NA (NS100) NA (NS160/250) 30456

4P 3t 29045 29044 29047 29043 29046 29042 29041 29040 30443 30442 30441 30440 31442 31441 31440 4P 3t, 4t, 3d+Nr 29082 30481 29080 30480 31480

4P 4t 29055 29054 29057 29053 29056 29052 29051 29050 30453 30452 30451 30450 31452 31451 31450

4P 3t+Nr

29061 29060 30463 30462 30461 30460 31462 31461 31460

4P 4t 29165 29164 29163 29162 4P 3t, 4t, 3d+Nr 29086 29085 30485 31485 4P 3t

29130 30510 31510

SDTAM 110/240 V AC/CC SDTAM 24/48 V AC / 24/72 V DC 4P 29202 30457

29424 29430

(1) for NS100 (2) for NS160/250 (3) for NS160 (4) for NS250

3P 29201 30456

334

Merlin Gerin

+ Vigi module
ME type for NS100/160 MH type for NS100/160 (220 to 440 V) MH type for NS250 (220 to 440 V) MH type for NS100/160 (440 to 550 V) MH type for NS250 (440 to 550 V) connection for a 4P Vigi on a 3P breaker 3P 29212 29210 31535 29215 31533 4P 29213 29211 31536 29216 31534 29214

Merlin Gerin

335

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NS100/160/250N/H/L Vigicompact NS100/160/250N/H/L


installation and connection
fixed/RC device = fixed/FC device + RC kit
short RC kit comprising: short RCs 3P 4P 3P 29239 kit 3P kit 4P short RCs long RCs short RCs long RCs 2x 1x 2x 2x 3P 29237 3x 4x 4P 29238 29235 29235 4P 29240 29235 29236 29235 29236

mixed RC kit comprising:

plug-in configuration = fixed/FC device + plug-in kit


kit for Compact comprising: base
push to trip

2P (3P frame) 29288 2P 3P 4P 3P/4P 3P 4P 2P 3P 4P

3P 29289 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 3x 4x 3P 29291

4P 29290 29265 29266 29267 29270 29321 29322 29268 29268 29268 4P 29292 29266 29267 29270 29321 29322 29269 29269 4P 29333 1x 1x 1x 1x 29306 29307 29308 29309 29311 29306 29307 29328

safety trip short terminal shields power connections

kit for Vigicompact comprising: base safety trip short terminal shields power connections insulation accessories long terminal shields kit for plug-in base comprising: adapter long terminal shields phase barriers kit for plug-in base comprising: adapter phase barriers 3P 4P 3P/4P 3P 4P 3P 4P

1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 3x 4x 3P 29332

3P (1 pair) 4P (1 pair) 3P (1 pair) 4P (1 pair) 29334 3P (1 pair) 4P (1 pair) set of 6

1x 1x 1x

withdrawable configuration = fixed/FC device + withdrawable kit


kit for Compact comprising: plug-in kit 2P (3P frame) 29298 2P 3P 4P 2P/3P/4P 2P/3P/4P 3P 29301 plug-in kit fixed part of chassis moving part of chassis 3P 4P 3P/4P 3P/4P 1x 1x 1x 1x 3P 29299 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 4P 29300 29288 29289 29290 29282 29283 4P 29302 29291 29292 29282 29283

fixed part of chassis moving part of chassis kit for Vigicompact comprising:

336

Merlin Gerin

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NS100/160/250N/H/L

accessories connection accessories (Cu or Al)


rear connections 2 short 2 long bare cable connectors snap-on, for cable 1.5 to 29235 29236

95t ; 160 A 185t ; 250 A

voltage plug for 185t bare cable connector clips for bare-cable connector distribution terminals for six 35t cables with phase barriers "Polybloc" terminal block (for bare cable) 160 A (40 C) 6 cables S 10t 250 A (40 C) 9 cables S 10t

set of 3 set of 4 set of 3 set of 4 set of 2 set of 10 set of 3 set of 4

29242 29243 29259 29260 29348 29241 29248 29249

7100 7101

terminal extensions right-angle terminal extensions straight terminal extensions spreaders supplied with 2 (or 3) phase barriers crimp lugs for copper cable for cable 120t for cable 150t

set of 3 set of 4 set of 3 set of 4 3P 4P

29261 29262 29263 29264 31563 31564

for cable 185t supplied with 2 (or 3) phase barriers crimp lugs for aluminium cable for cable 150t for cable 185t

set of 3 set of 4 set of 3 set of 4 set of 3 set of 4

29252 29256 29253 29257 29254 29258

set of 3 set of 4 set of 3 set of 4

29504 29505 29506 29507

supplied with 2 (or 3) phase barriers terminal shields short (1 pair)

3P 4P 3P 4P

29321 29322 29323 29324

long (1 pair) Insulation kit U 600 V (long terminal shields + insulating screens) phase barriers

3P 4P set of 6

29326 29327 29329

2 insulating screens (fixed breaker)

3P 4P

29330 29331

. consult us

Merlin Gerin

337

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NS100/160/250N/H/L

accessories connection accessories (Cu or Al)


auxiliary switch (changeover) OF or SD or SDE or SDV OF or SD or SDE or SDV low level SDE adapter for trip unit TM or MA voltage releases AC 50/60 Hz 29450 29452 29451

LV installation control and monitoring (Digipact)

voltage (V) MX 29384 24 29385 48 29386 110/130 29387 200/280 29388 380/440 29389 525/600 DC voltage (V) MX 29382 12 29390 24 29391 30 29392 48 29383 60 29393 125 29394 250 MN 48 V AC with time delay composed of: MN 48 V DC delay unit 48 V 50/60 Hz MN 220/240 V AC with time delay composed of: MN 250 V DC delay unit of 220/240 V 50/60 Hz motor mechanism modules AC 50/60 Hz voltage (V) MT100/160 29440 48/60 29433 110/130 29434 220/240 29435 380/440 DC voltage (V) MT100/160 29436 24/30 29437 48/60 29438 110/130 29439 250 motor mechanism accessories locking device with Ronis keylock communicating auxiliary switches for Compact NS circuit breakers OF, SD and SDE communicating auxiliary switches for Compact NS100/160/250 (the SDE adapter SDE for thermal-magnetic trip units is included)
2 1 manu/ auto

MN 29404 29405 29406 29407 29408 29409 MN 29402 29410 29411 29412 29403 29413 29414 29420 29412 29426 29422 29414 29427 MT250 31548 31540 31541 31542 MT250 31543 31544 31545 31546 29449

push

ON

push

OFF

29453

communicating "connected/disconnected" position indication switches for Compact NS circuit breakers "connected /disconnected" position indication switches for Compact NS100/250

29296

motor mechanism + communicating auxiliary switches for Compact NS circuit breakers MT100/160 220-240V AC + communicating OF, SD, SDE 29441 for Compact NS100/160 MT250 220-240V AC + communicating OF, SD, SDE 31549 for Compact NS250
2 1 to manu/au

push

ON

push

OFF

indication and measurement modules

ammeter module rating (A) 3P 4P


A

100 29455 29456

160 30555 30556

250 31565 31566

ammeter module I max. rating (A) 3P current transformer module rating (A) 3P 4P insulation monitoring module 3P 4P

100 34849 100 29457 29458

160 34850 150 30557 30558

250 34851 250 31567 31568

29459 29460

voltage presence indicator 29325

338

Merlin Gerin

accessoires rotary handles


direct rotary handles standard black handle red handle on yellow front MCC conversion accessory CNOMO conversion accessory standard extended rotary handle standard extended rotary handle red handle on yellow front telescopic handle for withdrawable device
ON I O OFF
ON I O OFF ON I OFF

29337 29339 29341 29342 29338 29340 29343

accessories Ronis 1351.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z indication 1 early-break switch auxiliary 2 early-make switches early-make wiring terminal toggle locking device for 3 padlocks removable fixed interlocking mechanical for circuit breakers with rotary handles mechanical for circuit breakers with toggles keylock type Ronis (2 locks, 1 key) Profalux
ON I
pr of al ux

locking devices keylocks

O OFF

29344 41940 42888 29345 29346 29336 29370 29371 29347 29354 41950 42878

locks, interlocking

installation accessories

front-panel escutcheons toggle Vigi module rotary handle, motor mechanism module or extended escutcheon, IP40 Vigi module or ammeter IP405 toggle cover sealing accessories DIN rail adapter auxiliary connections 1 9-wire fixed connector (for base) 1 9-wire moving connector (for circuit breaker) 1 support for 2 moving connectors 9-wire manual auxiliary connector (fixed + moving) plug-in base accessories long insulated terminals set of 3 set of 4 2 IP4 shutters for base chassis accessories extended escutcheon toggle Vigi module locking devices (not included) 2 position indicating switches (connected/disconnected) parts of plug-in kit plug-in base FC/RC 2P 3P 4P set of 2 power connections for standard Vigi module safety trip for advanced opening parts of withdrawable kit fixed part (for base) 3P/4P moving part (for circuit breaker)
push to trip
push to trip

29315 29316 29317 29318 29319 29375 29305 29273 29274 29275 29272 29276 29277 29271 29284 29285 29286 29287 29265 29266 29267 29268 29269 29270 29282 29283

plug-in/withdrawable configuration accessories

Merlin Gerin

339

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NS100/160/250N/H/L

accessories spare parts


10 lever extensions screwbag 12 snap-in nuts (fixed/FC) M6 for NS100N/H/L M8 for NS160/250N/H/L 100 identification labels sheet-metal enclosure IP547 for Compact NS100/160 Vigicompact NS100/160 Compact NS250 Vigicompact NS250 insulating enclosure IP557 for Compact NS100/160 Vigicompact NS100/160 Compact NS250 Vigicompact NS250 Visu module NS100
push to trip push to trip

29313 29312 29234 30554 29314 29463 29464 31571 31572 29465 29466 31573 31574 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 1 pole 3P 4P 3P 4P 29217 29218 29217 29218 31537 31538 29220 29221 29261 29262 29263 29264 31563 31564 29219 29222 29223 29224 29225 42906 42415 built-in 41940 42888 42417 43362

individual enclosures

Compact NS equipped with Visu module

NS160
push to trip

NS250

upline connection (Visu block) terminal

1 cable

right-angle terminal extensions straight terminal extensions spreaders upline + downline connection long rear connections terminal shields short long auxiliary connection auxiliary switch

test kits

OF or CAM advance on opening, depending on set-up earthing contact for neutral in OFF position locking of Visu module in OFF position by 3 padlocks (not supplied) 1 Ronis key lock 1351.500 1 Profalux key lock KS5 B24 D4Z accessories for Trayvou L 1P 1E lock test kits mini test kit

portable test kit wiring kit (spare part)

34547 34546

340

Merlin Gerin

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NS100/160N/H single pole Compact NS250N single pole Compact NS100/160N/H two poles
complete device Compact NS100/160N with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D
Compact NS100N rating TM16D TM20D TM25D TM30D TM40D TM50D TM63D TM80D TM100D Compact NS160N rating TM125D TM160D Compact NS250N rating TM160D TM200D TM250D fixed/FC 1P 1t (Icu=25 kA at 220/240 V) 29585 29588 29584 29587 29583 29586 29582 29581 29580 fixed/FC 1P 1t (Icu=25 kA at 220/240 V) 30581 30580 fixed/FC 1P 1t (Icu=25 kA at 220/240 V) 31582 31581 31580 2P 2t (Icu=85 kA at 220/240 V and 25 kA at 380/415 V) 29605 29608 29604 29607 29603 29606 29602 29601 29600

2P 2t (Icu=85 kA at 220/240 V and 25 kA at 380/415 V) 30601 30600

Compact NS100/160H with standard thermal-magnetic trip unit TM-D


Compact NS100H rating TM16D TM20D TM25D TM30D TM40D TM50D TM63D TM80D TM100D Compact NS160H rating TM125D TM160D fixed/FC 1P 1t (Icu=40 kA at 220/240 V) 29595 29598 29594 29597 29593 29596 29592 29591 29590 fixed/FC 1P 1t (Icu=40 kA at 220/240 V) 30590 30589 2P 2t (Icu=100 kA at 220/240 V and 70 kA at 380/415 V) 29615 29618 29614 29617 29613 29616 29612 29611 29610

2P 2t (Icu=100 kA at 220/240 V and 70 kA at 380/415 V) 30611 30610

accessories connection accessories


rear connections 2 short 2 long bare cable connectors snap-on, for cable 1,5 to 95t ; 160 A snap-on, for cable 1,5 to 185t ; 250 A 29235 29236

set of 2 set of 2

29246 29247

pads right-angle terminal extensions straight terminal extensions set of 2 set of 2 29250 29251

locks installation accessories


Merlin Gerin

terminal shields short (1 pair) short (2 pairs) toggle locking device for 3 padlocks removable front-panel escutcheons with toggles

1P 2P

(2x)

29320 29320 29370 29315

341

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NS400/630N (45 kA at 380/415 V) Compact NS400/630H (70 kA at 380/415 V) Compact NS400/630L (150 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device Compact NS400/630N with electronic trip unit
STR23SE
Compact NS400N fixed/FC 150 A 250 A 400 A 3P 32719 32707 32693 32893 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32720 32708 32694 32894

Compact NS630N

fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch

STR53UE
push to trip

90 %Ir 105 alarm

STR

23 SE

Compact NS400N

fixed/FC

Io
.63

.9 .8 .88 .85 1 .8

Ir .93
.95 .98 1 x Io

4 3 2

Im5
6 8
Ir Im

10 1.5 Ir x

.5 x In

test

150 A 250 A 400 A

Compact NS630N

fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch

3P 32725 32713 32699 32899

4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32726 32714 32700 32900

Compact NS400/630H with electronic trip unit


STR23SE
Compact NS400H fixed/FC 150 A 250 A 400 A 3P 32721 32709 32695 32895 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32722 32710 32696 32896

Compact NS630H

fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch

STR53UE
push to trip

90 %Ir 105 alarm

Compact NS400H

fixed/FC

STR

23 SE

Io
.63

.9 .8 .88 .85 1 .8

Ir .93
.95 .98 1 x Io

4 3 2

Im5
6 8
Ir Im

10 1.5 Ir x

.5 x In

test

150 A 250 A 400 A

Compact NS630H

fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch

3P 32727 32715 32701 32901

4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32728 32716 32702 32902

Compact NS400/630L with electronic trip unit


STR23SE
Compact NS400L fixed/FC 150 A 250 A 400A 3P 32723 32711 32697 32897 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32724 32712 32698 32898

Compact NS630L

fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch

STR53UE
Compact NS400L
push to trip

fixed/FC

90 %Ir 105 alarm

STR

23 SE

Io
.63

.9 .8 .88 .85 1 .8

Ir .93
.95 .98 1 x Io

4 3 2

Im5
6 8
Ir Im

10 1.5 Ir x

.5 x In

150 A 250 A 400A

test

Compact NS630L

fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch

3P 32729 32717 32703 32903

4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32730 32718 32704 32904

Compact NS400/630H/L with electronic trip unit MA for motor protection


MA320
Compact NS400H Compact NS400L fixed/FC fixed/FC 3P 32750 32751

MA500
Compact NS630H Compact NS630L fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 3P 32950 32951

342

Merlin Gerin

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NS400/630H (70 kA at 380/415 V) Compact NS400/630NA (switch-disconnector) Vigicompact NS400/630N (45 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device Compact NS400/630H with trip unit MP for DC applications
MP1
Compact NS400H Compact NS630H fixed/FC fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 3P 32742 32942

MP2
Compact NS400H Compact NS630H fixed/FC fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 3P 32743 32943

MP3
Compact NS630H fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 3P 32944

Compact NS400/630NA switch-disconnector


Compact NS400NA fixed/FC Compact NS630NA fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 3P 32756 32956 4P 32757 32957

push to trip

Vigicompact NS400/630N
Vigicompact equiped of MB Vigi module (220 to 440 V)

STR23SE
Vigicompact NS400N fixed/FC Vigicompact NS630N fixed/FC, 45 mm pitch 3P 32733 32933 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32734 32934

push to trip

Compact NS400N 1000 V (10 kA at 1150 V)


Compact equiped of insulation kit

STR23SP
Compact NS400N 1000 V fixed/FC 150 A 250 A 400A 3P 32672 32671 32670

Merlin Gerin

343

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NS400/630N/H/L

installation and connection


fixed/RC device = fixed/FC device + RC kit
mixed RC kit comprising: kit 3P
push to trip

3P 32477 short RCs long RCs short RCs long RCs 2x 1x 2x 2x

4P 32478 32475 32476 32475 32476

kit 4P

plug-in configuration = fixed/FC device + plug-in kit


kit for Compact comprising: base
push to trip

3P 32538 3P 4P 3P/4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 32540 base safety trip short terminal shields power connections 3P 4P 3P/4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 32588 3P (1 pair) 4P (1 pair) 3P (1 pair) 4P (1 pair) 32591 3P (1 pair) 4P (1 pair) set of 6 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 3x 4x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 3x 4x

4P 32539 32516 32517 32520 32562 32563 32518 32518 4P 32541 32516 32517 32520 32562 32563 32519 32519 4P 32589 32584 32585 32586 32587 32592 32584 32585 32571

safety trip short terminal shields power connections

kit for Vigicompact comprising:

insulation accessories long terminal shields kit for plug-in base comprising: adapter long terminal shields phase barriers kit for plug-in base comprising: adapter phase barriers

withdrawable configuration = fixed/FC device + withdrawable kit


kit for Compact comprising: plug-in kit
push to trip

3P 32542 3P 4P 3P/4P 3P/4P 3P 32544 plug-in kit fixed part of chassis moving part of chassis 3P 4P 3P/4P 3P/4P 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x

4P 32543 32538 32539 32532 32533 4P 32545 32540 32541 32532 32533

fixed part of chassis moving part of chassis kit for Vigicompact comprising:

fixed/FC configuration 52.5 mm or 70 mm pitch = fixed FC configuration 45 mm pitch + spreaders


Pitch of all Compact and Vigicompact NS400/630/N/H/L is 45 mm. A set of spreaders is available for connection : fixed front connections or withdrawable with pitch of 52.5 or 70 mm. upline or downline clearance 52,5 mm 3P 4P 70 mm 3P 4P

push to trip

32490 32491 32492 32493

344

Merlin Gerin

comprising:
fixed/FC basic frame
NS400N NS400H NS400L NS630N NS630H NS630L
push to trip

3P 32403 32404 32405 32803 32804 32805

4P 32408 32409 32410 32808 32809 32810

+ trip unit
electronic trip unit STR23SE 3P, 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32420 STR23SE electronic trip unit STR53UE(basic offer) 3P, 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32424 STR53UE F electronic trip unit STR53UE(with options) 3P, 4P 3t, 4t, 3t+rN 32425 STR53UE FT 32426 STR53UE FI 32427 STR53UE FTI options: electronic trip unit STR43ME STR43ME F 3P, 3t, 32430 options: 32431 options:

75

90

105

%Ir

STR

53 UE

60

I
4 3 2

6 8 10

Io
.63

.9 .8 .88 .85 1

Ir .93
.95 .98

.5 x In

tr

1 .8 et x Io curr.s 240 120

tm

Im5 4 6 3 8 2 10 Ir 1.5 up x pick.3 .3 .2


.1 0

12 1.5 up x In pick-

(s) .2

60 30
tr tm Ir Im I

.1

test

240 15 1.5 Ir (s) at

0 2t off I on

ZSI wiring COM wiring

32442 32441

SDTAM 110/240 V AC/DC SDTAM 24/48 V AC / 24/72 V DC SDTAM 110/240 V AC/DC SDTAM 24/48 V AC / 24/72 V DC COM wiring

29424 29430 29424 29430 32441 32434

STR43ME FI

Exchange battery option for STR53UE or STR43ME

+ Vigi module
type MB 220 440 V 440 550 V connection for a 4P Vigi on a 3P breaker 3P 32455 32453 4P 32456 32454 32457

NS 400 extension with 150 and 250 A ratings:


fixed/FC basic frame
3P 150 A 32382 250 A 32392 NS400H 150 A 32383 250 A 32393 NS400L 150 A 32384 250 A 32394 All the above trip units lan be included in this offer. NS400N
push to trip

4P 32387 32397 32388 32398 32389 32399

Merlin Gerin

345

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NS400/630N/H/L

accessories connection accessories (Cu or Al)


rear connections 2 short 2 long bare cable connectors for 1 cable from 35 to 300t 32475 32476

set of 3 set of 4 set of 3 set of 4 set of 2

32479 32480 32481 32482 29348

for 2 cable from 85 to 240t Voltage plug for bare cable connector terminal extensions right-angle terminal extensions edgewise pads spreaders 52,5 mm 70 mm supplied with 2 (or 3) phase barriers crimp lugs for copper cable for cable 240t for cable 300t supplied with 2 (or 3) phase barriers crimp lugs for aluminium cable for cable 240t for cable 300t supplied with 2 (or 3) phase barriers terminal shields short, 45 mm (1 pair) long, 45 mm (1 pair)

set of set of set of set of 3P 4P 3P 4P

3 4 3 4

32484 32485 32486 32487 32490 32491 32492 32493

set of set of set of set of

3 4 3 4

32500 32501 32502 32503

set of set of set of set of

3 4 3 4

32504 32505 32506 32507

3P 4P 3P 4P

32562 32563 32564 32565

Insulation Kit U 600 V 45 mm pole distance for spreaders, 52,5 mm phase barriers

3P 4P 3P 4P set of 6

32580 32581 32582 32583 32570

2 insulating screens 52,5 mm pitch (fixed breaker) 70 mm pitch

3P 4P 3P 4P

32576 32577 32578 32579

346

Merlin Gerin

accessories electrical auxiliaries


auxiliary switch (changeover) OF or SD or SDE or SDV OF or SD or SDE or SDV low level 29450 29452

voltage releases AC 50/60 Hz

LV installation control and monitoring (Digipact)

voltage (V) MX 29384 24 29385 48 29386 110/130 29387 200/280 29388 380/480 29389 525/600 DC voltage (V) MX 29382 12 29390 24 29391 30 29392 48 29383 60 29393 125 29394 250 MN 48 V AC with time delay composed of: MN 48 V DC delay unit 48 V 50/60 Hz MN 220/240 V AC with time delay composed of: MN 250 V DC delay unit 220/240 V 50/60 Hz motor mechanism modules AC 50/60 Hz voltage (V) MT400 32639 48/60 32640 110/130 32641 220/240 32642 380/415 32647 440/480 DC voltage (V) MT400 32643 24/30 32644 48/60 32645 110/130 32646 250 motor mechanism accessories locking device with Ronis/Profalux keylock (not included) operations counter communicating auxiliary switches for Compact NS circuit breakers OF, SD and SDE communicating auxiliary switches for Compact NS400/630
2 1 manu/ auto

MN 29404 29405 29406 29407 29408 29409 MN 29402 29410 29411 29412 29403 29413 29414 29420 29412 29426 29422 29414 29427 MT630 32839 32840 32841 32842 32847 MT630 32843 32844 32845 32846 32649 32648 32551

push

ON

push

OFF

communicating "connected/disconnected" position indication switches for Compact NS circuit breakers "connected /disconnected" position indication switches for Compact NS400/630

29296

indication and measurement modules

motor mechanism + communicating auxiliary switches for Compact NS circuit breakers MT400 220-240V AC + communicating OF, SD, SDE 32652 for Compact NS400 MT630 220-240V AC + communicating OF, SD, SDE 32848 for Compact NS630 ammeter module rating (A) 400 630 3P 32855 32655 4P 32856 32656
2 1 manu/auto

push

ON

push

OFF

ammeter module I max. rating (A) 3P current transformer module rating (A) 3P 4P insulation monitoring module 3P 4P

400 34852 400 32657 32658

630 34853 600 32857 32858

32659 32660

voltage presence indicator 32566


Merlin Gerin

347

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NS400/630N/H/L

accessories rotary handles


direct rotary handle standard black handle red handle on yellow front MCC conversion accessory CNOMO conversion accessory extended rotary handle standard extended rotary handle red handle on yellow front telescopic handle for withdrawable device
ON I O OFF
ON I O OFF ON I OFF

32597 32599 32606 32602 32598 32600 32603

accessories Ronis 1351.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z indication auxiliary 1 early-break switch 2 early-make switches toggle locking device for 3 padlocks removable fixed interlocking mechanical for circuit breakers with rotary handles mechanical for circuit breakers with toggles keylock type Ronis (2 locks, 1 key) Profalux
ON I
pr of al ux

locking devices keylocks

O OFF

32604 41940 42888 32605 29346 29370 32631 29347 32614 41950 42878

locks, interlocking

installation accessories

templates for front panel cut-outs toggle Vigi module rotary handle, motor mechanism module or extended escutcheon, IP40 Vigi module or ammeter IP405

32556 29316 32558 29318

plug-in/withdrawable configuration accessories

toggle cover sealing accessories auxiliary connections 1 fixed withdrawable part with 9 wires (for base) 1 moving withdrawable part with 9 wires (for circuit breaker) 1 support for 3 moving connectors 9-wire manual auxiliary connector (fixed + moving) plug-in base accessories long insulated terminals set of 3 set of 4 2 IP4 shutters for base chassis accessories extended escutcheon toggle Vigi locking devices (not included) 2 position indicating switches (connected/disconnected) parts of plug-in kit plug-in base FC/RC 3P 4P set of 2 power connections for standard Vigi safety trip for advanced opening parts of withdrawable kit fixed part (for base) 3P/4P moving part (for circuit breaker)
push to trip
push to trip

32560 29375 29273 32523 32525 29272 32526 32527 32521 32534 29285 29286 29287 32516 32517 32518 32519 32520 32532 32533

348

Merlin Gerin

accessories spare parts individual enclosures


100 identification labels battery for STR43ME or STR53UE lever extension screwbag sheet-metal enclosure IP547 for Compact NS400 Compact NS630 and Vigicompact NS400/630
push to trip

29314 32434 32553 32552 32663 32664

insulating enclosure IP557 for Compact NS400 and NS630 Vigicompact NS400/630
push to trip

32665 32666

equipped with Visu module

Visu module 32459 3P 32460 4P 32823 NS630 (*) 3P 32824 4P (*) Earth fault protection provided by a Vigirex relay (not possible with a Vigi module). Utilisation limited to transformers 400 kVA / 410 V. upline connection (Visu block) 32462 bare cable 1 cable 3P 32463 connectors 4P 32468 2 cables 3P 32469 4P 44815 right-angle terminal extensions 3P (2x) 44815 4P (2x) 44841 spreaders 3P 44842 4P upline + downline connection 32461 long rear connections 1 pole 32464 terminal shields short 3P 32465 4P 32466 long 3P 32467 4P auxiliary connection 42906 auxiliary switches OF or CAM advance on opening, depending on set-up 47757 2 OF 44413 earthing contact for neutral in OFF position locking of Visu module in OFF position by 3 padlocks (not supplied) built-in 41940 1 Ronis key lock 1351.500 42888 1 Profalux key lock KS5 B24 D4Z 42417 accessories for Trayvou L 1P 1E lock test kits mini test kit 43362 NS400
push to trip

test kits

portable test kit wiring kit (spare part)

34547 34546

Merlin Gerin

349

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact C801/1001/1251N (50 kA at 380/415 V) Compact C801/1001/1251H (70 kA at 380/415 V) Compact C801/1001L (150 kA at 380/415 V)
complete device Compact C801/1001/1251N with electronic trip unit
STR25DE (adjustable: 4 settings)
Compact C801N Compact C1001N Compact C1251N fixed/FC fixed/FC fixed/FC 3P 3t 46600 46610 46620 4P 3t 46601 46611 46621 4P 4t 46602 46612 46622 4P 3t+rN 46603 46613 46623

STR35SE
Compact C801N Compact C1001N Compact C1251N fixed/FC fixed/FC fixed/FC 3P 3t 46720 46745 46790 4P 3t 46721 46746 46791 4P 4t 46722 46747 46792 4P 3t+rN 46723 46748 46793

STR45AE
Compact C801N Compact C1001N Compact C1251N fixed/FC fixed/FC fixed/FC 3P 3t 46060 46065 46070 4P 3t 46061 46066 46071 4P 4t 46062 46067 46072 4P 3t+rN 46063 46068 46073

Compact C801/1001/1251H with electronic trip unit


STR25DE (adjustable: 4 settings)
Compact C801H Compact C1001H Compact C1251H fixed/FC fixed/FC fixed/FC 3P 3t 46605 46615 46625 4P 3t 46606 46616 46626 4P 4t 46607 46617 46627 4P 3t+rN 46608 46618 46628

STR35SE
Compact C801H Compact C1001H Compact C1251H fixed/FC fixed/FC fixed/FC 3P 3t 46725 46750 46795 4P 3t 46726 46751 46796 4P 4t 46727 46752 46797 4P 3t+rN 46728 46753 46798

STR45AE
Compact C801H Compact C1001H Compact C1251H fixed/FC fixed/FC fixed/FC 3P 3t 46080 46085 46090 4P 3t 46081 46086 46091 4P 4t 46082 46087 46092 4P 3t+rN 46083 46088 46093

Compact C801/1001L with electronic trip unit


STR25DE (adjustable: 4 settings)
Compact C801L Compact C1001L fixed/FC fixed/FC 3P 3t 46690 46705 4P 3t 46691 46706 4P 4t 46692 46707 4P 3t+rN 46693 46708

STR45BE
Compact C801L Compact C1001L fixed/FC fixed/FC 3P 3t 46740 46755 4P 3t 46741 46756 4P 4t 46742 46757 4P 3t+rN 46743 46758

Compact C801/1251NI (switch-disconnector)


Compact C801NI Compact C1251NI fixed/FC fixed/FC 3P 46045 46048 4P 46046 46049

Compact C1251N DC with magnetic trip unit


Compact C1251N DC fixed/FC P21 P41 3P 46034 46036

350

Merlin Gerin

installation and connection


fixed/RC device = fixed/FC device + RC kit
N/H flat or edgewise RC kit comprising: RCs short terminal shields 3P 46415 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 46417 46419 flat RCs edgewise RCs short terminal shields 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 6x 8x 6x 8x 2x 2x 6x 8x 2x 2x 4P 46416 46958 46958 46993 46992 4P 46418 46420 46916 46916 46913 46913 46993 46992

flat RC kit edgewise RC kit comprising:

withdrawable device = fixed/FC device + drawout kit


N/H flat pad kit edgewise pad kit mixed kit comprising: moving chassis fixed chassis short terminal shields plugs pads flat edgewise mixed 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 46429 46431 46433 moving chassis fixed chassis short terminal shields plugs pads flat edgewise mixed 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 3x 4x 6x 8x 6x 8x 3x 3x 4x 4x 3P 46423 46425 46427 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 3x 4x 6x 8x 6x 8x 3x 3x 4x 4x 4P 46424 46426 46428 46824 46825 46820 46821 46993 46992 46896 46896 46990 46990 46988 46988 46990 46988 46990 46988 4P 46430 46432 46434 46824 46825 46822 46823 46993 46992 46915 46915 46990 46990 46988 46988 46990 46988 46990 46988

flat pad kit edgewise pad kit mixed kit comprising:

Merlin Gerin

351

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact C801/1001N/H/L Compact C1251N/H


comprising:
fixed/FC basic frame
Compact C801N Compact C801H Compact C801L Compact C1001N Compact C1001H Compact C1001L Compact C1251N Compact C1251H Compact C1251N 1000V 3P 46101 46104 46119 46107 46110 46122 46113 46116 46031 46032 46033 4P 46102 46105 46120 46108 46111 46123 46114 46117

400 A 800 A 1250 A

+ electronic trip unit


standard protection (distribution)
Ir .9 .85 Ir .9 .85 Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn Ir .9 .85 Ir .95 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .8 .95 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 1 .85 .95 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn Ir .9 .95 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 1 .85 .95 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn Ir .9 .95 1 .95 Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95

.9 .85 .8

3P, 4P STR25DE N/H/L 46500 STR25DE fine adjustment N/H/L 46501 protection of generator powered circuits 3P, 4P 46506 STR35GE N/H/L selective protection 3P, 4P STR35SE N/H/L 46504 STR45AE N/H 46531 STR45AE RF N/H 46532 STR45AE TRF N/H 46533 STR45AE RFC N/H 46534 STR45AE TRFC N/H 46535 Compact L selective protection 3P, 4P 46527 STR45BE C L 46528 STR45BE RC L STR45BE TC L 46529 STR45BE TRC L 46530 motor protection 3P, 4P STR35ME N/H/L 46505 universal protection 3P, 4P 46512 STR55UE N/H/L 46516 STR55UE RF N/H/L 46517 STR55UE TRF N/H/L 46520 STR55UE FC N/H/L STR55UE RFC N/H/L 46522 STR55UE TFC N/H/L 46524 STR55UE TRFC N/H/L 46525 ZSI selective logic N/H/L 46485 summary of options C: (COM); communication R: charge monitoring F: front panel fault indication. Powered by 24 to 240 V AC or DC external source. T: Residual type earth fault protection

+ sensors for neutral protection or earth fault


neutral protection installation on neutral pole inside the circuit-breaker 500 A (reduced neutral) 46223 800 A 46220 1000 A 46221 1250 A 46222 "earth fault" protection Installation on outgoing neutral conductor protected outside the circuit-breaker 46248 800 A 46249 1000 A 1250 A 46250

352

Merlin Gerin

accessories connection accessories


terminals for bare cable (with 1 terminal shield) 1 complete set (long terminal shields) for 3 cables 70t S 185 t 1 complete set (long terminal shields) for 4 cables 70t S 240 t connection pads for Compact N/H/L fixed/FC 3P 4P 3P 4P edgewise pads (1 piece) 46961 46965 46960 46994 46988

edgewise pads (1 piece) 46958 flat pads (1 piece) 46916 for fixed/RC Compact L* flat pads (1 piece) edgewise pads (1 piece) 46913 46990 for N/H/L* withdrawable chassis flat pads (1 piece) edgewise pads (1 piece) 46988 * these pads are included in the part number of the complete fixed/RC or withdrawable device additional pads for cables (for Compact equipped with edgewise pads) 46902 for 4 cables S 300 t fitted with crimped cable lugs (1 piece) for fixed/RC Compact N/H*

fixed/FC spreaders 1 upline or downline clearance sealable terminal shields short (1 piece) long (1 piece)

3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P

46864 46865 46993 46992 46999 46995 44900 44901 44827 46963 46837 46962 46967

electrical auxiliaries

auxiliary switch 1 OF + 1 SD 3 OF + 1 SD 1 CAM for rotary handle changeover micro-contact SDE contact voltage releases MX (shunt trip)

"plugged-in" position "withdrawn" position Compact T with remote control Compact TS with remote control AC 50/60 Hz or DC voltage (V) 24 48/60 110/130 220/300 380/480 voltage (V) 48 (50 Hz) 110/130 220/250 380/415 440 (60 Hz) voltage (V) 24/30 48 110/130 250 300

44910 44911 44912 44913 44914 44924 44925 44926 44932 44932 44923 44924 44925 44926 44932 44927 44926 29427 42942 42943 42944 42945 46894 42940 42941 46893 42946 46841 41928 43362

MN (undervoltage release)

AC 50/60 Hz

DC

MN 220/240 V AC with time delay composed of: MN 250 V DC delay unit 220/240 V 50/60 Hz auxiliary wire block moving part short wires N/H type 3 term. 6 term. long wire L type 3 term. 6 term. N/H/L type 10 term. fixed part all types 3 term. 6 term. 10 term. pack of 24 female clips disconnectable socket for auxiliary circuits socket (6 wires) with plunger extension for testing additional socket (6 wires) testing devices battery operated (battery not included)

portable test kit wiring kit (spare part)

34547 34546

Merlin Gerin

353

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact C801/1001N/H/L Compact C1251N/H


accessories motor mechanism modules
motor mechanism modules T801/1001/1251 AC 50/60 Hz voltage (V) 110/127 220/240 380/415 440/480 DC voltage (V) 24 48/60 110/125 220/250 motor mechanism modules TS801/1001/1251 AC 50/60 Hz voltage (V) 110/127 220/240 DC voltage (V) 48/60 110/125 specific accessories for remote controls locking device for Ronis key lock 1351.500 or Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z (lock not supplied, cannot be fitted on source changeover system) 1 Ronis key lock 1351.500 1 Profalux key lock KS5 B24 D4Z direct rotary handles standard with black toggle wateright shield (CNOMO) 46928 46929 46930 46931 46917 46918 46919 46920

46876 46877 46880 46874 44876

41945 42900 46933 44940

rotary handles

extended rotary handles with door locking front door

short shaft (=46933+42882) long shaft (=46933+42884) rear door short shaft (=46933+42889) long shaft (=46933+42897) without door locking front door short shaft(=46933+45853) transformation accessories with extended rotary handle with door locking front door short shaft long shaft rear door short shaft long shaft without door locking front door short shaft shaft bracket for short shaft (always included on rotary handles with long shaft)

46935 46937 46871 46872 46938

42882 42884 42889 42897 45853 42868

354

Merlin Gerin

accessories locks, interlocking


locking by padlock and/or key lock of the toggle (in "OFF" position) by 3 padlocks (not supplied) 44936

of the rotary handle (circuit-breaker in "OFF" position) by 3 padlocks (not supplied) 1 key lock Ronis 1351.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z withdrawable chassis locking by 3 padlocks (not supplied) locking device for 1 or 2 keylocks (not supplied) keylocks for locking in draw-out position (free key) 1 key lock Ronis 1351.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z 1 set of 2 keylocks Ronis 1351.500 (1 key only) Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z keylocks for locking in draw-in position (free key) 1 key lock Ronis 1351A Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z door interlock, connected position locking device racking interlock locking device mechanical interlocking (for fixed breakers with rotary handle) mechanical device

built-in 41940 42888 built-in 46833 41940 42888 41950 42878 41945 42900 46834 46835 46946

installation accessories

mechanical interlocking (for fixed breakers with rotary handle) 1 set of 2 keylocks Ronis 1351.500 (1 key only) Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z door cut-out grommet for fixed breaker

41950 42878 44938

escutcheon with handle extension (IP 40), for fixed or withdrawable device without remote control IP40 door frame with inspection windows for fixed or withdrawable device with manual control IP40 door frame with inspection windows for fixed or withdrawable device with rotary handle accessories for C801/C1251N/H withdrawable multifunction chassis IP40 door frame for multifunction chassis

46977

46831

46832

46830

IP20 fine wire cover plug-in clip shutter on fixed chassis (1 piece) sealing accessories for trip unit (1 set) for cover (1 set)

39967 46987 46939 44937

circuit label-holder set of 10

42976

Merlin Gerin

355

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact C801/1001N/H/L Compact C1251N/H


accessories spare parts
cover 3P/4P 46997

extended toggle standard long for extended escutcheon (withdrawable device)

46998 46996

toggle for rotary handle visu module V801 to V1251 plug-in clip for withdrawable chassis (pair) watertight metal plate cabinet fixed Compact (IP557) C801/C1001/C1251N/H H x L x D: 1000 x 600 x 275 mm fixed Visucompact (IP307) C801/C1001/C1251N H x L x D: 1200 x 600 x 275 mm Visu module V801 with intermediate cover black red 46970 46971 47759 46991 46888 46889

separate cabinets without appliance Compact C equipped with Visu module

3P 4P without cover or accessories * 3P 4P V1001 et V1251 with intermediate cover 3P 4P without cover or accessories * 3P 4P * To assemble the Visu module separately from the Compact circuit-breaker (cablelength limited to 3 m). specific auxiliaries and accessories for the fixed Visucompact auxiliary switch for Visu module V801 V1251 OF or CAM advance on opening, depending on set-up 2 OF earthing contact for neutral in OFF position (compulsory if transformer neutral is earthed after the Visucompact) locking of Visu module in OFF position by 3 padlocks (not supplied) 1 Ronis key lock 1351.500 1 Profalux key lock KS5 B24 D4Z accessories for Trayvou L 1P 1E lock terminal shield for Visucompact upline: phase separator 3P/4P downline: long terminal shields 3P 4P

46907 46908 46940 46941 46909 46910 46942 46943

42906 47757 46903

built-in 41940 42888 42417 47756 46999 46995

356

Merlin Gerin

LV circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

source changeover catalogue numbers


page Compact NS100 to NS630 and C801 to C1251 358

357

Compact: catalogue numbers

Compact NS100 to NS630 Compact C801 to C1251


source changeover
manual source changeover
mechanical interlocking for toggle controlled circuit-breakers NS100...250 NS400...630 29354 32614 29347 46946

for rotary handled

circuit-breakers NS100...630 C801...1251

key lock interlocking for rotary handled or remote controlled circuit breakers 2 locks, 1 key Ronis 1351.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z 41950 42878

inverseur de source tlcommand


plate + IVE source /source "normal" "replacement" NS100...250 /NS100...250 composed of: 24/250 V DC (identical voltages) plate IVE (1) auxiliary switches 2 OF + 2 SDE back sockets option add: only long RC plug in base option add: plug in kit NS400...630 /NS100...630 composed of: plate IVE (1) auxiliary switches 2 OF + 2 SDE back sockets option add: only long RC plug in base option add: plug in kit adaptator kit for NS100...250 29351 29349 29356 4 x 29450 (2) (2) 32611 32609 29356 4 x 29450 (2) (2) 1 x 32618 46955 46949 46956 48/415 V AC 50/60 Hz 440 V 60 Hz 29350 29349 29352 4 x 29450 (2) (2) 32610 32609 29352 4 x 29450 (2)

(2) 1 x 32618 46954 C801...1251/C801...1251 46949 composed of: plate 46957 IVE (1) 2 x 44901 auxiliary switches 3 OF + 1 SD 2 x 46962 contact SDE for Compact with T remote control back sockets option (2) (2) control unit option 220/240 V AC 380/415 V AC 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 440 V 60 Hz ACP + control unit BA 29471 29470 composed of: plate ACP (1) 29363 29364 control unit BA (1) 29377 29376 ACP + control unit UA 29473 29472 composed of: plate ACP (1) 29364 29363 control unit UA (1) 29380 29378 ACP + control unit UA150 (communication option) 29475 29474 composed of: plate ACP (1) 29364 29363 control unit UA150 (1) 29379 29381 wiring cable between BA/UA and ACP/IVE 29368 29368 (1) the supply voltages BA/UA control unit, ACP plate, IVE and the remote control must be identical whatever the source changeover type. (2) see products pages.
GERIN MERLIN
multi 9

0 . OFF

GERIN

MERLIN

P25M

GERIN

MERLIN
multi 9

0 . OFF

660V AC3-IEC292-1

UN =

P25M

UR

0,5s

660V AC3-IEC292-1

UN

ON / OFF

0,5s

Test

ON / OFF

/O

/O

UN =

Test

fault

fault

stop

test

manu

GERIN

MERLIN

UN =

UR

UN

ON / OFF

ON / OFF

/O

UN =

/O

fault

fault

auto

stop

test

manu

STOP

r generato

connection accessories
downstream coupling accessories "normal" /"replacement" NS100...250 /NS100...250 NS400...630 /NS400...630 250 A 630 A 3P 4P 3P 4P 29358 29359 32619 32620

358

B US

Merlin Gerin

typical composition of remote controlled source changeover


5

1 4
Im 4 Ir 3 .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 8 2 1.5 xIr 10 5 6 Ir Im Im 4 Ir .9 .85 .8 .98 .7 .63 xIn 1 .95 3 8 2 1.5 xIr 10 5 6 Ir Im

6 3

remote controlled source changeover 1 normal device N (1) + 1 replacement device R (2) + 2 remote controls (3) + 1 plate with interlocking (4) with IVE (5) and its wiring (8) + 2 plug-in kits (if plug-in version) + 1 adaptor kit for NS100...250 plug-in (if NS400...630 with NS100...250) + auxilary switches (6) 2 x (1 OF + 1 SDE) for Compact NS100...630 2 x (3 OF + 1 SD) for Compact C801...1251 + 1 downstream coupling accessory (7) for Compact NS100...630 (option) + long RC (if back connection)

9
GERIN MERLIN
multi P25M 9

10
0 . OFF
GERIN MERLIN
multi P25M 660V AC3-IEC292-1 9

0 . OFF

660V AC3-IEC292-1

GERIN
Test

MERLIN

N
Test

UN =

R N
UN

UR

0,5s
I /O UN = 1

ON / ON / OFF I /O fault fault OFF

0,5s

stop

test

manu

R N

11
GERIN MERLIN

N R
UR

UN =

UN ON / ON / OFF I /O fault fault auto OFF I /O UN = 1

stop

test r
STOP

manu
generato

12

R N

B U S

IVE voltages and remote controls are identical. associated control unit 1 source changeover without associated control unit + 1 ACP (9) with BA control unit (10) or + 1 ACP (9) with UA control unit (11) or + 1 ACP (9) with UA150 control unit (11) note: the cable (12) between ACP and BA/UA must be produced by the person doing the installation

IVE voltages + remote control + ACP + BA or UA are identical.

Merlin Gerin

359

Compact: functions and characteristics

protection of low-voltage distribution networks trip units for Compact NS100 to NS250 (cont.)
electronic trip unit STR22SE and STR22GE
E24096

1 1 7 3 8 2

In=100A
.8 .7 .63 .5
Ir Im
x In

STR 22 SE
Io Ir
.9 1 .88 .85 .8
x Io

alarm

%Ir 90 105

3
Im
5 4 3 2
x Ir

.9

.93 .95 .98 1

6 7 8 10

4 5

test

Ir

Im

protection

c LT (long time) overload protection with adjustable Ir threshold (1), based on the actual rms values of the current, as per IEC 947-2, appendix F; c ST (short time) short-circuit protection: v with adjustable Im threshold (3); v with fixed time delay (4); c INST (instantaneous) short-circuit protection, with fixed threshold (5). c on 4P circuit breakers, neutral protection is selected using a sealable 3-position setting: 4P 3d (neutral unprotected), 4P 3d +N/2 (neutral protection at 0.5 Ir), 4P 4d (neutral protection at Ir), where Ir is the trip unit current setting.

E21395

4P 4d

trip units for STR22SE Compact NS100 to NS250


rating (A) for circuit breaker

STR22GE
40 c c c 100 160 250(*) c c c c c c

In 20 to 70C (*) Compact NS100 N/H/L Compact NS160 N/H/L Compact NS250 N/H/L

40 c c c

80 c c

100 160 250(*) c c c c c c

overload protection (long-time)


tripping threshold(A) Ir tripping time (s) at 1.5 x Ir at 6 x Ir at 7.2 x Ir 4P 4d 4P 3d +N/2 4P 3d ajustable (48 settings) 0.4...1 x In 90...180 5...7.5 3.2...5.0 1 x Ir 0.5 x Ir no protection ajustable (48 settings) 0.4...1 x In 1215 -

neutral protection

short-circuit protection (short-time)


tripping threshold (A) Im accuracy maximum overcurrent time before tripping total breaking time adjustable (8 settings) 2...10 x Ir 15% fixed i 40 i 60 adjustable (8 settings) 2...10 x Ir 15% fixed i 40 i 60

time delay (ms)

short-circuit protection (instantaneous)


tripping threshold (A) Im fixed u 11 x In fixed u 11 x In
(*) If the STR22SE or the STR22GE 250 A is used at high operating temperature, the setting must take into account the thermal limits of the circuit breaker: the overload protection setting cannot exceed 0.95 at 60C or 0.90 at 70C.

24

Merlin Gerin

other functions

Test Test connector in front (8) for connection to a mini test kit or calibration test kit (see page 0049) to check circuit breaker operation. Indications Load indication (LED) in front (7); c lit at 90% of Ir setting threshold; c flashing at 105% or more of Ir setting threshold.

Setting example What is the overload protection threshold of an NS250 equipped with trip unit STR22SE - 160 A rating where Io = 0.5 and Ir = 0.8? Answer: In x Io x Ir = 160 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 64 A.

E25979

Io
.8 .9 .7 .63 .5
x In
160 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 64 A

Ir
.9 1 .88 .85 .8
x Io

.93 .95 .98 1

Merlin Gerin

25

Compact: functions and characteristics

protection of LV distribution networks trip units for Compact NS400 and NS630
c for AC networks, Compact NS400 and NS630 circuit breakers can be equipped with electronic trip units STR23SE or STR53UE. 4 circuit breaker ratings are available: v NS400: 150, 250 and 400 A, v NS630: 630 A; c for DC networks, the Compact NS400/630 are equipped with MP trip units (magnetic, non interchangeable). current setting (A) 60 STR23SE STR53UE STR23SE STR53UE MP standard protection with discrimination protection for generator-supplied networks, protection for long cable runs protection for DC networks

E23161

150

250

400

500

630

Trip units STR23SE and STR53UE Protection for all types of loads, from 60 to 630 A, is possible with only two catalogue numbers: c trip units STR23SE and STR53UE can be mounted on all Compact NS400 and NS630, types N, H or L. Trip unit STR53UE offers a greater number of protection settings and optional indication, measurement and communication functions; c trip units do not have a predefined rating. The tripping threshold depends only on the circuit breaker rating and the long time protection setting.

For example, trip unit STR23SE with maximum settings, has a tripping threshold of: v 250 A, if mounted on a Compact NS400 250 A rating, v 630 A, if mounted on a Compact NS630; c electronic trip units adapt to both 3P and 4P circuit breakers. 4P circuit breakers are equipped as standard with a sealable threeposition neutral protection setting: 3d (neutral unprotected), 4d (neutral protection at Ir), 3d + N/2 (neutral protection at 0.5 times Ir) where Ir is the trip unit current setting.

trip unit for Compact NS400 and NS630

STR23SE
150 c 250 c 400 c 630 c adjustable (48 settings) 0.4...1 x In no protection 1 x Ir 0.5 x Ir fixed 90...180 5...7.5 3.2...5.0

STR53UE
150 c 250 c 400 c 630 c adjustable (48 settings) 0.4...1 x In no protection 1 x Ir 0.5 x Ir adjustable 17...25 34...50 69...100 0.4...0.5 1.6...2 3.2...4 0.5...0.7 1.1...1.4 2.2...2.8

rating (A) In 20 to 70C for circuit breaker Compact NS400 N/H/L Compact NS630 N/H/L tripping Ir threshold (A) adjustable neutral protection tripping time (s) (min...max) 20 to 70C (*) 4P 3d 4P 4d 4P 3d + N/2 at 1.5 x Ir at 6 x Ir at 7.2 Ir

overload protection (long time)

138...200 6.4...8 4.4...5.5

277...400 12.8...16 8.8...11

short-circuit protection (short time)


tripping threshold (A) time delay (ms) Im or Isd accuracy max. overcurrent time before tripping total breaking time adjustable (8 settings) 2...10 x Ir 15% fixed i 40 i 60 fixed 11 x In adjustable (8 settings) 1.5...10 x Ir 15% adjustable (4 settings + constant "I2t = function") i 15 i 60 i 140 i 230 i 60 i 140 i 230 i 350 adjustable (8 settings) 1.5...11 x In

short-circuit protection (instantaneous)


tripping threshold (A) Ii

other functions
indication of type of fault zone selective interlocking (ZSI) communication (COM) built-in ammeter (I) "earth-fault" protection (T) c (standard) c c c c

(*) If the STR23SE/STR53UE, are used at high operating temperature, the setting must take into account the thermal limits of the circuit breaker; the overload protection setting cannot exceed 0.95 at 60C and 0.90 at 70C for the Compact NS400, and 0.95 at 50C, 0.90 at 60C and 0.85 at 70C for the Compact NS630.

26

Merlin Gerin

E21003

electronic trip unit STR23SE


E24094

1 2

STR 23 SE
Io
.8 .9

alarm

90 105 %Ir

Ir
1 .88 .85 .8 .9 .93 .95 .98 1
x Io

Im
5 4 3 2
x Ir

6 7 8 10
Ir Im

.7 .63 .5
x In

3 4 5

+
test

Ir

Im

protection

c LT (long time) overload protection, adjustable threshold, based on the actual rms current as defined by IEC 947-2, appendix F: v adjustable threshold (1) using six lo base settings (0.5 to 1) and fine adjustment Ir with eight settings ranging from (0.8 to 1), v non-adjustable tripping time (2); Indications Load indication (LED) in front (7): c goes on at: 90 % of Ir threshold; c flashes at: >105 % or more of Ir threshold.

c ST (short-time) short-circuit protection: v adjustable threshold Im (3), v fixed time delay (4), with or without constant I2t function; c I (instantaneous) short-circuit protection, fixed threshold (5).

other functions

Test Test connector in front (8), for connection to a mini test kit or calibration test kit (see page 73) to check circuit breaker operation after fitting the trip unit or other accessories.

E25979

setting example

What is the overload protection threshold of a Compact NS400 equipped with trip unit STR23SE where Io = 0.5 and Ir = 0.8 Answer: In x Io x Ir = 400 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 160 A The same trip unit with the same settings, mounted on an NS630 will have the following tripping threshold: In x Io x Ir = 630 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 250 A

Io
.8 .9

Ir
.9 .93 1 .88 .95 .98 .85 .8 1
x Io

.7 .63 .5
x In

400 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 160 A

Merlin Gerin

27

Compact: functions and characteristics

protection of LV distribution networks trip units for Compact NS400 and NS630 (cont.)
electronic trip unit STR53UE
E33944

E21004

1 2 6 7 3
tr tsd

STR 53 UE
Io
.7 .6 .5 1 .8 .9 1

%Ir

>Ir

>Isd

>Ig

test

fault

Ir
.88 .85 .8 .9 .93 .95 .98 1

Isd
4 5 3 2 1.5 6 8 10

Ii
4 6 3 2 1.5 8 10 11

Ig
.5 .6 .4 .3 .2 .7 .8 1

P > Ir

A
> Im > Ih

x In

x Io

x Ir
.3 .3 .2 .1 0

x In

x In
.4 .4 .3 .2 .1

4
Ir Isd li

test

tr +

4 2 1

8 16

tsd (s).2
.1 16 0
on

tg (s) .3
.2 .1
on

In

I1

I2

I3

(s) @ 6 Ir

I2t

off

I2t

off

Ir

Isd

Ii

protection

c LT (long time) overload protection, adjustable threshold, based on the actual rms current, as defined by IEC 947-2, appendix F: v adjustable threshold (1) using six lo base settings (0.5 to 1), and fine adjustment Ir with eight settings ranging from (0.8 to 1), v adjustable tripping time (2); Overload indications (%Ir) c LED goes on when the current exceeds 0.9Ir; c LED flashes when the current exceeds the long-time threshold Ir. Fault indications LEDs indicate the type of fault that caused tripping: c overload (LT protection) or abnormal component temperature (>Ir); c short-circuit (ST or instantaneous protection) (>Isd); c earth fault (if earth fault protection option is present) (>Ig); c microprocessor malfunction (both (>Ir) and (>Isd) LEDs go on, plus the (>Ig) LED if the earth fault protection option is present). Battery powered. Spare batteries are supplied in an adapter box. When a fault

c ST (short-time) short-circuit protection: v adjustable threshold Isd (3), v adjustable time delay (4), with or without constant I2t function; c Ii (instantaneous) short-circuit protection, adjustable threshold (5).

other functions

occurs, the LED indicating the type of fault goes off after about 10 minutes to conserve battery power.The information is however stored in memory and the LED can be reilluminated by pressing the battery/LED test pushbutton (9). The LED automatically goes off and the memory is cleared when the circuit breaker is reset. Test c test connector in front (8) for connection to a mini test kit or calibration test kit (see page 73) to check circuit breaker operation after fitting the trip unit or other accessories; c test button (9) for (%Ir), (>Ir), (>Isd) and (>Ig) LEDs and battery. Self-monitoring The circuit breaker trips for: c microprocessor faults; c abnormal temperatures.

magnetic trip units MP


E26028

MP
Im(A)
3000 4400 5000 2500 3500 3800 5700 2000 4000
In Im

The MP are magnetic trip units for Compact NS400 and NS630 circuit breakers (3P, type H), designed particularly for the protection of DC networks. These trip units are not interchangeable and the circuit breaker/trip unit set is supplied fully assembled. The electrical characteristics indicated on page 16 are identical and all circuit breaker enhancements (auxiliaries and accessories) are possible. 28

integrated trip units


for circuit breaker Compact NS400H Compact NS630H tripping threshold (A) Im

MP1
c c adjustable 800...1600

MP2
c c

MP3
c

short-circuit protection (magnetic)


1250...2500 2000...4000

Merlin Gerin

options for electronic trip unit STR53UE


"earth fault" protection (T)
type tripping threshold Ig accuracy maximum overcurrent time before tripping total breaking time residual current adjustable (8 settings) 0.2 to 1 x In 15% adjustable (4 settings + constant "I2t = function") 60 140 230 350 i 140 i 230 i 350 i 500

tripping time (ms)

ammeter (I)
E33945

A
In I1 I2 I3

A digital display continuously indicates the current of the phase with the greatest load. By pressing a scroll button, it is also possible to display successively the readings of I1, I2, I3 and I neutral. LEDs indicate the phase for which the current is displayed. Ammeter display limits: c minimum current u 0,2 x In (lower currents are not displayed) ; c maximum current i 10 x In.

zone selective interlocking (ZSI)

A number of circuit breakers are interconnected one after another by a pilotwire. In the event of a short-time or earth fault: c if a given trip unit STR53UE detects the fault, it informs the upstream circuit breaker which applies the set time delay; c if the trip unit STR53UE does not detect the fault, the upstream circuit breaker trips after its shortest time delay. In this way, the fault is cleared rapidly by the nearest circuit breaker. In addition, the thermal stresses on the circuits are minimised and time discrimination is maintained throughout the installation. Transmission of data to Digipact distribution monitoring and control modules. Transmitted data: c settings; c phase and neutral currents (rms values); c highest current of the three phases; c overload condition alarm; c I; c T; c I + T; c I + COM; c I + T + COM;

The trip unit STR53UE can only handle the downstream end of a zone selective interlocking function. Consequently, the zone selective interlocking option cannot be implemented between two Compact NS circuit breakers. Opto-electronic outputs The use of opto-transistors ensures total isolation between the internal circuits of the trip unit and the circuits wired by the user.

communication (COM)

c cause of tripping (overload, short-circuit, etc.).

possible combinations

c ZSI; c ZSI + I; c ZSI + T; c ZSI + I + T; c ZSI + I + COM; c ZSI + I + T + COM.

Merlin Gerin

29

Compact: functions and characteristics

protection of low-voltage distribution networks trip units for Compact NS100 to NS250
Compact NS100 to NS250 circuit breakers may be equipped with thermal-magnetic (TM) or electronic (STR22SE) trip units. All trip units may be installed on all circuit breakers (NS100, NS160 and NS250, types N, H and L). However a mechanical mismatch feature prevents installation of a trip unit on a circuit breaker with a lower rating.

tripping threshold (A)


E23160

13 TM-D

16

25

40

63

80

100

125

200

250

STR22SE TM-G STR22GE TM-D TM-G

standard protection

protection for generator-supplied networks, protection for long cables

protection for DC networks

protection of single-pole and two-pole Compact NS100 and NS160


The Compact NS100 and NS160 single-pole and two-pole circuit breakers are equiped with integrated thermal-magnetic trip units. rating (A) In for circuit breaker Compact NS100 N/H Compact NS160 N/H tripping threshold (A) tripping threshold (A) Ir 40C 16 c 20 c 25 c 30 c 40 c 50 c 63 c 80 c 100 125 160 c c fixed 16 20 fixed 190 300 c

overload protection (thermal)


25 30 40 50 63 80 100 125 160

short-circuit protection (magnetic)


Im 300 300 500 500 500 640 800 1000 1250

22

Merlin Gerin

thermal magnetic trip unit TM


E19528

1
1 3

Ir

Im

10 9

5 6

TM 250 D 250A / 40C

.9

.8

7
Ir Im
0 Ir Im

x 250A

x 250A

protection

c adjustable-threshold thermal protection against overloads (1); c adjustable or fixed threshold (depending on ratings) magnetic protection against short-circuits (3).

trip units for Compact NS100 to NS250


rating (A) for circuit breaker In 40C Compact NS100 N/H/L Compact NS160 N/H/L Compact NS250 N/H/L Ir 4P 3d 4P 3d + N/2 4P 4d Im Compact NS100 Compact NS160/250

TM16D to TM250D
16 c c c 25 c c c 32 c c c 40 c c c 50 c c c 63 c c c 80 c c c 100 125 160 200 250 c c c c c c c c c

TM16G to TM63G
16 c c c 25 c c c 40 c c c 63 c c c

overload protection (thermal)


tripping threshold (A) neutral protection (A) adjustable 0.81 x In no protection 56 1 x Ir 56 63 0.5 x Ir 1 x Ir adjustable 0.81 x In no protection

short-circuit protection (magnetic)


tripping threshold (A) fixed adjustable fixed 190 300 400 500 500 500 640 800 63 80 190 300 400 500 500 500 1000 1250 1250 1250 510 x In 63 80 80 80 125 125

Merlin Gerin

23